CanyonZone

Experts in canyoning & caving gear - ship worldwide

CanyonZone canyoning- caving-clothes material gear-bags shoes helmets harnesses rope knives headlamps carabiners books anchoring bivy-bag piton pulley

Rent outdoor equipment

The possibility to rent outdoor items at Canyonzone is now possible via the application process. The relevant items are included in Services / Rental of Equipment. The size of the item is indicated per item and the costs are based on one week (with shipping 10 days). The quote states the rental price for the requested period.In this way you request a quote that we assess on: ∙ availability, ∙ cleaning costs, ∙ deposit costs and ∙ method of shipping. After this you will receive the quote that will be treated as an order after approval. For a description of the entire reservation / rental process see: Rental of equipment. At the end of that page is a detailed description of the entire process and the conditions.NB: Try-before-you buy principle is used, buy after renting with 50% rent back

New items in assortment

To quickly see which articles CanyonZone has recently added to the range, they are also listed on this page. You can also select various options on the overview pages under "Sort by" such as "New - Old".

Special offers

Offers are there regularly at CanyonZone and often on the occasion of special occasions. The articles concerned are therefore included in this separate section. There are also regularly 2nd hand articles available or remnants of rope, see the tabs 2nd hand canyoning-caving articles or rope remnants.

Pre-ordering 2026

Some items from our range are equipped with a red sticker "pre-order". On the other hand it can also happen that a specific measure "Pre-order" state indicated thereon. PRE-ORDERING IN BRIEF DESCRIPTION Pre-ordering (order ahead):1. The newest collections as first 2. Easy qualify for free order contribution3. Always free backlog of pre-order items4. Money Back Guarantee Below we explain more fully what pre-ordering is and what the benefits are. What is pre-ordering?Pre-ordering is to order ahead of a particular item. A pre-order item can not be delivered from stock at the moment, but will be in the foreseeable future (again) be in stock. Usually come pre-order items within 90-120 days (back) stock. What are the benefits of pre-ordering?By pre-ordering, you have the new arrivals as first. New supplies are first assigned to already registered pre-order order. Additionally you pay only once the order contribution in order partly of stock- and pre-order items exists. The subsequent delivery of the pre-order items is indeed always free. When will my order ship?Where you usually have to wait with other online shops until your entire order is in stock before delivery is unique to our pre-order ordering that we allow partial deliveries. If represents the combined value of the pre-order items less than 50% of the total order value, you will immediately place of delivery of the ordered articles have in stock. Once all pre-order items (back) are in stock, following a redirection of the remaining articles. At this redirection are no additional costs (eg shipping) connected. When the value of the pre-order items in an order represents more than 50% of the total order value, the entire order is left in back-order. This means that all items are sent simultaneously once all articles (back) are in stock. Money Back GuaranteeAlthough we are very careful in designating Pre-order products, there is a small chance that a pre-order item can not be redelivered. In that case CanyonStore.nl will always reimbursement, without deduction of the costs incurred, move on. The expected delivery times are not legally binding.

NEW - Petzl Canyoning / Caving Line 2026

New items from the Petzl range can be ordered from CanyonZone. If you want to consult articles from previous years that canyonzone has in its range, click on this link.

2nd hand canyoning caving articles

Listed here are the items that are worth finding a second owner. How the articles can be offered see: Services / Second-hand canyoning or caving articles. We often test articles before including them in our range and then offer them in this section. We also try to sell second hand gear from Canyoneers / Cavers that try to sell their gear.

Items / packages customer specific

We offer tailored canyoning and speleology packages designed to meet the specific needs of each customer, ensuring you have the right gear for your adventure. Our customizable packages provide flexibility in choosing equipment that best suits your experience level, destination, and preferences, whether you're a beginner or an advanced explorer. This section includes products that have been specially purchased for customers and packages that are customized for each customer. It can serve to get ideas on your wishes The composition can be adjusted as required, we will gladly advise you on a desired composition and the customer-specific costs.

Giftcards of CanyonZone

GIFTCARDS - GIVE A GIFT OF CANYONZONE The classic gift reinvented. That is the gift of the CanyonZone. The best gift for every outdoor enthusiast all over the world: a gift card for the best outdoor store specialized in canyoning and caving gear with the most complete offer, CanyonZone.com! It's that simple: Choose your desired gift and place it in the cart. Upon receipt of payment, the gift certificate in a PDF file sent to your specified address. Give a giftcard CanyonZone.com for the best outdoor fun! For special occasions such as Christmas, Valentine's Day, Mother's Day or your personal holiday we may issue special cards on request. The benefits at a glance: ∙ The Gift Card is valid indefinitely and at any time exchangeable CanyonZone items. ∙ The Gift remains valuable even leftover amounts remain valid indefinitely. ∙ The Gift Card is for sale and use in the webshop and the real shop of CanyonZone (.com). ∙ You can determine the value. You can gift any amount of 5,- to 10.000,- and everything in between is to buy a gift. This is via the (web) shop to ask. ∙ Free shipping if you print yourself: - when choosing send by mail (the electronic version of the gift voucher): choose the option "pick up in store" so that no shipping costs will be charged. - if they are still on the invoice, they will be refunded.

Canyoning (basic) equipment

This list sums up what the basic equipment / material of an independent canyoneer (should) contain(s) into the canyon itself. This is what is sure to bring in the canyon! Everything you need as a starting canyoneer is offered in attractive packages. See our extensive assoriment. You can buy everything for a beautiful canyon tour at CanyonZone! Here you will find everything you need to safely walk, jump, slide, swim and rappel through canyons.Canyoning equipment & material - in the canyon (new practitioners, personal equipment)∙ Helmet (Climbing Techology (CT) - Petzl - Camp - Black Diamond)[no kayak or rafthelm] ∙ Whistle (without metal, type "Korda's Silbato" or "CZ - Whistle simple") ∙ Canyon Harness ∙ Lanyards & CowstailsKnotted rope for dynamic feature carabiners (*) and fixation or ∙ Spelegyca lifeline C44 (Petzl) with carabiners (*) and fixation or ∙ Dynadoubleclip (Beal) with carabiners (*) and fixation ∙ 5 pcs HMS carabiners (eg AustriAlpin Rondo HMS) ∙ 5 pcs carabiners without screw (type: Petzl Spirit carabiner)preferably straight snapper ∙ no "hook" to snapper nor closure2 for the lanyards (*) ∙ 1 for the pedal / stair string ∙ 2 extra (eg for heart knot) ∙ 2 Eights (not the smallest) ∙ 1 Ascender "Basic" (PETZL or CT or ...) ∙ 1 Chest ascender "Croll" (PETZL or CT or ...) ∙ 1 Webbing sling (120 cm double) ∙ 2 meters Prusik cord (6mm) ∙ 1 Pedal / footloop (also make 3-meter long 6mm rope or Footcord / Footape PETZL) ∙ 2 Petzl maillons GO 7mm ∙ 1 Canyon Set consisting of 2 screw carabiners wv least 1 HMS (here put together yourself) ∙ Knive without sharp tip, with serrated blade ∙ Webbing / ribbon 6m (to leave the canyon) ∙ Neoprene suit, at least 5mm ∙ Neoprene socks, at least 3 mm ∙ Neoprene gloves, at least 3 mm ∙ Shoes with high shaft ∙ Backpack is completely wet, water must be quickly run (AV, Rodcle, CS ...) ∙ Waterproof barrel (material and personal buoyancy backpack !!) with at least this:Waterproof head lamp (emergency light) ∙ Food (concentrate, dextrose) ∙ Rescue blanket, candle, lighter/matches ∙ PERSONAL MEDICATION ∙ Spare lenses / glasses (if needed) ∙ First Aid (see Rescue for different items) ∙ Drink: at least 1 liter p.p. ∙ Goggles Canyoning equipment & material - in the canyon (new practitioners, collective material)∙ Topo + maps ∙ Ropes ∙ Emergency Ropes ∙ Webbing / ribbon ∙ GSM + contact numbers NOTE: Everyone uses the same material as you want at the end of a canyon tour with the same material back home, you can mark it with heat shrink, paint or tape !! For the more advanced techniques have obviously different and more material is needed. CanyonZone advise you gladly.

Canyoning equipment packages

Here are Canyoning equipment packages listed for: Newcomer, Advanced and Professional. The Canyoning equipment Newcomer packages are a basis. The Canyoning equipment Advanced Packages are in addition to those of the Canyoning equipment Newcomer. The packages of the Canyoning equipment Professional are an addition to Canyoning equipment Advanced packages. If you want insight into what the equipment for a canyoneer consists of, it is good to consult the following page: Canyoning (basic) equipment. The customer-specific packages can be fully customized based on your trip duration, group size, and any additional needs like first aid kits, safety gear, or protective clothing. Whether you're canyoning through waterfalls or exploring hidden caves, our packages ensure you’re fully equipped for a safe and thrilling adventure. If you have a proposal to add to these packages, I would like to receive it.

Canyoning equipment package Newcomer

The materials that a novice canyoner should have are listed as Canyoning equipment & material - in the canyon (new practitioners, personal equipment). See CanyonZone / Canyoning (basic) equipment for this. In addition, depending on your activities, additional materials may be required.The articles / sets that we offer here are intended as a supplement to the basic set for the novice canyoneer. If you have a need for a certain set, which might also be suitable for others, I would appreciate it if you let us know. We can then see if it is possible to include it in the range.

Canyoning equipment package Advanced

The articles are intended to offer a basic set for the advanced canyoneer. The basis can be composed from Canyoning package Beginner. The materials that an advanced canyoner could / should have are listed as Canyoning equipment & material – in the canyon (beginners, personal equipment). See CanyonZone / Canyoning (basic) equipment and Canyonzone / Canyoning equipment package Newcomer. In addition, depending on your activities, additional materials may be required.The articles / sets that we offer here are intended to supplement the above packages. If you have a need for a certain set, which might also be suitable for others, I would appreciate it if you let us know. We can then see if it is possible to include it in the range.

Luggage / Travel Bags

canyoning caving worldwide Access Point Rescue Chest Pouch BACH Cargo Bag Lite / protective bag Ultimate Duffel Bag 63 90 EXPED Transfer Wheelie Bag

Canyoning Neoprene clothing

CanyonZone only works with top equipment. Canyoning on a summer day is refreshing, but you also want to be able to enter the canyon in the spring and autumn and maybe also in the winter. So we have one-piece and two-piece canyon neoprene suits, neoprene shirts, neoprene socks, neoprene gloves and dry suits. What is Neoprene: See CanyonZone Knowledge Base / Canyoning / What is neoprene in wetsuits? for this. To protect yourself and your equipment also protective clothing and knee and elbow pads. The sizes of clothing and shoes have a different designation from suppliers and countries. Where possible, each supplier included a table that the (approximate) indicates large. Note: Pay attention to the shoes, neoprene socks affect the required size. For sizing charts shoes / boots see: Canyoning shoes

Size charts by Brand

The sizes of clothing and shoes have a different designation from suppliers and countries. Where possible, each supplier included a table that the (approximate) indicates large. Note: Pay attention to the shoes neoprene socks affect the required size.Shoe size: how to measure or convert.

Aventure Verticale (AV) size charts

AV Fornocal (in cm) SizeHeight of the personWaistHipInside LegHeight of clothing XS 160 74 S 165 82 106 78 108 M 170 88 110 81 114 L 175 96 118 84 115 XL 180 106 129 87 117 XXL 185 116

Axe Aventure neoprene size charts

CE4Y neoprene size charts

Wetsuit Socks: Sizes: XS: EU37/38, US-M 5/6 S: EU39/40, US-M 6,5/7,5 M: EU41/42, US-M 8/8,5 L: EU43/44, US-M 9/10 XL: EU45/46, US-M 10,5/11,5

GUARA neoprene size charts

Size Guide GUARA NEOPRENE WETSUITS Weight Height CHILD from 25 to 35 kg 1.25m T 8 years from 30 to 42 kg 1.33m T 10 years from 35 to 50 kg 1.40m 2XS T 12 years ADULT from 40 to 45 kg from 1.45m to 1.55m XS T 0 from 45 to 55 kg from 1.50m to 1.60m S T1 from 55 to 65 kg from 1.60m to 1.75m M T2 from 65 to 75 kg from 1.70m to 1.80m L T3 from 75 to 90 kg from 1.75m to 1.85m XL T4 from 90 to 105 kg from 1.85m to 1.90m XXL T5 from 105 to 115 kg from 1.90m to 1.95m 3XL T6 from 115 to 125 kg from 1.95m to 2.00m 4XL T7 NEOPRENE SOCKS 31/32 3XS 12 years 33/34 2XS 14 years 35/36 XS 0 37/38 S 1 39/40 M 2 41/42 L 3 43/44 XL 4 45/46 XXL 5 47/48 3XL 6

Seland neoprene clothing size charts

Size Charts approximately The men’s, women’s, and kid canyoning size tabels and call out where intermediate sizes and outliers appear. The tables below consolidate the official height / weight bands and arm-numbers mapping, followed by concise highlights. NB: see also the option to add a PEE zipper as an extra option. Men's Size Chart Size Height (cm) Weight (kg) Arm Number XS 156-162 45-57 1 S 160-170 55-65 2 ST* 168-175 55-65 2 M 168-175 62-75 3 MT* 173-180 62-75 3 L 173-180 72-85 4 LT* 178-186 72-85 4 XL 178-186 82-95 5 2XL 185-195 92-105 6 3XL 185-195 100-110 7 4XL** 185-195 105-115 8 5XL** 185-195 110-120 9 Intermediate T-sizes (ST/MT/LT): explicitly available in Verdon, Bitet RJ, Bitet VD, Iguazú, Trasgu, and Infierno. Notable differences/outliers: Extended sizes 4XL and 5XL are only offered on ANETO within the canyoning grid. Women’s Size Chart Size Height (cm) Weight (kg) Arm Number 2XS 142-155 35-40 0 XS 150-160 40-48 1 S 158-165 48-56 2 ST* 162-170 48-56 2 SW* 158-165 56-62 2 M 162-170 56-62 3 MT* 167-175 56-62 3 MW* 162-170 62-70 3 M2W* 162-170 74-85 3 L 167-175 62-70 4 LW* 167-175 70-80 4 XL 170-180 70-80 5 2XL 180-185 75-85 6 3XL 180-185 80-90 7 Intermediate W-variants: ST, SW, MT, MW, M2W, LW are only available in MOLINA and SOFFIA. The table also notes “Only in LUNA model” within the women’s section; LUNA is a women’s-focused model following this grid, while the W-variants remain restricted to MOLINA and SOFFIA. Kids' Size Chart Age Size Height (cm) Weight (kg) Arm Number 4-5 C2 108-115 13-18 06 5-6 C3 112-119 16-23 05 6-7 C4 118-127 20-27 04 7-8 C5 126-136 25-32 03 8-9 C6 135-148 30-37 02 9-10 3XS 146-154 35-42 01 10-12 2XS 152-158 40-47 0 Notable differences/outliers:∙ Coverage rangesMen: height 156–195 cm; weight 45–120 kg (up to 3XL generally; 4XL–5XL on ANETO only). ∙ Women: height 142–185 cm; weight 35–90 kg (2XS to 3XL). ∙ Kids: height 108–158 cm; weight 13–47 kg (C2 through 2XS/3XS). ∙ Intermediate sizesMen: ST/MT/LT in Verdon, Bitet RJ/VD, Iguazú, Trasgu, Infierno. ∙ Women: W variants (ST, SW, MT, MW, M2W, LW) restricted to MOLINA and SOFFIA. ∙ Kids: no intermediate variants; sizing is age-to-size mapped. ∙ Arm-number mappingMen and women: each size links to an arm number (men 1–9; women 0–7). ∙ Kids: arm numbers run 06 to 0 as sizes increase. ∙ Model-specific outliersANETO extends men’s grid uniquely to 4XL and 5XL. ∙ LUNA is explicitly called out in the women’s section; women’s intermediate variants are limited to MOLINA and SOFFIA. DRY SUIT SECI10 - COLORADO SECI14-1 Dry Suit Size Chart Size Weight (kg) Height (cm) Foot Measure (cm) XS 50-63 158-166 27 S 60-73 164-172 27 M 70-83 170-178 28 L 80-93 176-184 29 XL 90-105 182-190 30 2XL 100-115 186-196 31 Seland Impermeable SECJ29 Size Chest Contour (cm) Body Length (cm) Sleeves Length (cm) Weight (kg) Height (cm) XS 75-90 42-45 61-64 45-60 152-162 S 80-95 44-47 64-67 55-70 160-172 M 85-100 46-49 67-70 62-80 170-180 L 90-106 48-51 70-73 72-92 176-184 XL 95-112 50-54 73-76 82-105 180-186 2XL 100-120 53-57 76-79 92-118 184-190 Seland Socks sizes: SIZEFoot sizeEU 3XS 34-35 2XS 35-36 XS 37-38 S 39-40 M 41-42 L 43-44 XL 45-46 2XL 47-48

Newex neoprene size charts

Neoprene wetsuits T = Tall Neoprene socks ∙ S | 39-40 ∙ M | 41-42 ∙ L | 43-44 ∙ XL | 45

NRS neoprene size charts

NRS STAMPEDE PADDLING JACKET SizeHeight (cm)Weight (kg)Chest (cm)Waist (cm) S 157-167 52-64 81-91 71-79 M 165-173 59-75 91-102 76-84 L 170-183 68-88 99-109 81-89 XL 178-188 84-102 107-117 86-94 NRS MEN’S LIGHTWEIGHT UNION SUITAvailable in the following sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL SizeHeight(cm)Chest(cm)Waist(cm)Hip(cm)Sleeve Length(cm)Pant Inseam (cm) S 157–168 86–94 79–86 81–89 79 79 M 165–173 97–104 89–97 91–99 81 81 L 170–183 107–114 99–107 102–109 84 81 XL 178–188 117–124 109–117 112–119 86 84 XXL 185–193 127–135 119–127 122–130 89 84 G-L 178–188 135–140 135–140 135–140 84 81 G-XL 183–193 142–150 142–150 142–150 86 84 Form Fit | Measurement TipsNRS HYDROSKIN WETSOCKSMetric Sizing SizeMen's US& CanadaWomen's US& CanadaMen's UKWomen's UKMen's EuropeWomen's Europe XS 3 - 4 4 - 5 2 1/2 - 3 1/2 2 - 2 1/2 34 - 35 1/2 35 S 4 - 5 5 - 6 3 1/2 - 4 1/2 2 1/2 - 3 1/2 35 1/2 - 37 35 - 36 M 6 - 7 7 - 8 5 1/2 - 6 1/2 4 1/2 - 5 1/2 38 - 39 37 1/2 - 38 1/2 L 8 - 9 9 - 10 7 1/2 - 8 1/2 6 1/2 - 7 1/2 41 - 43 40 - 42 XL 10 - 11 11 - 12 9 1/2 - 10 1/2 8 1/2 - 9 1/2 44 - 45 43 - 44 XXL 12 - 13 13 - 14 11 1/2 - 12 1/2 10 1/2 - 11 1/2 46 - 47 45 - 46 1/2 Imperial Sizing SizeMen's Shoe SizeWomen's Shoe Size XS 3-4 4-5 S 4-5 5-6 M 6-7 7-8 L 8-9 9-10 XL 10-11 11-12 XXL 12-13 13-14

Vade Retro neoprene size charts

Men's size chart Size Length(cm) Weight(kg) Chestsize WaistSize 8 Jaar 126 10 Jaar 133 12 Jaar 140 14 Jaar 147 XS (0) 150/160 50/55 82/89 69/72 S (1) 155/165 55/60 89/93 72/76 M (2) 165/175 60/72 93/98 76/82 L (3) 175/185 70/85 99/105 83/88 XL (4) 180/185 80/90 105/110 89/94 2XL (5) 185/190 90/105 110/115 95/105 3XL (6) 190/195 105/115 115/120 105/110 4XL (7) 195/200 115/125 120/125 110/120 5XL (8) 200 and more 125/135 125/130 120/130 The measurement should be done on the skin. The tolerance is between 1 and 3 centimeters in the same line. If it is more, we recommend the customized product. For custom orders, please contact us. Women's size chart Size Length (cm) Chestsize Waistsize Hipsize Thighsize 38 157/160 81/85 58/63 81/85 49/50 40 160/163 85/89 64/67 85/89 50/52 42 163/166 89/93 67/70 89/93 52/54 44 166/170 93/97 71/74 93/97 55/56 46 169/172 97/101 75/79 98/102 56/58 Socks size chart Shoe Size Vade RetroSock size 31/32 12 Jaar 33/34 14 Jaar 35/36 0 37/38 1 39/40 2 41/42 3 43/44 4 45/56 5 47/48 6 49/50 7

Custom made neoprene wetsuit, required size data

Name: Suite model / code Thickness Accessories / options Comments 1 total length 2 shoe size 3 forehead circumference 4 neck circumference 5 chest circumference 6 waist circumference 7 hip circumference 8 shoulder 9 neck base to sacrum 10 armpit to wrist 11 arm 12 bicep circumference 13 forearm circumference 14 wrist circumference 15 taille to ankle 16 crotch to ankle 17 thigh circumference 18 knee circumference 19 calf circumference 20 ankles circumference 21 shoulder to ankle 22 cross to floor 24 shoulder to floor

Canyoning Wetsuits

AV Fornocal canyoning pants AV Taka jack Seland Bitet Escalo Mulhacen Nala Molina Infierno Canyoning Steamer Verdon AZ Vade Retro Bolero Jacket L John

Protective Canyoning Clothing

Protective trousers and jackets to keep your neoprene wetsuit protected against abrasion and damages.

Canyoning Neoprene Headgear

A Buff / Balaclava / Hoodi is a comfortable balaclava suitable for all kinds of activities, in warm or less warm and cold(er) weather.

Canyoning Drysuit / Undersuit

drysuit for canyoning NRS Seland Vade Retro

Canyoning Neoprene shirts & shorts

Neoprene shirts / shirts are usually fitted or stretchable and perfect to use as (under) clothing for canyoning. We also have UV-resistant shirts in our range. We stock these items from Seland and Vade Retro.

Canyoning Knee - elbow protectors / pads

One piece of equipment to take with you is a pair of knee pads or elbow pads. Why knee pads and elbow pads help with canyoning. All protectors are designed to protect you and prevent damage and bruising. ∙ Knee pads and elbow pads help to relieve your joints. ∙ They also help protect your clothing or wetsuit from being ripped from rough, abrasive canyon walls. ∙ A pair of protectors should be comfortable, offer good flexibility, be lightweight and breathable and easy to clean. Since your knee and elbow pads are made to absorb most injuries, they can wear out quickly. This can make your purchase seem less worthwhile. But even if you have to replace them more often than some of your other gear, your canyon tour will be more comfortable and you will be worth it.

Canyoning Neoprene gloves

Neoprene gloves, for more comfort and warmth in cold water, indispensable for a canyoning equipment.

Canyoning Neoprene socks

Neoprene Socks for canyoning. Canyoning neoprene socks provide insulation for the feet. They are comfortable and sturdy and therefore excellent for descending canyons. Pay attention to the shoes neoprene socks affect the required shoe size

Canyoning shoes

Canyoning Shoes especially for canyoneering trips. Good canyoning shoes are what you need for your canyoning adventure. For your own and other people's safety, it is highly recommended to wear canyoning shoes. It also makes your trip much more fun and you can stand on (wet) rocks that you normally cannot stand on. Pay attention to the shoes, neoprene socks affect the required size. Note: the shoe sizes in the tables are those without taking socks into account.For size charts canyoning or caving clothing see: Canyoning Neoprene clothing and Caving Suits / Coveralls. See here for Shoe size: how to measure or convert. To avoid "fragrant shoes" see Boot bananas.

Shoe size: how to measure or convert

How do you measure your shoe size correctly? Find your shoe size Shoes are often shown in English shoe sizes, English sizing takes into account half sizes. Usually you work in the Netherlands with French sizes and therefore you should convert your shoe size. How it works Are you French shoe size? Then you find your English shoe in the shoe table. To illustrate, a French size 38 is a size 5. English Size 40 is a British size 6.5. Not sure what size you wear? Measure the length of your feet (with socks) to the rear point of the ball of your foot to your longest toe. Measure both feet, because it may be that you have one foot longer than the other. The longest foot is the guide for your size. On the basis of your foot length, you can also look up your shoe size in the table. For example, a foot length of 27.3 cm, a French 43 or English 9. Tips: When measuring your feet stand on a piece of paper and mark off both feet as precise as possible and then measure your feet. You measure a size smaller than you normally wear? It may be that you have a broader base and need a wider shoe. See: Which shoe size do I need? Determine the shoe size: Keep space! For most shoe money you 4-8 mm space for the toes to keep. Note: the shoe sizes in the tables are those without taking socks into account. English(UK)European(EUR)American(USA) ManLady 3 36 4.5 3 ½ 36 ½ 5 4 37 5 ½ 4 ½ 37 ½ 6 5 38 5 ½ 6 ½ 5 ½ 38 ½ - 39 6 7 6 39 - 39 ½ 6 ½ 7 ½ 6 ½ 40 7 8 7 40 ½ 7 ½ 8 ½ 7 ½ 41 - 41 ½ 8 9 8 42 8 ½ 9 ½ 8 ½ 42 ½ 9 10 9 43 9 ½ 9 ½ 43 ½ - 44 10 10 44 - 44½ 10 ½ 10 ½ 45 11 11 46 11 ½ 11 ½ 46 ½ 12 12 47 12 ½ 13 48 13 ½ For the shoe size per manufacturer see at : Canyoning Shoes Size chart shoes UKEUUSmanUSladyMondopoint /in mmJapan (cm) 2 34,5 3 3,5 220 22,0 2,5 35 3,5 4 225 22,5 3 35,5 4 4,5 227,5 22,8 3,5 36 4,5 5 230 23,0 4 37 5 5,5 235 23,5 4,5 37,5 5,5 6 240 24,0 5 38 6 6,5 245 24,5 5,5 39 6,5 7 250 25,0 6 39,5 7 7,5 252,5 25,3 6,5 40 7,5 8 255 25,5 7 41 8 8,5 260 26,0 7,5 41,5 8,5 9 265 26,5 8 42 9 9,5 270 27,0 8,5 42,5 9,5 10 275 27,5 9 43 10 10,5 280 28,0 9,5 44 10,5 11 282,5 28,3 UKEUUSmanUSladyMondopoint /in mmJapan (cm) 10 44,5 11 11,5 285 28,5 10,5 45 11,5 290 29,0 11 46 12 295 29,5 11,5 46,5 12,5 300 30,0 12 47 13 305 30,5 12,5 48 13,5 307,5 30,8 13 48,5 14 310 31,0 13,5 49 14,5 315 31,5 14 49,5 15 320 32,0 14,5 50,5 15,5 325 32,5 15 51 16 330 33,0 15,5 51,5 16,5 335 33,5 16 52 17 337,5 33,8 16,5 52,5 17,5 340 34,0 17 53 18 345 34,5 UKEUUSmanUSladyMondopoint /in mmJapan (cm)

Adidas size charts shoes (Unisex)

For Adidas shoes that applies: Foot length + 2.1 cm = Inner shoe length = your shoe sizeTo measure your foot size see: Shoe size: how to measure or convert. size/taille/maat EUUKInner length (cm) 34,3 2 22,86 34,9 2,5 23,28 35,6 3 23,71 36,2 3,5 24,13 36,8 4 24,55 37,5 4,5 24,98 38,1 5 25,4 38,7 5,5 25,82 39,4 6 26,25 40,0 6,5 26,67 40,6 7 27,09 41,3 7,5 27,52 41,9 8 27,94 42,5 8,5 28,36 43,2 9 28,79 43,8 9,5 29,21 44,5 10 29,63 45,1 10,5 30,06 45,7 11 30,48 46,4 11,5 30,9 47,0 12 31,33 47,6 12,5 31,75 48,3 13 32,17 48,9 13,5 32,6 49,5 14 33,02 50,2 14,5 33,44 50,8 15 33,87 52,1 16 34,71 ADIDAS SIZE CHARTS FOR THE TERREX HYDRO SHOES (UNISEX) only these sizes are available in the model Terrex Hydro Lace size/taille/maat EU UK Binnenlengte (cm) 36,2 3,5 24,13 37,5 4,5 24,98 38,7 5,5 25,82 40,0 6,5 26,67 41,3 7,5 27,52 42,5 8,5 28,36 43,8 9,5 29,21 45,1 10,5 30,06 46,4 11,5 30,9 47,6 12,5 31,75 48,9 13,5 32,6 50,2 14,5 33,44 SIZE CHART Adidas Terrex Hydro Lace 2023 Red/Black canyonshoes

Bestard shoe size chart

Shoe Bestard sizing table UK USA EUR 2 3 34 1/4 2 1/2 3 1/2 35 3 4 35 1/2 3 1/2 4 1/2 36 1/4 4 5 37 4 1/2 5 1/2 37 1/2 5 6 38 5 1/2 6 1/2 38 3/4 6 7 39 1/2 6 1/2 7 1/2 40 7 8 40 3/4 7 1/2 8 1/2 41 1/2 8 9 42 8 1/2 9 1/2 42 1/2 9 10 43 1/4 9 1/2 10 1/2 44 10 11 44 1/2 10 1/2 11 1/2 45 1/2 11 12 46 11 1/2 12 1/2 46 1/2 12 13 47 12 1/2 13 1/2 47 3/4 13 14 48 1/2 The volume of the last can be summarized as follows (from most spacious to least spacious): 1: Canyon Guide 2: Canyon Guide Lady 3: Aqua Pro When Bestard made the Canyon Guide, they used their widest and most spacious last (Europa HXW, where H means High over the wrist, and XW means eXtra Wide). To this last the designer added a supplement of some mm at the bottom, in order to make it really spacious so that people could use 5mm neoprene sock without going up in size.It seemed that in general this last was working well, except for people with very narrow feet, mainly women. Therefore, we created the Canyon Guide Lady, where Bestard used the same Europa HXW last, but without the supplement. Finally, for the Aqua Pro, as this is a shoe which is used also a lot outside water, we are using the normal shoe-last Latina, which is even a bit smaller/more narrow in size than normal boot lasts. On the other hand, the accordion lacing makes it quite adaptable.NB: An advantage of the Bestard brand is that the shoes can be resoled. See Canyoning Knowledge Base.

Micon Canyon shoe size chart

FR UK Length of foot (mm) 36 3 tot 235 37/38 4.5 236 tot 245 39 5.5 246 tot 255 40/41 7 256 tot 265 42 8 266 tot 275 43 9 276 tot 281 44 9 1/2 282 tot 287 45 10 1/2 288 tot 295 46/47 11 1/2 296 tot 302 48 13 303 tot 310 49/50 14 311 tot 318 Surprised by the results? It's normal, our boots size big! As a general rule, the correct size for an Etché Sécurité boot is one size smaller than your usual size.

FITWELL shoe size chart

UK EUR MONDO POINT 3 35 ½ 36 4 ½ 37 5 38 255 ½ / 6 39 260 ½ 40 265 7 270 ½ 41 275 8 42 280 ½ / 9 43 285 ½ 44 290 10 295 ½ 45 300 11 46 305 ½ 310 12 47 310 ½ 315 13 48 320 ½ 14 49 ½ 15 50

La Sportiva size chart shoes

see original: https://www.lasportiva.com/en/footwear-size-guide

Harnesses & Accessories

Harnesses & Accessories suitable for and/or canyoning and caving canyoning and caving Seat belts, lanyards spank protects,climbing harness

Canyoning Sit Harness

A choice of sit harnesses / hip belts, from basic to advanced guide model. For replacement of the seat protection see Spank Protects.

Spank Protects

A protective seat / seat protector / chafing protection for Canyon belt / harness is to protect your suit and especially the seat see: Canyoning Wetsuit. Seat protection / seat cover for a canyoning- or caving belt has a lot to endure, so it is essential to replace it on time.

Caving Sit Harness

With caving seat belts / sit harness you usually do not use seat protection (Spank Protects). In combination with a chest Harness. A choice of sit harnesses / hip belts, from basic to advanced guide model.

Chest Harnesses

Chest Harnesses A chest Harness serves to stabilize the upper body and is used in addition to the seat / hip Harness. It shifts the center of gravity of the body from the hips to the chest and thus prevents the upper body from tipping over. Chest harnesses come in two different shapes: the eight and suspenders shape. Modern chest harness are fully adjustable and can also be worn comfortably under a backpack. They offer extra security for via ferrata, outdoor tours and climbing. Pay attention! Chest harnesses should never be used solo, but always in combination with a seat / hip harness!A chest harness is especially useful for children, whose upper body is by far heavier in relation to the legs or when climbing with a backpack. In addition, use is recommended if the climber does not have clearly formed hips, which could cause him to slip out of the hip belt in the event of a fall.

Children's (climbing-) harnesses

Children's (climbing-) harnesses are (integral) harnesses that have been specially developed for children. The climbing harnesses are often suitable for children between 110 and 160 cm who do not weigh more than 40 kg. An integral belt is actually nothing more than a chest and hip belt in one. Two additional straps run over the shoulders. Small children in particular benefit from this type of belt because the straps prevent the person from falling out of the belt under all circumstances.

Lanyards & Cow Tails

functions type of lanyards adjustable Canyoning Speleology via ferratas anchoring workshop limitation work positioning fall protection I or Y-shape

Harness accessoires

Harness- / Belt accessories for canyoning and caving such as: Padded comfort belts, material holder, AV wear protector.

Helmets outdoor sports

Outdoor helmets, Canyoning helmets, caving helmets, Petzl, Black Diamond, Camp, CT Climbing Technology, Edelrid, Kask, helmet accessories

Outdoor shell helmet

The shell helmet is a durable, traditional helmet, offering a solid exterior supported by an interior that features a strap system of cross-tensioned straps. The ventilation of shell helmets is generally good because there is air between the shell and the head. Impact energy is primarily absorbed by elastic deformation, ie the exterior deforms on impact and then, in most cases, returns to its original shape. This absorbs the energy of a vertical impact, such as a falling rock. Scale models are particularly durable, but relatively heavy.

Outdoor foam helmet

A foam helmet is a light helmet with a base of polystyrene or polypropylene foam with a thin, hard outer surface. Energy is absorbed by plastic deformation, ie the foam deforms permanently when a serious impact occurs. This absorbs the energy and protects the skull. A strong point of foam helmets is that they offer relatively good protection against impact from the front, rear and sides. This type of impact is especially common in the event of a fall. Foam helmets are lighter than shell helmets and look more flashy. A foam helmet should be discarded after a serious impact because internal damage is not always visible on the outside. Foam helmets are on average the most expensive. Foam helmets are substantially lighter than shell helmets and hybrid helmets, making them extremely popular for longer trips.

Outdoor hybrid helmet

A hybrid outdoor, outdoor, canyoning, caving or Via Ferrata helmet combines the hard shell of the shell helmet with the shock-absorbing foam of the foam helmet. The weight of a hybrid helmet lies between the shell helmet and foam helmet. This type of helmet has a relatively low price, acceptable weight and is often sold because of its durability.

Outdoor helmet accessories

On an outdoor sports helmet, a protective helmet Visor and / or a mounting kit for a headlamp can be very welcome in outdoor sports such as caving and canyoning.

Carabiners & maillons

Karabiners Quicklinks / Maillons canyoning and caving, D-shaped, oval, pear-shaped (HMS)-karabiners, screw, twistlock, ball lock closure, self-locking

Snaplink / Wiregate Carabiner

Snapgate Carabiners, carabiners with snap closure, are very suitable as material carriers and for making climbing sets. Snapper carabiners are often very lightweight and compact in size The snapper closure makes this carabiner not suitable for climbing yourself or as an anchor point because they are designed without locking.

Screw-lock Carabiner

The screw-lock carabiner is ideal in situations where it only needs to be opened occasionally during use, after which the closure can be closed manually.

D shape carabiners

D-SHAPE carabiner is with straight gate and directional shape that increases the strength and allows to orientate the load on the major axis.

Oval carabiners

The oval shape keeps the load centered and evenly distributed on the two sides of the carabiner, back and gate, avoiding the hazards of cross-loading. Oval carabiners also minimize rope drag and prevent slippage.

HMS carabiners

The HMS carabiner is a special version of a screw carabiner. It has a large pear-shaped curve. With these carabiners it is possible to secure with the half clove hitch (HMS). HMS carabiners are widely used for belaying outdoor athletes. When belaying, use where possible only the extra secured HMS carabiners that require at least three steps to open.

Autolock Carabiner

The self-locking carabiner or "Auto-Locking" carabiner self-locks safely For all your canyon gear you've come to the right place at CanyonZone

Canyoning quickdraw

CanyonZone gives you the opportunity to put together your own climbing sets. Separate climbing sets from well-known brands such as Edelrid, Black Diamond and Petzl are available on request. See: Secured canyon quickdraw. Climbing sets are also called expresses or simply sets. They consist of two snap karabiners, which are connected to each other by a sling for climbing sets. They extend the carbines in the intermediate belays and thereby reduce the friction on the rope. In addition, climbing sets provide an important connection and prevent dangerous twisting of the carbine, which can lead to transverse loading.

Maillon

A maillon, maillon rapide or quick link, is a metal link similar to a carabiner. Canyonzone has various shapes and sizes of tights in its range. Maillons have a threaded sleeve that is tighter over a wire, as opposed to a hinged gate like a carabiner, making them stronger, but more difficult to use. Maillons require the use of open-ended wrench.The word maillon comes from the French language and means "link". Maillons are widely used in climbing and caving. In caving they are used to make safe and vital connections such as those required when using single rope technique or to attach ropes to anchor points. When climbing, they are used to construct leave-in-place abseil anchors. Tights can also be used for attaching harnesses with a double attachment point.

Pulley Carabiner

A pulley carabiner has a integrated pulley in the spine. The pulley reduces rope friction to a minimum and the pulley maintains its function even under load. A carabiner for a speed line set up or for a quick redirect for your rigging line while doing some light rigging or when you need a quick and easy mechanical advantage. To use for a speed line kit, a redirect, or for a quick a highly efficient mechanical advantage setup.

Steel Carabiner

Steel carabiners in various shapes are strong, durable and highly loadable. Use a steel carabiner for permanent point or demanding conditions. Usually only steel and aluminum are used. Steel has the disadvantage that it is heavy.

Material biners

Carabiner for attaching materialMaterial carriers / Material musketons / Material carabiners / Accessory carabiners for attaching material to the belt or in your canyon / caving bag. No PPE. Not suitable for climbing.

Delta closure Speleology harnesses

These carabiners are extremely suitable for closing (two-point) seat belts.

Descend devices

Type of descent safety devices Salewa Edelrid Petzl Mammut Black Diamond Kong AustriAlpin ATKD CT Mad Rock BlueWater Beal canyoning caving Sterling

Figure 8 devices

The descend eight (Figure 8 device) is a descender / belay device ideal for flat descents and dynamic belaying. The figure 8 belay device is a piece of metal (usually an aluminum alloy) in the shape of an 8 with one large end and one small end. This device utilities a large surface area in contact with a climbing rope to provide sufficient friction along with proper technique to be used as a belay device or for rappelling. A figure 8 (sometimes just referred to as an 8) is used in conjunction with a climbing harness and locking carabiner to keep a climber safe and control their descent or one's own descent (when rappelling) Pros Figure 8s offer a very smooth controlled descent when rappelling and lowering climbers.∙ They can be used with nearly any diameter climbing rope and don't get as hot as other friction devices because of their ability to dissipate heat efficiently ∙ The figure eight can also be used with a doubled rope, which is also possible with a rack but not a bobbin. Cons The figure eight cannot be removed from the rope without detaching the device from the harness, and so could be accidentally dropped, particularly when tackling a rebelay. They also twist the rope which is a particular problem where a re belay prevents the rope untwisting. They do not provide a convenient means to temporarily lock the descent at a rebelay.

Pirana-like belay devices

The pirana-like descenders / belay devices are adjustable friction descenders especially suitable for use in canyons.

Tube type belay device

The tube type belay devices / descenders are versatile devices for the safe belay and descent of single rope and double rope. Tubers can have one slot for single rope or two slots that can also be used with twin/double rope and suitable for abseiling.

Descenders / Belay devices

Descend devices for use on rope.CanyonZone has an extensive range of descent and belay devices. These are not only suitable for caving and canyoning. See the different subheadings under Descending. For selection help, see: Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment / How do you choose the right belay device?If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us.

Assisted Braking Belay devices

Assisted Braking belay devices are also called semi-automatic. The semi-automatic operation ensures that the belay device immediately blocks in the event of a fall. The use of these belay devices is increasingly recommended, mainly due to the extra safety and simple operation. There are many different self-locking belay devices that can often react slightly differently. It is therefore a good idea to try out the soaking before use. Brake hand dependent With a brake hand-dependent semi-automatic belay device (the Edelrid Jul2), the braking effect is the result of the friction between the rope and carabiner/device, just like with tubers. However, with this car tube-like device, the rope is clamped onto the carabiner in such a way that the rope blocks. This means you don't have to exert much force with the braking hand to block a climber or catch a fall. With these devices, the operation depends on the position of the brake hand and the carabiner used (diameter and shape).Braking hand independent With a brake hand-independent semi-automatic belay device (the Petzl GriGri), the rope does not run through the carabiner, but the braking effect takes place entirely within the device. The user's hand strength and the position of the braking hand do not affect the braking performance of the device.The Petzl GriGri is one of the most popular semi-automatic blocking belay devices.

Exotic descend devices

Here CanyonZone has included descending and securing devices with exotic shapes for use, among other things, for canyoning, rappelling or rock climbing.

Rappel Backup / Anti-fall devices

The rappel rope backup is a Back up for climbing, self-securing during rappelling, anti-fall protection, as a ascender or in combination with a Prusik pulley in lifting systems.

Rope Access/Belay and Descend

These products are intended to be able to secure someone at height, to descend yourself in a controlled manner or to install in various hoist and rescue systems.

Ascending / Rise along rope

Following a river through the mountains (canyoning) or a trip through a cave (caving) naturally goes hand in hand with ascending and descending. To get up (climbing) via a rope, ascenders are used for hands and feet. Both should be easy to use so that the interplay between blocking and unblocking is smooth. The articles foot loops, chest harness, fall protection can and in some situations must be used in conjunction with the ascenders. You use ascenders for climbing up the rope. There are different types of ascender: a hand ascender, emergency ascender, foot ascender or a ascender to attach to your climbing harness. The different versions can have a slightly different effect. The hand-held device must be easily replaceable by a descender.CanyonZone has the following product groups in its assortment before going up:

Foot loops

With a foot loop / stair cord you reduce the force required for vertical movement with an ascender The right combination of a ascender and a foot loop or foot clamp is important to be able to move smoothly and quickly in the ropes. By using a foot loop, one can stand in a rope during a climb. Also important in emergency situations. CanyonZone also has adjustable strap or rope foot loops.

Chest Strap

A chest Strap / Harness serves to stabilize the upper body and is used in addition to the seat / hip Harness. It shifts the center of gravity of the body from the hips to the chest and thus prevents the upper body from tipping over. Chest harnesses come in two different shapes: the eight and suspenders shape. Modern chest harness are fully adjustable and can also be worn comfortably under a backpack. They offer extra security for via ferrata, outdoor tours and climbing. Pay attention! Chest harnesses should never be used solo, but always in combination with a seat / hip harness!A chest harness is especially useful for children, whose upper body is by far heavier in relation to the legs or when climbing with a backpack. In addition, use is recommended if the climber does not have clearly formed hips, which could cause him to slip out of the hip belt in the event of a fall.

Rope access harnesses

Rope access harnesses have everything that a fall belt and a positioning belt have. In addition, they are very comfortable for long-term work at heights. They are suitable for climbing and descending on rope and have an ascender clamp on the chest. Fall belts protect against falls from height. Positioning belts also protect against falls from height. In addition, they enable workshop positioning through additional positioning points on the hips and/or in front of the abdomen. You can put together your own combination with hip harnesses / sit harnesses and chest harnesses / loose tops, as is often done when working at heights or in tree care.

Fall protection

These mobile fall protection are fall blocks that can be installed on a rope. These fall arrest devices run smoothly with the user, but block almost immediately when a fall is made.

Chest ascenders

The chest ascender is used to keep the climber's body close to the rope. Due to the stable position, the rope can slide well. The user must ensure that there is no play while climbing, so that the potential drop length remains low.

Foot ascenders

Foot Ascenders / Foot risers, are serrated devices that are attached to the climber's foot by means of a lifting strap and have a spring-loaded lug in one direction that allows rapid movement on a rope. Using a foot ascender, the legs are used to climb the rope. Non-locking foot ascenders can be easily removed from the rope. Lockable foot risers lock onto the rope and must be manually unlocked to be released from the rope.

Hand ascenders

Hand ascenders are mechanical devices that attach to a climbing rope and allow a climber to climb the rope. Hand Ascenders come in different shapes and sizes and have different uses such as caving, frozen ropes high in the mountains or for rescue work. All ascenders feature a toothed comb that clips to the rope when the ascender is loaded, creating a solid point for a climber to move up the rope.

Ultra-light / emergency ascender

Extremely compact and lightweight emergency riser clamps. The perfect addition to the basic equipment of someone who works on a rope or a rescuer.

Pulleys

Pulleys for outdoor sports such as canyoning and caving are used to move along a (horizontal) line, with a climbing rope pulley, and important to develop the necessary strength. You usually use pulleys for lifting. A pulley reduces the resistance encountered by the lifting rope. Pulleys can also increase the force you exert when lifting. This way you can lift and lower material that you cannot lift. There are also pulleys to move you along a horizontal line. Lifting pulleys come in different shapes, sizes and shapes. Pulleys in the CanyonZone range are also subdivided by function and / or material.

Zipline Pulleys

Pulleys suitable for outdoor sports and for use in cable and zip lines / ziplines. Zipline trolleys and pulleys to move you along a horizontal line of rope or steel cable

Steel Pulley

Outdoor Pulley, housing and/or ball bearings made of stainless steel and specially designed for extra fast and (constant) movement on rope and steel cable.

Swivels

Swivels are anti-torsion links that prevent the rope from twisting when the load starts to rotate. Like some pulleys, are used in various hoisting systems, where a smooth flow of the rope is important

Single pulley without brake

Single pulleys, without backstop, are used outdoors in various lifting systems, where a smooth passage of the rope is important. Also ideal for creating a circulation point, a hoist system that must be able to move in 2 directions or for horizontal movement over a cable or rope.

Single pulley with break

A single pulley with brake is often multifunctional: can be used as a backstop, self-securing on a suspended rope during a climb, making a lanyard to length or self-securing on the pitch, as an emergency ascender for ascending along a rope, etc. A pulley with a backstop ensures safe movement of a person or a load. Look in the CanyonZone range which is useful for you to add to your equipment.

Double pulley without break

Double pulleys / pulleys are used to make multiple hoists for outdoor activities, so that you need to exert less force.

Double pulley with break

The double pulley is especially for creating a hoist system for outdoor activities. The double pulley with brake can be locked by the backstop at a certain point, this makes lifting a lot easier.

Pulley Carabiners

Carabiners equipped with an integrated pulley opposite the opening on the other side of the pulley, making the carabiner easier to install on various devices. The pulley reduces rope friction to a minimum and the pulley maintains its function even under load.

Pulley system / Hoist system

Hoist systems can be used for various applications in outdoor sports, including during rescues and / or evacuations or for (tensioning) hoist systems. A pulley is a wheel on a shaft or shaft designed to reverse motion or assist transfer of force between the shaft and cable or belt. ... The drive element of a pulley system can be a rope, cable, belt or chain. Pulley systems are used to achieve a mechanical advantage, multiplying the amount of force applied to apply greater forces to a load. They are usually used for towing and lifting loads, but can also be used to apply tension within a system such as in a tension line. . Force is an influence that has both magnitude and direction and is usually given in the dynamic unit of Newton (N) or kg. . In the example, I don't consider the effects of vector angular forces or the coefficients of friction This pulley system offers a mechanical advantage of 4:1. The user must exert a force of 25 kg to lift this 100 kg load, for every 4 meters of rope the user pulls through the pulley system, the load is only lifted 1 meter. If we count the number of ropes that actually support or exert force on the load, and then distribute the weight of the load evenly among them, we should easily be able to calculate the overall mechanical advantage of the pulley system. In this example, there are four sections of rope that support the load and apply force. So the weight of the load (100 kg), divided by the number of supporting parts of rope (4), should result in each rope carrying a quarter (25 kg) of the total weight of the load. The user can lift the 100 kg load using the bypass (pulley D) with a force of 25 kg.

Rope & webbing slings

Webbing sling auxiliary rope Cords Slings 5 - 6 mm pull cord intervention rope Canyon rope caving rope rope protection Cowstails Lanyards Throwlines

Information about rope: selection and maintenance

With caving and canyoning, the use of the right ropes is an important (attention) point when choosing your equipment. Here CanyonZone has included background information to make a good choiceTypes of ropes Synthetic ropes are used when working at height, including speleology and canyoning. Natural fiber ropes have a lower breaking strength and may rot over time. There are three types of ropes:∙ Dynamic Dynamic rope can stretch considerably, absorbing the shock of a fall. This type of rope is used in climbing, but hardly in industry. CE EN 892 rated ∙ Static Static rope has very little stretch. Due to this property it is suitable for rappelling, stirrup rising, short zip line for e.g. rescue work, hoisting and special circumstances such as rescue work from a helicopter. Even with frequent use, the rope remains flexible and in good shape. The elasticity of static rope is 2%. With a line of 50m, that still means a 1m stretch! For canyoning in certain areas a must to use static rope. Not CE EN rated ropes ∙ Semi-static This type of rope is often incorrectly called static. It is widely used when working at height, such as rope access, ascent, descent and as a safety line with fall protection. The small elongation in these ropes is sufficient to sufficiently absorb a drop up to a fall factor of 0.3. They are not suitable for on sight climbing, but can be used for toprope climbing because the fall factor is small there. They are also used in caving and canyoning. CE EN 1891A / B rated (depending on diameter of rope)Types of semi-static ropes There are two types of semi-static ropes for working at height:Type A. This is the strongest type. 10mm or thicker in diameter. 100kg is used for testing. For certain devices, a manufacturer can indicate that only type A rope may be used. Examples include fall arresters such as the Petzl ASAP and the Petzl ID'S. ∙ Type B This type of rope is smaller as 10mm diameter, cheaper, less strong and will wear faster than type A. It is tested with a weight of 80kg.Important The range of most used diameters for semi-static ropes is 10mm - 12.5mm. The use of a small diameter can make a device run smoother. However, it requires more skills. Often a device can handle rope with different diameters. However, tests have shown that devices can perform differently with different diameters with regard to slipping. It is therefore important that the parts of an equipment are properly coordinated. You can of course also contact us for advice.Standards semi-static ropes Ropes must meet strict European standards. The load capacity is tested both dynamically and statically. The following standards apply to semi-static ropes, where type A ropes are tested with 100 kg and type B ropes with 80 kg: ∙ A weight hanging on the rope that falls at a fall factor of 0.3 may undergo a force of maximum 6kN during the shock; ∙ The weight should be able to fall five times at fall factor 1 at three-minute intervals without breaking the rope; ∙ The rope must be able to withstand a static load of at least 22kN; ∙ With a 'double eight knot' in the rope, a type A rope should be able to withstand a force of 15kN for three minutes. 12kN applies to a type B rope; ∙ Depending on the diameter, the sheath displacement may be 20mm - 50mm for a type A rope and a maximum of 15mm for a type B rope; ∙ With a test weight up to 150kg, the rope stretch must remain below 5%; ∙ Sufficient knotability (factor K

Recommendation for rope marking

In order to increase safety in canyoning, the FIC ( Federation for International Canyoning) consulted canyoneers from eleven countries, to find out the coding used to mark the middle and the length of the rope. The result is the following proposal (already widely used, but unknown by some). For a good rope marker see: Rope & webbing slings / Rope Accessories

What can you do with rejected rope

If your rope has been rejected, you do not have to dispose of it immediately. There is always interest in it, but not in climbing activities. For example, you can use it to create:∙ a plate with rope knots ∙ lamps ∙ a fly curtain A global step-by-step plan is included below for making a fly curtain. See the slides below. Global roadmap: Measure the width and height of the door Curtain should fit between the door frames and just hit the threshold.You now know the height and the width. Height +/- 208 and width 90 cm (is a door size in the Netherlands)Determine the approximate number of rope lengths you need With a rope of +/- 10mm that is about 90 lengths.Take the weight into account. With a rope weight of 60 g / m, this becomes: 60 g / m x 2.08 x 90 = 11.23 kgThe attachment must therefore be firm, e.g. 2 battens between which the ropes can be clamped and fixed between and on the frames. (slat 1: 18 x 44 mm, slat 2: 18 x 69 cm)Cut the 2 slats to size and make supports for the slat to which the rope is attached, paint them.Make the required number of rope lengths.Attach the ropes, with tacks, to the bar that comes between the door frames. Press the ropes firmly together so that they cannot slideDrill holes in the 2nd slat for the screws to attach to the slat with ropes (note pt 10)Clamp the 2nd bar with the ropes with glue clamps. Make sure that the 2nd bar crosses slightly so that the rope ends are no longer visible. Tighten the glue clamps as much as possible.Connect the 2 slats with screws (4 x35mm).Fill the holes of the screwsThe fly curtain is now ready to be hung.Drill the holes in the 2nd slat through which the hanger bolts (M6 x 50) must be inserted.Determine the location and mount the hanger bolts in the frame.Determine the location and fix the supports to the frames for the lath on which the ropes are attached.Hang the curtain and secure with washer and wing nut.This way you can still enjoy your rejected rope.

Rope remnants

Various remnants of rope for canyoning and caving with different lengths and thicknesses. More competitively priced. Here we offer, if available, residual pieces of new rope. Everything with a discount, so at competitive prices. The rope is left over from delivering the desired length to our customers, The lengths listed are the minimum length, sometimes it can be a little longer. The rope brand, thickness, color and length are included. So see if there is something for you. Please note: the images do not always correspond to the product.

Slings (strap loops)

Slings / webbing / strap loops are made of flat band or tubular material and are therefore more resistant to sharp rocky edges.They are mainly used for self-belays, to anchor a fall protection system or to extend an anchor point, to build a stand and as a hoist, also in canyoning and caving. For protection and anti twist see: Rope & webbing / Rope Accessories.

2 - 6 mm Auxiliary ropes / Pull Cords

Reepschnur are (static) auxiliary ropes. These are used as soft emergency ascenders, making hoists, pull cords to retrieve the main rappel rope or as a backup for rappelling using a prusik. Note: Do not use as a fixed rope or to support people.

5 - 6 mm pull cord / intervention ropes

Pull cord: this is a lighter rope that you use to pull down a descent rope. This way you can reduce the total weight of rope that you take with you. Otherwise you will need twice the length of the descent rope on the longest descent. With a pull cord you can reduce this to 1 time the length of the rappel rope and 1 time the length of the pull cord. Intervention rope means that it is a rope that can be used by the guide / canyoneer / caver to hang out quickly and get to a student / canyoneer / caver / victim to help - free it on the spot. An intervention rope is thinner and more compact to wear it on the harness of the guide / canyoneer and to deploy quickly.

Canyoning ropes

During your outdoor sports activity, including canyoning, you should carefully consider which type of rope you should use. See "Information about rope: choice and maintenance". Rope can be arranged in different ways. We do this based on the diameter of the rope.

7 - 8 mm rope (lightweight/rescue/emergency)

7 - 8 mm ropes are classicly used in Canyoning and Caving in making Prusik knots, anchors or pulling systems. These lightweight, strong and durable ropes are constructed according to strict quality control guidelines. They provide effective solutions for the requirements of different activities: difficult access, technical rescue, industry. Ropes can also be used as a lightweight and durable exploration and rescue rope, in expedition and rescue operations and emergency situations in rough, wet or difficult conditions.

9 mm rope (all-round use)

A rope in this range is good for all round use, partly including traditional and sport climbing. These ropes are light enough to enter the canyon yet durable enough. They are generally more durable than very thin ropes and they are easier to handle.

10 mm rope (group usage/guiding)

10 mm ropes are very suitable for group use and guides at Canyoning and Caving. CanyonZone stocks rope from various brands. You have come to the right place for all your equipment for canyoning and caving.

Caving ropes 7 - 11 mm

During your outdoor sports activity, including caving, you should carefully consider which type of rope you should use. See "Information about rope: choice and maintenance". Rope can be arranged in different ways. We do this based on the diameter of the rope.

Climbing / Dynamic ropes

Dynamic ropes are the ropes used in (sport) climbing. Dynamic climbing rope is designed with a high degree of elasticity to protect a climber from injuries in the event of a fall. This type of climbing rope is often used in rock climbing, sports hall climbing or mountaineering. Dynamic rope is usually used for top rope because it has a certain degree of give. They are sufficiently elastic (up to 37% at the first fall) to safely absorb a fall. However, they are relatively weak when statically loaded.

Rope protection

We use rope protectors when rope rubs along an edge, or is used along other sharp / rough parts. As a result, the rope will wear less (and therefore break!). Prevents fraying or cutting the rope. In caving and canyoning it is important to determine in advance where the ropes will run as soon as they are installed, so that the correct protection can be selected. Rope protectors often consist of a light and resistant protective cover. A velcro closure for the protective part and a clamp for the rope for easy install and removal.

Cowstail / Lanyard

Lanyards are often made of synthetic materials, with the inside of the line being colored differently from the outside. This becomes visible with wear. In that case, the line may no longer be used, as with other damage. Such a line is not safe for work where the line can be damaged or cut. Within the various functions that lanyards have at Canyoning, Caving and Via ferrata, such as anchoring, workplace restriction, work positioning and fall protection, various types of lanyards can be distinguished such as adjustable, synthetic or metal, with shock absorber and with an I or a Y shape. Static and adjustable lanyards ∙ A static lanyard has a fixed length. This is e.g. suitable for attaching to a fixed anchor point, limiting the user's freedom of movement and for wrapping around, e.g. around a tree trunk. ∙ An adjustable lanyard allows for precise positioning by operating the handle with one hand while the other hand holds the free end of the rope. I and Y lines ∙ An I-line is just a single lanyard. ∙ With a Y-line the line splits so that there are two anchor points. This is useful when you need to move around, such as when climbing. While one end is anchored, the other end can be loosened and attached to a higher point. A Y line can also be used for more stable positioning.

Throwlines

A throwing line is a rope with little friction so that a somewhat thicker line can easily be drawn. A throwing line is intended to be able to pull rope to another point, they are used for rope access and recreational climbing activities such as canyoning. A sturdy and light throwline has only a light weight per meter and is still quite sturdy with a reasonable breaking strength. The throwing line is often made of polyethylene, the most commonly used plastic in the world. One of the important properties and advantages of polyethylene is that it is resistant to all kinds of chemicals, acids, alkalis and solvents. Various throwing bags, complete with the rope or not, are sold for taking along the throwing line. See also the section Canyoning Back Packs, bags & duffels / Throwing bags for different rope bags and theit use.

Rope Accessories

A wide range of rope accessories for canyoning and caving ropes consists of different products to make use, maintenance and labeling of your rope even easier. You can order a lot of rope at CanyonZone to size, at a desired length. We have cutting equipment to protect the ends from fraying. We also have rope labels and shrink film that you can apply yourself. The products are of high quality, so you can use them for a long time and with pleasure. CanyonZone will gladly advise you and deliver your accessories quickly. We guarantee excellent service and quality.

Anchoring & accessories

Hangers Bolts Artificial gear Webbing Maillons Spitkits & accessories Multiple anchoring systems Pitons Chains & Belay Resin anchors American anchor

Hangers & Bolts

Here are all the anchors, for caving, canyoning, climbing and mountain sports anchors and expansion bolts / mounting bolts included in the assortment. CanyonZone has a sophisticated and proven variety. Check out the climbing gear deals we have to offer and make sure you're well equipped for that next big adventure! Make the right choice which anchors are useful in your situation. See: Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment / Which anchors do you use for canyoning and caving?.

Bolts & Hangers 8 mm

A simple curved stainless steel hanger for use with M8 bolts, it is heavier than alloy hangers although stronger and perhaps more suitable for longer term placement. For use with maillons or carabiners, the hanger is particularly suitable for traverse lines and belays. Used with a carabiner, it helps keep the knot clear of the rock below the bolt placement.

Bolts & Hangers 10 mm

Bolt and Hanger - 10mm and other great bolts and hangers for outdoor sports, canyoning, caving, rock climbing and mountaineering available from CanyonZone. A 10mm stainless steel bolt hanger can be used for permanent outdoor mounting and belay stations.

Bolts & Hangers 12 mm

To be used as a mounting anchor to create an anchor point for fall protection. There are steel anchor plates for indoor use and stainless steel for outdoor anchoring. Available with and without 12 mm bolts/impact pins. They are equipped with an extra large connecting eye so that you can easily hook the carabiners. It is even possible to install two carabiners on one anchor.

Multi Monti screws

MULTI MONTI SCREWS These reusable screws are used for placing anchors in caving, for the first exploration of a cave.The battery life of the hand drill is extended because the holes do not have to be as wide and deep. New mounts with new threaded extension, new tip with larger and more sharp seam, new smaller hex head with washer and reinforced underside; To screw, use a 10 mm hex key. This anchor is exceptionally strong and guarantees an acceptable level of safety. However the surface must be solid. This screw is excellent value for money and when needed can be reused multiple times. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ∙ MULTI-MONTI anchors are produced and patented by the German company HECO SCHRAUBEN KG & Co. ∙ It is an innovative self-threading screw system and is highly resistant and practical. ∙ The first part of the Multi-Monti thread is characterised by thread serration / teeth, that, when screwed, the anchor cuts into the material and creates the space for the rest of the screw. ∙ Unlike traditional screw anchors, the Multi-Monti system does not exert excess tension on the rock/concrete, reducing the risk of damage or breakage. ∙ The Multi-Monti system also differs from traditional permanent mechanical or resin anchors in that it can be easily unscrewed and reused. ∙ This procedure should not be employed more than three times on rock and only once on granite. ∙ Multi-Monti anchors are very resistant and reliable. CERTIFICATIONS ∙ European Technical Approval ETA 15/0784 ∙ F120 fire-resistance rating for use on various materials such as concrete, limestone and solid bricks This section contains the Multi-Monti range from Canyonzone, including the associated product codes and data.

Artificial securing equipment

Artificial climbing is climbing rock walls using all kinds of mobile safety equipment for propulsion. CanyonZone has included climbing hooks, skyhooks, wire hook, Leash system, foot loops / stair cord / tire ladder and (auxiliary) ladders, which are good for caving and canyoning.

Nuts & Cams

Nuts and cams are essential types of climbing protection devices used to create anchor points on rock walls. They’re commonly used in trad (traditional) climbing, aid climbing, and big wall climbing to protect climbers from falls by anchoring the rope to the rock. Each works differently, but both help climbers tackle natural rock faces safely. NUTSNuts, also known as stoppers or chocks, are simple, passive protection devices that are wedge-shaped and made of metal. They are placed by wedging them into cracks in the rock so that they resist being pulled out. ∙ Design: Typically, nuts are metal wedges with tapered shapes, connected to a loop of wire. ∙ Placement: A nut is inserted into a crack or constriction in the rock, then set by pulling on it slightly so it locks into place. ∙ Advantages: Lightweight and simple to use. ∙ Reliable for holding body weight and falls when properly placed. ∙ Durable and suitable for reuse over many climbs. ∙ Use Cases: They are ideal for narrow cracks and constrictions where there are no other options for protection. CAMSCams, also known as spring-loaded camming devices (SLCDs), are active protection devices that use an expanding mechanism to grip the rock from within a crack or fissure. ∙ Design: Cams consist of spring-loaded lobes attached to a central stem, which are connected to a trigger. Pulling the trigger retracts the lobes, allowing the device to fit into the rock crack. ∙ Placement: Once the cam is inside a crack, releasing the trigger causes the lobes to expand, gripping the rock tightly and providing a secure anchor point. ∙ Advantages: Adjustable to a wide range of crack sizes, making them versatile. ∙ Quick to place and remove, which is especially helpful in challenging or strenuous positions. ∙ Designed to hold in parallel and irregular cracks where nuts may not work. ∙ Use Cases: Cams work well in wider, parallel-sided cracks where nuts would not fit securely, and they provide a stronger hold on irregular or flaring cracks. NUTS VS CAMS∙ Nuts are lighter, simpler, and less expensive, but require a specific type of crack to work well. ∙ Cams are more versatile and adaptable to a range of crack sizes, especially parallel cracks, but are more expensive and heavier. Both nuts and cams play crucial roles in climbing protection and are often used in combination to tackle varied rock features. Proper placement and knowledge of each type are essential for effective protection in climbing.

Anchoring strap loops

Anchoring strap loops / strap loops / slings are mainly used for making an (emergency) anchor, also for canyoning and caving, in order to create an anchorage point. Choosing the right anchor strap loop is important to install the most efficient system possible. Tape loops are often made of reinforced flat tape/material and are therefore more resistant to sharp rock edges.

Maillons / Quick links

The word maillon comes from the French language and means "link". Maillons / Quick links are widely used in climbing and caving. In caving they are used to make safe and vital connections such as those required when using single rope technique or to attach ropes to anchor points. When climbing, they are used to construct leave-in-place abseil anchors. Tights can also be used for attaching harnesses with a double attachment pointCanyonzone has various shapes and sizes of tights in its range. A maillon, maillon rapide or quick link, is a metal link similar to a carabiner. Leotards have a threaded sleeve that is tighter over a wire, as opposed to a hinged gate like a carabiner, making them stronger, but more difficult to use. Maillons require the use of open-ended wrench.

Spit kits & accessories

For the Spitkits I use a basic kit set with extension to advanced. When purchasing a full set, discount is possible. All accessories are of course also available separately.Note: For limestone canyons, it is easy to install a self-drilling crown head with a hand drill in an emergency, while in granite it is easier to hit some mop hooks or drill a hole with a hand drill with an SDS drill with crosshead. For the safe use of tools at height, see: Safety in outdoor sports / Securing tools.

Anchoring multiplier plates

An anchoring multiplier plate (Rigging plates are used for complex anchorages) is specially designed to quickly and easily realize a multiple anchoring system in the workplace. The openings are often suitable for making direct connections with ropes and belt loops. There are rigging plates with a central connection point for distributing forces or suspending multiple loads. Applications: force distribution, attachment point, mobile anchor point,

Abseil / descent rings

Abseil or descent rings are metal rings used in climbing sports such as canyoning, caving, and rock climbing to facilitate safe descents. Also known as rappel rings, these rings are attached to anchor points and provide a smooth, solid surface through which ropes can slide safely during descents. They are designed to minimize friction and provide a controlled, safe descent by creating a central point. KEY FEATURES OF ABSEIL / DESCENT RINGS∙ Abrasion Resistant Material: They are usually made from durable materials such as stainless steel or aluminum, making them resistant to heavy use and rough climbing conditions. ∙ Simple Design: The round shape helps to distribute tension evenly across the ring, preventing the rope from becoming damaged or wearing unevenly. ∙ Reduced Friction: The smooth finish reduces friction, which not only provides a smoother descent but also reduces wear on the rope. ∙ Compatibility with Different Anchor Points: They can be directly attached to different types of anchors, such as hooks, bolts, or chains, making them versatile. APPLICATIONS OF ABSEIL / DESCENT RINGS∙ Descents: Climbers feed ropes through the descent rings at an anchor point and descend in a controlled manner. This prevents direct friction between the rope and the rock face, which protects the rope. ∙ Permanent Installations: Descent rings are sometimes left on popular climbing routes or in caves to provide climbers and cavers with a safe and efficient anchor point. This way, they can be reused by future climbers. ∙ Anchoring Safety: Because they are sturdy and durable, descent rings give climbers confidence in the security of their anchors. Difference from Rappel Rings Although abseil or descent rings and rappel rings are often used interchangeably, rappel rings can sometimes be slightly wider or more robust, depending on the specific requirements of the route. But in general, both serve the same purpose: to create a safe and hard-wearing point for descents. Descent rings are an essential tool for ensuring a safe, controlled descent and protecting gear during challenging climbing and caving conditions.

Retrievable anchor systems

Retrievable Anchors are those where the webbing used to form an anchor is retrieved, leaving nothing behind. There are several good reasons for doing this including: ∙ leaving no trash behind in the canyon is elegant ∙ in places where the anchor sling is visible to hikers, removing it is generally a good idea to decrease the visual impact, and in many places is good to avoid the potential wrath of land managers ∙ a retrievable anchor may be a good way to conserve anchor materials Source: https://www.canyoneeringusa.com/techtips/tworingretrievableanchor

Pitons

When climbing, a piton is a metal spike (usually steel) that is hammered into a crack or seam in the climbing surface and acts as an anchor. Pitons are equipped with an eye hole or a ring to which a carabiner is attached; the carabiner can then be attached directly or indirectly to a climbing rope. Pitons are used in narrow rock cracks. CanyonZone has various sizes in different designs and material types in the range.For a good choice of the piton for your use see: How to choose the right piton?

Adhesive anchors

Chemical resin anchor is the term given to anchors that are not fitted in the traditional anchored method e.g. with the expansion of the anchor or the thread cutting into the surface of the hole. With chemical anchoring, a resin is injected into the hole prior to insertion of the (stainless) steel anchor. With this, the chemical naturally fills in all irregularities and therefore makes the hole airtight and water proof, with 100% adhesion.Clean the hole of dust and debris. Brushes are available or you can use air, by blowing down a tube. The anchors must be installed with the correct epoxy resin. Resin packed in glass capsules for fixing heavy loads in stone / rock. Glass capsules are solutions proven millions of times over in the various applications to be able to exert heavy loads in concrete without expanding pressure. The components already pre-portioned in the glass capsule make installation easier. The glass capsules are therefore particularly suitable for individual applications or for overhead mounting. The storage in the glass capsule, protected against the effects of light, also ensures a long shelf life without limiting the fixing values. There are glass capsules for the most different applications, both indoors and outdoors, with threaded rods and internal screw anchors.

Chains & Belay Anchors

The term "belay" also means the place where the belayer is anchored; this is typically the ground or a ledge, but it could also be a hanging fuse / chain(s), with the fuse itself hanging from an anchor in the rock, the belay station. A Belay station, often made of stainless steel links / chain, is durable and can be used in many outdoor sports disciplines such as canyoning, climbing and mountaineering. Belaying is a variety of techniques that climbers use to create friction within a climbing system, named on a climbing rope so that a fast climber does not fall very far.

Battery Drills & Accessory

As an outdoor sports practitioner you often take a lot of equipment with you. In canyoning, caving often involves climbing or descending using ropes that must be well anchored. The anchors and securing points must be made or maintained. Various means that are used for this are available at CanyonZone. See Anchoring & accessories. The accessories such as drills, cleaning brush drill holes, cordless drills and water protection bags for drills are included here

Tools for Bolting

WHICH TOOLS ARE NEEDED TO PLACE ANCHORS IN ROCKS? To place anchors in rocks, such as for canyoning, caving, climbing or industrial purposes, you need specialized tools and equipment. Canyonzone, as a specialized shop, has the necessary equipment to realize the required anchoring in the right way. Under this heading you will find many of the necessary tools.If you're new to anchor placement, it’s advisable to get proper training or consult an experienced professional to ensure safety and effectiveness. Here’s a list of the essential tools and other items that may be useful for your specific situation.: Drilling Tools∙ Drill Types: Manual Hand Drills: Useful in remote locations without power but require physical effort. ∙ Cordless Power Drills: Efficient and portable, often used in climbing applications. ∙ Rotary Hammer Drills: Ideal for drilling into hard rock like granite or limestone. ∙ Drill Bits: Carbide-Tipped Bits: Durable and effective for hard rock. ∙ Diamond-Tipped Bits: For extremely hard materials or precise drilling. ∙ Masonry Bits: A standard choice for rock and concrete. Anchor Placement Tools∙ Anchors: Mechanical Expansion Anchors: Easy to install and often used in climbing. ∙ Glue-In Bolts (Chemical Anchors): Provide stronger, more permanent fixes using epoxy or resin. ∙ Removable Bolts: Temporary anchors for specific purposes. ∙ Epoxy or Resin System (for chemical anchors): Cartridge and dispenser for injecting adhesive into the hole. ∙ Mixer nozzles for proper blending of resin and hardener. ∙ Hammer and Setter: Hammer: For driving in mechanical anchors or hammer-set bolts. ∙ Setting Tool: Ensures proper expansion of certain types of anchors. Hole Cleaning Tools∙ Brushes: To clean debris and dust from the drilled hole for better anchor adhesion. ∙ Blow Tube or Bulb: To remove fine dust and particles from the hole. Safety and Support Gear∙ Protective Equipment: Helmet: To protect from falling debris. ∙ Gloves: To shield hands from rough surfaces and sharp tools. ∙ Safety Glasses: Protect eyes from rock dust and fragments. ∙ Climbing Gear: Harness: To stay secure while working on vertical surfaces. ∙ Ropes and Belay Devices: For safety during anchor placement. ∙ Carabiners: To secure yourself or the anchor. ∙ Bags to carry equipment: ∙ Personal items. Items needed for your trip ∙ Climbing equipment: Such as ropes and ascending and descending devices ∙ Kit bags for tools: Needed for the work you are going to do

Hand Drills

WHAT ARE THE REQUIREMENTS FOR A HAND DRILL FOR ROCK? When choosing a hand drill for drilling in rock, there are specific requirements that the tool must meet. This is essential for working efficiently and safely in hard materials such as granite, limestone or basalt. The most important requirements: 1. Durability and Materials ∙ High-quality Materials: The drill and drill bits must be made of wear-resistant material such as carbide or diamond for long-term use in hard rocks. ∙ Impact resistance: The tool must be able to withstand intensive mechanical stress, such as hitting with a hammer. 2. Drilling capacity ∙ Hole depth and diameter: The hand drill must be able to make holes with the correct depth and diameter for the type of anchors you want to place. ∙ Adaptation to rock type: The tool must be suitable for both soft and hard rock types. 3. Ease of use ∙ Ergonomic Design: Comfortable handles to reduce fatigue during long-term use. ∙ Compact and Lightweight: Easy to transport, especially in remote locations. 4. Efficiency ∙ Rotation and Impact: The hand drill must provide a good balance between rotation and impact to effectively drill through hard rock. ∙ Compatibility: Suitable for different types of drill bits (for example SDS drills or cylindrical drills). 5. Safety ∙ Stability: The drill must be sturdy so that it does not slip or make unexpected movements during use. ∙ Non-slip Grip: Ensures a firm grip, even in wet conditions. 6. Maintenance and Repair ∙ Easy to Clean: The design must allow for easy removal of dust and debris. ∙ Available Spare Parts: Spare drill bits and replacement parts must be easily available. Recommended Extras ∙ Hammer Function: Some hand drills have an integrated hammer function for extra impact power. ∙ Drill Set: Several drill bits in a set for different sizes and applications. ∙ Carrying Case: For easy storage and transportation of the drill and accessories. With these requirements in mind, you can select a suitable hand drill that is effective and reliable for drilling in rock.

Drill bits

As is known, a drill is a tool designed to create cylindrical holes by removing material through a rotating cutting or grinding motion. It is also an essential part of any drilling system used for rock anchoring. Drill bits come in different shapes, sizes, and materials to suit specific tasks and requirements. Main Parts of a Drill ∙ Tip: The cutting edge of the drill bit, designed to penetrate the material. For drilling into rocks, carbide or diamond tips are common due to their durability and hardness. ∙ Flute: Spiral grooves that run along the body of the drill bit. These grooves help remove debris from the hole and allow the drill bit to cut smoothly. ∙ Shank: The non-cutting end of the drill bit that fits into the chuck. Can be straight or tapered depending on the type of drill bit. ∙ Body: The cylindrical portion between the tip and the shank. The design and material determine the strength and durability of the bit. ∙ Material: Common materials include:High-Speed Steel (HSS): For general drilling. ∙ Carbide: Ideal for hard materials such as stone or concrete. ∙ Diamond-coated: For extreme hardness and precision. ∙ Type of drill bits for rock: Use Specialty bits: Masonry drill bits: For hard rocks, with reinforced or diamond points. Selecting a drill bit When choosing a drill bit, consider:∙ The material to be drilled (type of rock, concrete, etc.). ∙ The diameter and depth of the desired hole. ∙ The durability required for the project. Proper care and maintenance, such as cleaning and sharpening, extend the life of a drill bit and ensure efficient performance.

Blow tubes

BLOW TUBE FOR ROCKA blowtuber is a specialized tool used to remove dust, grit and debris from drilled holes in rock. Cleaning the drillhole is essential for a strong and secure anchorage, especially when installing chemical anchors or expansion anchors.Key Features of a Blowetube 1 Air Blower Mechanism:∙ The blower uses compressed air or manual airflow to effectively remove fine dust and debris from the drillhole. ∙ This prevents dirt from weakening the bond of chemical anchors or the action of expansion anchors. 2 Hose and Nozzle:∙ Flexible Hose: Reaches the full depth of the borehole, even on longer holes. ∙ Directional Nozzle: Specially designed to direct air directly to the bottom of the hole for thorough cleaning. 3 Manual or Mechanical Operation:∙ Manual (Blower): Compact and portable, ideal for use in remote locations without power or compressed air. ∙ Air tools: Connected to a compressor for more intensive and faster work. 4 Materials:∙ Hose: Durable and flexible material, often made of rubber or plastic. ∙ Valve or pump: Resistant to high pressure and intensive use. Function and benefits ∙ Efficiency: Removes all loose materials from the hole, optimizing the adhesion of anchors. ∙ Speed: Speeds up the process of hole cleaning compared to alternative methods such as brushing alone. ∙ Clean working: Reduces the chance of dirt interfering with the placement of anchors or fixings. ∙ Ease of use: Easy to use, even for inexperienced users. Applications ∙ Construction and civil engineering: For installing anchors in concrete and rock. ∙ Climbing routes, canyoning and caving: When placing permanent anchors in natural rock. ∙ Industrial installations: For precise and reliable fixings in hard substrates. Tips for use ∙ Cleaning sequence: First use a drill brush to remove loose dirt and then the drill hole blower for the fine dust. ∙ Repeat as needed: Blow out the hole several times to ensure complete cleanliness. ∙ Inspect the Hole: Visually check for dust and debris before placing the anchor. A blowtube ensures safe and durable anchors, a crucial step when working professionally in rock.

Brushes

Requirements for Rock BrushesA rock brush is an essential tool for cleaning drilled holes in rock or concrete. Proper cleaning ensures the strength and reliability of anchor installations, especially when using chemical anchors or expansion bolts. The following are the key requirements for a high-quality rock brush: 1. Material Durability ∙ Bristles:Made of steel wire or stainless steel for hard, abrasive surfaces like rock or concrete. ∙ Nylon bristles can be used for softer rock types or where delicate cleaning is needed. ∙ Resistant to wear and deformation under heavy use. ∙ Brush Body:Constructed from durable plastic, metal, or composite materials to withstand tough environments. 2. Size and Compatibility ∙ Brush Diameter:Must match the hole diameter to clean the walls thoroughly without being too loose or too tight. ∙ Common sizes range from 6mm to 32mm or more, depending on the anchor size. ∙ Length:Long enough to reach the full depth of the drilled hole. ∙ Adjustable or extended handles are a bonus for deeper holes. 3. Cleaning Efficiency ∙ Firm Bristles:Should effectively remove fine dust, loose particles, and debris from the walls of the hole. ∙ Must maintain shape and stiffness even after repeated use. ∙ Spiral Design:Helical bristle arrangements can improve cleaning efficiency by creating uniform contact with the hole walls. 4. Handle Design ∙ Ergonomics:Comfortable grip to reduce hand fatigue during repetitive cleaning tasks. ∙ Anti-slip surface for use in wet or dusty environments. ∙ Extension Capability:Handles should allow for attachment of rods or extensions for cleaning deeper holes. 5. Resistance to Corrosion and Chemicals ∙ Corrosion Resistance:Stainless steel or treated metal to withstand exposure to moisture and chemicals. ∙ Chemical Resistance:The brush body and bristles should tolerate cleaning agents, adhesives, or epoxy residues. 6. Safety Features ∙ Secure Bristle Attachment:Bristles must be firmly fixed to avoid shedding or detaching during use. ∙ Non-Sparking Materials:For work in environments where sparks could ignite flammable gases (if applicable). 7. Portability and Storage ∙ Compact Design:Easy to carry to remote or difficult-to-access locations. ∙ Storage Options:Should include a case or clip for secure and clean storage. Additional Considerations ∙ Reusable vs. Disposable:High-quality brushes should offer multiple uses before replacement is necessary. ∙ Maintenance:Easy to clean and maintain for prolonged use. By ensuring these requirements are met, a rock brush will provide effective, durable, and reliable performance in professional and industrial applications.

Hammers

Requirements for Bolting HammersBolting hammers are essential tools for activities like climbing, canyoning, and caving, where anchors are installed in rock faces. To ensure safety, durability, and ease of use, bolting hammers must meet specific requirements. The essential features and criteria:1. Durability ∙ Why: The hammer must withstand repeated impacts against hard rock surfaces. ∙ Requirement:Made of high-quality, hardened steel for the head. ∙ The handle should resist bending, cracking, or breaking under pressure (materials like fiberglass or reinforced wood are common). 2. Weight ∙ Why: The hammer needs to be heavy enough to drive bolts efficiently, yet light enough for prolonged use. ∙ Requirement:Optimal weight is typically between 500g and 800g. ∙ Ensures a balance between impact force and portability. 3. Balanced Design ∙ Why: Proper weight distribution minimizes user fatigue and ensures accurate strikes. ∙ Requirement:A well-balanced hammer with a center of gravity close to the head. ∙ Ergonomic design for better handling. 4. Compact Size ∙ Why: Portability is key for outdoor activities in rugged environments. ∙ Requirement:The handle should be short enough to fit into a climbing harness or pack but long enough for effective leverage (typically 30-40 cm in length). 5. Multi-functionality ∙ Why: In outdoor settings, tools often need to serve multiple purposes to minimize carried weight. ∙ Requirement:A built-in wrench for tightening bolts. ∙ A flat surface for pounding or adjusting metal components. ∙ A pointed end (pick) for cleaning holes or removing debris. 6. Corrosion Resistance ∙ Why: Outdoor conditions often involve exposure to water, humidity, and harsh weather. ∙ Requirement:Anti-corrosion coatings or stainless steel components to prevent rust. 7. Ergonomic Handle ∙ Why: To prevent blisters and reduce hand strain during extended use. ∙ Requirement:Non-slip grip material like rubber or textured fiberglass. ∙ Shock-absorbing handle to reduce vibration transfer. 8. Attachment Options ∙ Why: To ensure the hammer remains secure and accessible during use. ∙ Requirement:A lanyard hole or clip-in point for attaching the hammer to a harness. 9. Head Shape ∙ Why: Different tasks require specific head designs. ∙ Requirement:A flat face for hammering bolts. ∙ A tapered or pointed pick for cleaning holes and clearing debris. 10. Certification Standards ∙ Why: To ensure the tool is safe and reliable. ∙ Requirement:Adherence to recognized safety standards (e.g., UIAA or CE certification for climbing equipment). Popular Features in High-Quality Bolting Hammers∙ Replaceable heads or parts for prolonged tool life. ∙ Lightweight alloys in the handle to reduce overall weight. ∙ Vibration-dampening systems for enhanced comfort during heavy-duty use. By meeting these requirements, a bolting hammer becomes a reliable tool for setting anchors in demanding outdoor environments.

Spanners, Wrenches and more

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR KEY TOOLS"Key tools" refer to essential, purpose-driven instruments used across various industries or fields, such as construction, geology, mechanics, or electronics. Canyonzone uses these criteria when selecting which items to include in the range. The specific requirements vary depending on the context, but the following are general considerations for tools that are fundamental to their respective tasks: 1. Material and Durability ∙ High-Quality Materials:Tools should be made from strong, wear-resistant materials like hardened steel, alloy metals, or reinforced composites. ∙ Corrosion-resistant coatings (e.g., chrome plating or powder coating) for tools exposed to moisture or chemicals. ∙ Shock Resistance:Tools must withstand heavy impact or force without breaking or deforming. ∙ Longevity:Capable of maintaining performance over extended use in demanding conditions. 2. Functionality ∙ Precision:Tools must provide accurate results for the task at hand (e.g., tight tolerances for measuring tools, exact fit for wrenches or screwdrivers). ∙ Ease of Use:Designed for intuitive operation with minimal training or instruction. ∙ Adaptability:Multifunctional tools or those compatible with accessories and attachments for versatility. 3. Ergonomics ∙ Comfortable Handling:Ergonomic grips to reduce fatigue during prolonged use. ∙ Anti-Slip Features:Handles or surfaces designed to provide a secure grip, even in wet or oily conditions. ∙ Weight Distribution:Balanced design to improve control and reduce strain on the user. 4. Safety ∙ Protective Features:Insulation for tools used in electrical work. ∙ Guards or shields to minimize the risk of injury. ∙ Non-Sparking Materials:Tools made of non-ferrous materials for use in flammable or explosive environments. ∙ Secure Attachments:Components like heads, bits, or blades should be securely fixed to prevent detachment during operation. 5. Compatibility and Standards ∙ Standardized Sizing:Tools must comply with industry-standard sizes to ensure compatibility with other equipment or parts (e.g., socket sizes, blade dimensions). ∙ Interchangeable Components:Swappable parts (e.g., bits, heads, or blades) for versatility and cost-efficiency. 6. Environmental Resistance ∙ Weatherproofing:Tools used outdoors should resist damage from rain, snow, or UV exposure. ∙ Chemical Resistance:Protective coatings to withstand exposure to oils, solvents, or corrosive chemicals. ∙ Temperature Tolerance:Able to operate effectively in extreme heat or cold. 7. Maintenance and Repairability ∙ Easy to Clean:Smooth surfaces and accessible components for quick cleaning. ∙ Replaceable Parts:Availability of spare parts like blades, bits, or batteries. ∙ Maintenance-Free Options:Where possible, tools should require minimal upkeep without compromising performance. 8. Portability ∙ Lightweight:Easy to carry for mobile or fieldwork applications. ∙ Compact Design:Small enough for storage in toolkits or carrying cases. ∙ Storage Solutions:Includes cases, pouches, or clips for convenient transport. 9. Cost and Value ∙ Affordability:Reasonably priced relative to the tool's quality and performance. ∙ Warranty:Coverage for defects or performance issues to ensure reliability and trustworthiness. 10. Industry-Specific Requirements Depending on the application, tools may need additional specialized features: ∙ Construction: Rugged tools for heavy-duty work and impact resistance. ∙ Geology: Durable tools capable of withstanding tough materials like rock. ∙ Electronics: Precision tools with anti-static and insulated properties. By meeting these general requirements, key tools become reliable, efficient, and safe for their intended applications across various fields.

Spitkit bags

Spitkit bags are specialized tool bags designed to carry and organize the essential tools and hardware needed for placing spits, anchors, or other bolting systems during climbing, canyoning, or caving activities. These compact bags focus on durability, organization, and portability, making them indispensable for technical outdoor pursuits. Key Features of a Spitkit Bag1. Compact Size ∙ Designed to hold just the essentials: spit bolts, hand drills, hammer, and related tools. ∙ Typically small and lightweight for easy attachment to a harness or belt. 2. Durable Construction ∙ Robust Materials: Made from heavy-duty fabrics like Cordura, tarpaulin, or reinforced nylon to withstand sharp tools and rough handling. ∙ Reinforced Bottom: To handle the weight of metal tools and avoid wear and tear. 3. Water Resistance ∙ Ideal for canyoning or wet conditions, spitkit bags are often waterproof or water-resistant to protect tools from moisture and rust. 4. Organization ∙ Internal Compartments:Loops or small pouches for bolts, hangers, and drill bits. ∙ Dedicated space for a hand drill and hammer. ∙ Quick Access: Wide openings with drawstrings, zippers, or Velcro for easy retrieval of tools during use. 5. Portability ∙ Attachment Points: Equipped with loops or carabiners to securely attach the bag to a harness or rope. ∙ Handles and Straps: Small carry handles or adjustable straps for easy transport. 6. Drainage ∙ Drain holes at the bottom to let water out after wet expeditions, reducing the risk of tool corrosion. 7. Visibility ∙ Bright colors or reflective details make the bag easier to locate in dark or cluttered environments. Recommended Contents of a Spitkit Bag∙ Spit Bolts:Expansion anchors (spits) and corresponding hangers. ∙ Hand Drill:A compact, manual drill for creating anchor points. ∙ Drill Bits:Spare bits specific to the spit size. ∙ Hammer:Lightweight yet durable hammer for securing anchors. ∙ Wrench:To tighten or adjust the bolts. ∙ Blow Tube or Brush:For cleaning out drill holes. ∙ Marking Tool:Chalk or a marker for identifying placement points. ∙ Safety Gear:Gloves and protective goggles for working with tools. ∙ Multi-Tool:For general adjustments and emergency fixes. ∙ Spare Hangers and Washers:To replace or add components as needed. Popular Spitkit Bag Models∙ Petzl Toolbag: Compact, durable, and easy to attach to a harness. ∙ Beal Genius Pocket: Designed for organization and quick access. ∙ Custom Spit Bags: Often handmade by cavers or canyoners to suit specific needs. Tips for Use ∙ Organize the bag before use, keeping frequently used items easily accessible. ∙ Inspect tools and spits regularly for wear and replace damaged items. ∙ Dry and clean the bag after wet expeditions to prevent rust or material degradation. A well-equipped spitkit bag ensures efficiency and safety during anchor placement in challenging outdoor environments.

Material organizers for spitkits

Material organizers for spitkits are designed to keep tools, bolts, and accessories used for bolting and anchor placement organized, protected, and easily accessible. These organizers are compact, rugged, and optimized for the specific needs of climbers, cavers, and canyoners who frequently place anchors in challenging conditions. Key Features of Material Organizers for Spitkits∙ Compact Design Small enough to fit into a main gear bag or attach to a harness. ∙ Lightweight to minimize additional load during expeditions. ∙ Durable Materials Heavy-duty fabrics like Cordura, tarpaulin, or reinforced nylon to withstand sharp tools and rough handling. ∙ Reinforced seams and closures to ensure long-lasting performance. ∙ Compartments for Organization Multiple sections or pockets for separating tools, bolts, drill bits, and hangers. ∙ Labeled or color-coded compartments for quick identification of items. ∙ Attachment Points Daisy chains, gear loops, or carabiner clips to secure the organizer within a larger bag or directly to a harness. ∙ External loops for quick access to frequently used tools. ∙ Drainage and Ventilation Mesh panels or drainage holes to prevent water accumulation and allow wet tools to dry. ∙ Secure Closures Zippers, Velcro, or drawstring closures to keep items securely contained, even in rough conditions. Types of Material Organizers for Spitkits1. Tool Rolls ∙ Description: Foldable fabric panels with elastic loops and pockets. ∙ Best For: Hand drills, wrenches, and drill bits. ∙ Features:Rolls up tightly for compact storage. ∙ Individual loops for drill bits and bolts. 2. Compartmented Boxes ∙ Description: Hard plastic or metal boxes with adjustable dividers. ∙ Best For: Spit bolts, hangers, and washers. ∙ Features:Clear lids for visibility. ∙ Snap-lock mechanisms to prevent spillage. 3. Pouch Systems ∙ Description: Small, zippered pouches or bags with internal organization. ∙ Best For: Bolts, washers, and small tools. ∙ Features:Water-resistant material. ∙ Loops for attaching to the main bag or harness. 4. Mini Tool Bags ∙ Description: Compact bags with internal dividers. ∙ Best For: All-in-one storage for a small spitkit. ∙ Features:Wide openings for easy access. ∙ Reinforced handles or attachment points. 5. Modular Inserts ∙ Description: Flexible inserts that fit inside a larger bag. ∙ Best For: Keeping spitkit items separated within a multi-use bag. ∙ Features:Can be removed and used independently. ∙ Lightweight and collapsible. Recommended Contents for a Spitkit Organizer∙ Bolts: Expansion bolts (spits) sized for the intended anchors. ∙ Hangers: Steel or aluminum hangers to complete anchor setups. ∙ Hand Drill: Manual or battery-operated drill for creating bolt holes. ∙ Drill Bits: Spare bits matched to the size of bolts. ∙ Hammer: Compact and durable, designed for driving bolts. ∙ Wrench: Adjustable or fixed-size for securing bolts. ∙ Blow Tube/Brush: For cleaning debris from drill holes. ∙ Marker/Chalk: To mark anchor positions. ∙ Multi-Tool: For general adjustments and fixes. ∙ Spare Components: Washers, nuts, and extra hangers. Tips for Maintaining a Spitkit Organizer∙ Clean Regularly: Remove dirt and debris after each use to prevent damage. ∙ Dry Thoroughly: Ensure all tools and the bag are dry to avoid rust or mold. ∙ Inspect Contents: Regularly check bolts and tools for wear and replace as needed. ∙ Repack Thoughtfully: Place frequently used items in easily accessible compartments. An efficient spitkit organizer can significantly enhance productivity and safety during bolting tasks, ensuring that tools and materials are always ready when needed.

Securing Tools

Securely securing tools for canyoning and caving is essential to prevent loss and ensure safety when using in challenging environments. Tools such as hooks, hammers, drill sets and other equipment can easily get lost or become dangerous if not properly secured. Here are some methods and tips for effectively securing tools: 1. Using Tool Leashes∙ Description: Elastic or non-elastic lines that attach tools to your harness. ∙ Application:Hammers, hooks, and other heavy tools. ∙ Reduces the risk of tools falling into the depths. ∙ Features:Carabiners at both ends. ∙ Stretchable leashes for freedom of movement. ∙ Shock absorbing material to reduce impact in the event of an unexpected fall. 2. Portable Tool Bags∙ Description: Rugged, waterproof bags that attach directly to a harness or rope system. ∙ Benefits:Protects tools from water and mud. ∙ Keeps everything organized and within reach. ∙ Recommended Models:Petzl Toolbag: Compact, designed for climbers and cavers. ∙ Custom gear pouches made of heavy-duty Cordura. 3. Modular Attachment Systems∙ Description: Specific loops and holders on your harness or bag. ∙ Application:Smaller tools such as brushes, markers, and wrenches. ∙ Features:Made of sturdy material such as Dyneema. ∙ Positioning that allows quick access without restricting freedom of movement. 4. Magnetic Tool Holders ∙ Description: Magnetic strips or pads that attach to the harness or near work positions. ∙ Benefits:Prevents metal tools from getting lost in tight spaces. ∙ Ideal for situations where tools are frequently put down and picked up. 5. Carabiner and Daisy Chains ∙ Description: Specific carabiners or rings to which tools can be attached. ∙ Application:Anchor tools to a daisy chain on the harness. ∙ Tip: Use carabiners with an automatic lock for extra security. 6. Extra Anchoring at Height∙ Description: When using tools on a ledge or near a water source, attach a secondary rope or line. ∙ Application:Tools cannot fall into water or abysses, even if the primary line fails. 7. Portable Tool Holders∙ Backpacks or Spitkit bags:Choose models with internal compartments. ∙ Make sure they have drainage holes to drain water and mud. ∙ Recommended options:Drybag for waterproof protection. ∙ Tool Pouch for compact carrying. 8. Tips for Secure Securing ∙ Double Securing: Attach important tools to both a tool line and a bag. ∙ Water-Resistant Material: Use material that is resistant to corrosion from water. ∙ Check Regularly: Make sure lines, carabiners, and pockets are intact. ∙ Weight Distribution: Keep heavy tools low and close to your body to maintain balance. Correctly securing tools not only increases your efficiency, but also prevents unnecessary risks and material loss in extreme conditions.

Via Ferrata / Klettersteig sets

Via Ferrata / Klettersteig Sets buy or rent at CanyonZone.nl to start your canyon trip well and safely or on a rest day a beautiful via ferrata in the area where you canyoning or potholing.

Outdoor Gloves / (ice-)canyoning, caving, via ferrata

With Canyonzone's selection of gloves you protect your hands during your outdoor adventures. GLOVES / (ICE-)CANYONING, CAVING, VIA FERRATAOutdoor gloves are an important part of your equipment. Canyonzone has different types of gloves in its range suitable for different outdoor sports activities.LIGHTWEIGHT SAFETY/REPELLENT GLOVESOften work gloves for industrial applications, belaying and abseiling, via ferrata or when a lot of rope has to be passed VIA FERRATA GLOVESVia ferrata gloves to prevent blisters or wounds on your hand and to make climbing more comfortable. CAVING GLOVESTo protect you from rocky ledges and moisture (and yes, pink or yellow household gloves are ideal! THIS IS HOW YOU MEASURE THE SIZE OF YOUR HAND

Canyoning Back Packs, bags & duffels

Canyon Packs Ropebags - kit boule Cave Packs Duffels Expedition bags Rodcle Elastic - Material organizer Chest strap for backpack spare buckle

Canyoning Packs

If you plan to canyoning regularly, a specialized canyoning bag is the right choice. Most specialized canyoneering packs have a mesh bottom or are generously equipped with drainage holes to allow water to drain quickly from the pack. These packs are also made from super strong fabrics such as TPU or Cordura.

Ropebags - kit boule

The bags / sacks makes carrying the rope easy and prevents it from tangling during use. These types of bags are also suitable for carrying other materials, such as small tools, fasteners and cords.

Throw bags

A throwing bag that you use when canyoning is a rescue tool, throw the throwing bag to the canyoneer in distress / the drowning person, let the drowning person grab the rope and pull it to the side. Throwing bags are available in different models, with different lengths of rope and in different strengths. Please note, the correct knowledge and skills are required to use these products!For the throwing lines, see: Ropes & slings / Throwlines

Backpacks

Canyoning Canyon backpacks

Expedition bags

Large volume bags to take away a lot and / or onerous for exploration of canyons and caves

Tool Bags

A tool bag for canyoning and caving is often very desirable if you are going to go on unbeaten roads or if maintenance has to be carried out on existing routes. A tool bag to store your spit kit items and anchoring material must be sufficiently large and strong / wear-resistant and easy to carry. CanyonZone has tool bags of various sizes in its range for this purpose. There are also protective equipment for the larger tools, a drill, available, see: Battery Drills & Accessory For more specific bags that are suitable for your caving trips see: Caving Bags & BackPacks.

Bag organizers / material organizer

Packing your caving bag or canyon bag more efficiently so that it fits more than you thought. Material holder in your bag or equipment organizers, bag organizers, material organization tools make packing and then using items from tool bags and backpacks much easier. Don't mess with your bag or backpack every time you need something, but just grab what you need without really unpacking. Keys, carabiners, belay material, stoppers, hammers all together.

Drybags & Kegs, Boats

Waterproof Bags, Exped First Aid Fold Drybag, Noaks Bag, Ortlieb Map Case, Guide Accessory Case, Loksak, Drybags & Kegs, Boats

Drybags

Prevent wet items with a waterproof bag and keep your camera, travel documents or phone dry. It also prevents leakage in your bag. Closing the drybag is easy. There is usually a reinforced metal band in the opening of the bag. You close the bag by folding the top of the bag around this band three times. Then close the buckle / clip of the bag by pulling the ends together. The bag is waterproof.

Waterproof ziplock bags

Prevent wet items with a waterproof bag and keep your passport, wallet, camera, travel documents or phone dry. It also prevents leakage in your bag. A ziplock bag, also known as a ziplock bag, is a commonly used packaging solution consisting of a plastic bag with a convenient closing mechanism.

Kegs

There is essential equipment to keep dry: first aid kit, lunch and dry clothes. Waterproof barrels / kegs / containers are a good aid, especially when you have to jump into the water with your backpack.

Boats

Lightweight boats that you can easily take with you on long distance walking tours in mixed terrain. The small size also makes them suitable for caving and geocaching. Usage: to have a backup boot.

Outdoor Knives & Scissors

Cavers and Canyoneers frequently, though not always, carry a (folding) knife, which is a critical piece of gear for doing any rigging, but also handy for cutting cheese or sausage. There are hundreds available knives out there and many have a favorite that they feel an emotional attachment to. Strong and reliable rescue scissors, which can cut through most materials, are very helpful in unexpected emergencies. We have suitable survival / outdoor knives and rescue scissors for outdoor sports in our range.To secure your knife, see: Outdoor safety / Securing tools / Knives. Types of outdoor knives∙ Folding knife A folding knife (also called a folding knife or folding knife) is, as the name indicates, a knife with a folding mechanism. These types of knives are very suitable for both outdoor sports activities and daily use. Deet knives are often smaller than a so-called fixed knife. Moreover, depending on the size, a folding knife fits in a trouser, jacket or backpack or on your (climbing) belt. ∙ Rescue knife Rescue knives are suitable for working safely close to the body in emergency situations. Rescue knives have rounded tips and are sometimes fitted with belt cutters. Serrated or smooth blade? Knives with a serrated blade have either a complete or a half serrated blade. The advantage of a serrated blade is that it cuts through rope more easily and keeps its sharpness longer. The disadvantage is that serrations are more difficult to grind.A handy connection is the Key-Bak 48" Retractor or CZ Safety lace for attaching your knife to your belt, your flute to your helmet or your wrench or hammer to your pointed set so you do not lose it in the canyon or cave when you're on the move. Maintenance of outdoorknivesFirst of all, no outdoor knife is completely stainless. A carbon steel blade will rust more than a rust-resistant blade, but the latter is also more susceptible to rust than a stainless steel blade. However, you can easily prevent rust by always cleaning and drying after use. You should also regularly rub your knife with wax, paraffin (candle wax) or acid-free Vaseline, so that the knife becomes water-repellent. If you don't have that, you can rub the blade a few times over your scalp as it already has enough grease in it for protection until the next use (be careful not to scalp yourself). Unlike most other knives, it is very difficult to keep an outdoor knife sharp with a sharpening steel. An outdoor knife is often too hard for a sharpening steel. It is better to use a small sharpening stone instead. If you don't have that, you can even use a boulder to sharpen the blade. Any scratches can be polished out later with a fine whetstone. For more detailed information about care and maintenance, see: Care and maintenance of outdoor/pocket knives/scissors

Safety in outdoor sports

Safety in outdoor sports is very important. Safety stands and falls with the consistently good use of your materials. If you go out with a group, pay attention to each other that the right techniques are used and that the participants do not exceed their capabilities. As an outdoor athlete you ensure that when you go out you have the correct access information. In many cases information about this can be found in the canyon books. In addition, your equipment is tailored to your planned activity. It is also important to realize that many things are going well, but an injury or accident cannot be ruled out. It is therefore difficult to determine which material you might need if things go differently as planned,your emergency equipment. Note: In remote areas, the use of GPS for navigation and positioning, especially if a search and rescue operation should be required, is valuable. Consult the ranges: Safety, First Aid / Medical Articles, Rescue and Camping, Bivouac & Backpacking.

Whistles

Canyons can be really loud when there's a waterfall crashing down next to you, so communication can be seriously compromised. A good quality whistle / Survival Flute that can be heard over the roar of a waterfall or where you have a really long abseil and can't hear each other properly can help with communications. Whistles for outdoor use are piercingly loud. Avoid the use of whistles with moving parts as they can clog and jam up when soaking wet.As there are a number of different variations and interpretations of whistle signals and communications in general, you should confirm communications to used prior to starting your canyoning trip. Suggested Whistle Signals based on Grant Prattley's Canyoning Technical Manual: 1 blast = Stop 2 blasts = OK 3 blasts = Down 4 blasts = Up Continuous = HelpFor a system for canyoning that is recommended by the FIC, see: Canyoning Knowledge Base / International whistle communication system in canyoning If you can see each other then hand signals are a good alternative and you can always combine hand and whistle signals.

Navigation

Navigation aids for outdoor activities include a compass and map angle meter. If greater accuracy is required then use GPS.

Head torch

Make sure you see everything clearly in the dark during your outdoor activity! Certainly in a survival kit, lighting should not be missing. With a headlamp or flashlight you will not be faced with surprises in the dark. For CanyonZone's complete range see: Headlamps and torches.

Emergency ascenders

Every canyoneer of the canyoning party should carry Prusik loops and know how to use them - one short loop for attachment to your harness and a longer foot loop. You may also consider carrying an additional shorter loop which will come in handy if you need to setup a progress capture device for hauling. Prusik loops are also used in a variety of rescue setups and self-belay for abseiling. A VT Prusik or Valdotain Tresse is another friction knot that is becoming increasing popular in the canyoning world - you can either make your own or buy one such as the Bluewater VT Prusik. There are of course a number of mechanical ascenders available which make rope ascension so much easier, ranging from ultralight devices such as the Petzl Tibloc which also makes a great progress capture device through to the Petzl Basic and Petzl Ascension. Even if you do carry mechanical ascenders it is always a good idea to carry Prusik loops. For our full range see: Ascending

Survival gear

Survival Kit survival equipment; everything you need in an emergency; waterproof bag, knife, emergency signal whistle, fire starter, waterproof matches, rope, first aid items, rescue blanket, bivouac sack, tent, stove, water purification, rescue scissors, compass. See the headings for this: Items that also fit in a survival kit and specific items are included here.

Securing tools / knives

You can secure your tools / knives with various accessories. These can often be easily connected to each other and provide a wide variety of options for attaching your tools to your harness, tool bag and/or tools.

First Aid / Medical Articles

First Aid equipment / Medical Articles for outdoor activities should not be missing if you go out for an adventurous Via Ferrata, speleo, canyoneering or backpacking trip. These types of activities require, no require, that you have the necessary bandages with you in the event of an injury or an accident and that you know how to use them properly. A well-stocked first aid kit to provide first aid in the event of an accident, if necessary. Having followed a first aid course is certainly a condition for the guide. Knowing what to do can be learned in various publications. What should certainly not be missing are rescue blankets.

Bandages and Splints

Bandages and splints in outdoor sports are essential for treating injuries and providing first aid. Here are some key points about their use and importance: Bandages ∙ Types of Bandages:Soft Bandages: Such as gauze and gauze bandages for covering wounds. ∙ Pressure Bandages: To stop bleeding by applying pressure to the wound. ∙ Adhesive Bandages: To close minor cuts. ∙ Sterile Bandages: For use on open wounds to prevent infection. ∙ Uses:Bandages are essential for quickly and effectively treating cuts, scrapes, or blisters that can occur during outdoor sports. ∙ Properly applying a bandage can promote healing and reduce the risk of infection. Splints ∙ Types of Splints:Immobilization Splints: To stabilize joints and bones in the event of sprains or fractures. ∙ Field Splints: Often made of foam or plastic, they are easy to apply to the site of the injury. ∙ Flexible Splints: For temporary use until medical attention is available. ∙ Application:Splints are used for sprains, fractures, or other injuries that require immobilization. ∙ Properly applying a splint can prevent further damage to the injury and relieve pain. First Aid and Preparation∙ It is important for outdoor athletes to have a basic knowledge of first aid, including how to properly use bandages and splints. ∙ A well-equipped outdoor sports first aid kit should contain a variety of bandages, splints, disinfectants, and other essential items. ∙ Training in the use of these materials can save lives and reduce recovery time from injuries. Key Considerations ∙ Speed: In the event of an injury, it is important to act quickly to prevent complications. ∙ Hygiene: Make sure bandages are sterile and your hands are clean to prevent infection. ∙ Professional Care: After first aid, it is often necessary to seek professional medical help, especially for more serious injuries. ∙ By being well prepared and knowing how to use bandages and splints, outdoor athletes can safely enjoy their activities and respond appropriately to injuries. See also the pages and articles: ∙ First Aid / Medical Articles ∙ First Aid Kits / Sets ∙ Rescue Blankets

First Aid Kits

A first aid kit / kit contains a number of basic bandages, bandages, medicines and items to keep a patient warm if they become immobilized. The range also includes first aid items / sets that are stored water-resistant.

Rescue Blankets

A rescue blanket has a silver-colored and a gold-colored side. With the silver side facing inwards, it is used to retain heat, for example in case of hypothermia, unconsciousness, shock, or a long stay in a cold environment. How do you use a rescue blanket in the cold? Do you find yourself in a situation where it is essential that body heat is lost as little as possible? Use a rescue blanket to prevent hypothermia or frostbite. An accident in cold temperatures? Or is the victim hypothermic from shock? Keep the victim warm with the first aid insulation blanket! The silver-colored aluminum layer blocks heat and heat. Wrap the rescue blanket around yourself or someone else with the silver side inwards. The aluminum layer reflects 80% of the body heat back to the body. The gold layer, facing outwards, can absorb heat from the sun and transport it inwards. With the rescue blanket you keep your body as warm as possible.How do you use a rescue blanket in heat? Are you dealing with a lot of heat and is there a threat of overheating? Such situations can occur in sports or at high temperatures. Use the rescue blanket as an umbrella over the victim to prevent the heat of the sun from reaching him or her. Point the silver side towards the sun so that the rays reflect. Moreover: because the golden silk (which absorbs heat) is directed inwards, heat is also worked from the inside out.The rescue blanket can also be used to send signals. Point the aluminum side towards the sun. Due to the reflection of the sun's rays, another person / care provider can notice you more quickly.

Rescue in outdoor sports

During outdoor tours such as caving, canyoning and Via Ferrata, it is not inconceivable that someone falls into the depths or has to be lifted in the event of an injury. Means for this include hoists and suitable pulleys. Know what you can / should do in the event of an accident: study the book, for example SPAR – Expedition and Small Party Rescue Manual or choose from the "Techniques & Skills" section. In canyoning it may be necessary to throw a thin rope / line at a person. Throwing lines, whether or not in a bag, are very useful for this. What you should have with you as standard for an outdoor activity is a rescue blanket. See for this Rescue blankets. For advice regarding (personal) safety, see: Safety in outdoor sports.

Pulley

There are several techniques for carrying out rescue and / or relief operations. Altitude and depth rescue require a lot of practical experience. The means must be chosen correctly. Listed here are a number of pulleys commonly used in rescue operations. For the full range of CanyonZone see: Pulleys

Throwline / Emergency bags

A rescue throwline, possibly in a lifeline bag emergency bag, is a tool for reaching you and your companions in swiftwater emergency situations.

Rescue Scissors - Knife

Rescue scissors for emergencies in canyons, caves or rope courses is what a guide should definitely have in his equipment. When nothing else can be done and after the safety rope has been attached, you can cut the lanyard, strap material or rope.

Camping, Bivouac & Backpacking

Traveling around with a small tent and little gear and camping in nature is sometimes necessary to be able to make your desired caving trip or canyoning descent. Good accommodation and the necessary correct articles make your trip even more pleasant.

Outdoor Saw

A survival saw is collapsible and therefore compact and safe to take with you. It is rust-resistant, offers very good grip - often even with wet hands - and requires little or no sharpening. You can get to hard-to-reach places with a hand chain saw.

Fire starters / Matches

Fire has been made since ancient times. Among other things, to keep warm and make it light. Will it be a magnesium stick, a few decent matches or waterproof storm matches? CanyonZone has them for you.

Water / boil

You usually have a small supply of potable water with you. Water purification may be necessary. A water filtration system and cooking can provide clean water.

Bivy tents / bivouac

The bivouac tents and bivouacs in the CanyonZone range are tailored to cavers and canyoneers. What else you may need for an overnight stay, bivouac or in an emergency, see: Safety and Camping, Bivouac & Backpacking.

Trekking / hiking poles

The trekking / hiking / telescopic poles support you on a challenging hike through the mountains. They are as light and compact as possible, making them easy to take with you when you no longer need them. Walking sticks are part of the standard equipment of many hikers, hikers, backpackers and snowshoers. They increase your stability and can reduce pressure on your knees and provide extra support on all types of terrain. Canyonzone only has walking sticks in its range that are adjustable in length. Ultra-light poles: These offer the advantage of less weight and are also easier to carry because they are buildable.Shaft material The material of the shaft is the determining factor in the total weight. ∙ Aluminum: The more durable and economical choice. Aluminum poles usually weigh between 500 and 650 grams per pair. The specific weight (and price) may vary based on the diameter of the poles, which ranges from 12 to 16 mm. Under high pressure the aluminum can bend, but is unlikely to break. ∙ Carbon Fiber: The lighter, more expensive option. Carbon fiber sticks vary roughly between 350 and 500 grams per pair. They reduce vibration, but under high pressure, carbon fiber poles are more likely to break or splinter than aluminum poles. If you're heading out into rugged, remote areas this is something to keep in mind. Material handles ∙ Cork: This resists moisture from sweaty hands, reduces vibrations and molds best to your hands. ∙ Foam: This absorbs moisture from sweaty hands best and feels the softest. ∙ Rubber: This protects the hands against cold, shock and vibration, making it particularly suitable for use in cold areas. However, there is more chance of chafing or blisters with sweaty hands, which makes rubber handles less suitable for use in warm weather. Good to know ∙ Wrist straps: Most walking sticks have adjustable straps, so you always have a good fit. Models with padded or padded straps can prevent chafing. ∙ Baskets: Hiking poles usually come with a small, removable trekking basket on the end. Larger baskets can be useful on snow or muddy surfaces. ∙ Tip of the stick: Carbide or steel tips are often used to create friction, even on ice. Rubber tip protectors extend the life of the ends of your poles and protect your equipment when the poles are in your luggage. They are also useful for use in sensitive areas to reduce the impact on the subsurface.

Winter- / Ice Canyoning

Ice canyoning is a vertical winter activity of following a frozen water stream and rappelling down vertical frozen waterfalls. It is performed like summer canyoning, but with dry winter clothing and the use of crampons. CanyonZone has the necessary equipment for winter / ice canyoning. Special equipment you need include: ice screws, ice tools, ice axe, heater, theme gloves, canyoning dry suit. NB: also remember good sports sunglasses / glacier glasses for these activities.

Ice canyoning safety

For safety in snow, ice and glacier areas, see (also) under "Safety in Outdoor sports" and "Rescue in outdoor sports" for the articles that may be important to you and your teammates.

Crampons

Crampons are attachments consisting of sharp metal pins/points that are attached under the shoes to increase grip on slippery terrain. Designed for mountaineering and ice climbing. Since there is a difference between crampons for alpinism and ice climbing, it is wise to consider in advance what type of routes you want to use the crampons for. Ice climbers now often have leather or synthetic leather mountain boots (instead of plastic). The semi-rigid constructions with a horizontal frame are the standard.For a frozen waterfall and mixed climbing, metal crampons with the semi-rigid construction with a hybrid or step-in binding and 14 or more points are recommended (so if you take a pickle/ice ax with you). NB: For (technical) mountaineering, crampons, made of aluminum or steel, with a semi-rigid construction with a hybrid or step-in binding and 10 or 12 points are recommended.

Ice picks and ice axes

In snow and ice, a pickle or ice ax is an indispensable item. Pickels provide extra support while walking and ice climbing and can serve as a brake if you unexpectedly fall. With a pickel, the head is quite flat so that you can use it as support when walking in the snow ('walking stick function'). With an ice ax the head is a lot more angular and extreme ice axes often lack a hoe or hammer. You choose the right pickel based on three things: your height, weight and the activity you want to perform. Do you want to go mountain hiking or waterfall climbing? This is important information when making your choice. The CE mark can help you make the right choice. If the pick is provided with the CE code 1, this means that it is a traditional mountaineering axe. With the CE code 2, the ax is strong enough for technical climbing. These ice axes are generally heavier and more expensive.What does a pickel & ice ax consist of? ∙ Head: The head consists of the thorn, the hoe and in many cases a carabiner eye. The head is usually made of a steel alloy. With tools specifically for steep ice walls and mixed rock and ice climbing, the hoe is of little use, so it can be replaced by a hammer. An ice ax with hammer is often a bit lighter. ∙ Thorn: This is the sharp part of the pickle/ice axe, ideal for hooking and use in snow or ice. It is also the part that is used for self-rescue. With a thorn it is important to look at the curvature and point. ∙ The curvature is the angle of the thorn relative to the stem. An angle of 65º to 70º is typical for picks, while an angle of 55º to 60º is common for technical ice axes and other tools. ∙ The tip of the thorn can be curved or straight. For ice axes for which loose mandrels are available, this clearly shows what the mandrel type is. ∙ Hoe: The wide shovel-like hoe is mainly used to cut out steps or seats in snow or ice. The hoe provides good grip during self-belay (with the hoe pointed forward). This provides a sturdy anchor and easier access to various belay techniques. ∙ Carabiner eye: This hole in the head of a pickle/ice ax is used for attaching a wrist strap and sometimes a carabiner. ∙ Steel: Made of aluminum, carbon fiber or steel. Choosing between different materials is always a trade-off between weight and strength. Heavier stems are generally stronger, although lightweight materials such as carbon fiber are also very strong (although they are a lot more expensive).Pickels have straight stems and are better suited for self-belaying or for use as an anchor. Tools with a straight handle are therefore suitable for traditional mountaineering. ∙ Ice axes have curved handles and are better suited for use on ice. Curved tools are therefore suitable for technical mountaineering and ice climbing. ∙ Some handles are partially or completely covered with a rubber layer for extra grip. In addition, sports tape can be used to create extra grip or you can wear gloves with rubber palms for extra friction. ∙ Point: The metal end of the pickle/ice ax is the sharp point that pierces snow and ice. The point is mainly used to maintain balance while walking on snow and ice, you essentially use the pickle as a walking stick. Many pickles for steep ice walls and mixed climbing have had their points permanently removed. There are protectors to protect the sharp point of the pickle ∙ A wrist strap ensures that tools cannot simply fall. Shorter wrist straps make it easier to regain control of the tool during a fall. Choose a short strap if you go ice climbing. A long wrist strap is often as long as the pickle/ice ax itself. Selection aid The table below can be used as a guideline for choosing the correct length. Your height (cm) Pickle/ice ax length (cm) 180 60-75

Ice screws

The ice screw is an essential part when you go ice climbing. Some knowledge and experience is required when using ice screws. It is necessary to read carefully and be trained before you start using ice screws for ice climbing. The ice screw is an essential safety element for all your glacier walks. Lightweight and easy to use, it allows you to pierce the ice to create a belay point, a progression point or a relay point. Depending on the situation, the choice of the length of the screw is essential to get into the ice without breaking it. Nowadays a screw has a crank with a color-coded system to quickly find the right length of the screw and insert it easily into the to screw ice.

Clothing for Ice canyoning

A drysuit is a hard shell for the entire body (only hands and head are free). A drysuit is interesting in many ways (it is light in the backpack, you wear dry clothing underneath and you no longer have to change clothes), but it is sensitive (to crampons and ice axes of all things) and it remains an investment. Exceptionally, some water may seep in; for that reason you wear neoprene socks in the drysuit and you can also wear a thin wetsuit as a buffer. A semi-dry is a neoprene wetsuit with extra protection on the sleeves, neck and trouser legs, so you have less contact with water than with a classic wetsuit. Windbreaker or kayak jacket over a neoprene to prevent repeated contact with cold water and windchill. (Wetsuit) gloves and headgear in case of direct contact with water. For all neoprene articles see: Canyoning Neoprene clothing.

Heating pads

Handy, flexible heating pads. The substance warms you. Ideal for warming up muscles and cold hands/feet. Can be used again and again. Ideal when you need extra heat in a targeted manner during cold conditions / winter days. By placing the heating pads in gently boiling water for some time, you activate them again, while they provide wonderful warmth for a long time.

Canyoning Books & Topographic Maps

Here you will find books with descriptions of canyons and maps per country or region. Often the descriptions of the access and the level of difficulty are also included. CanyonZone has also included which tools and accessories are useful to use in your activities. Canyoning technique books and skills (Instruction Books) and canyoning children's books as well as DVDs are included. Via Ferrata / Klettersteig books are included as a separate section. Particularly in Europe but also Africa (Morocco), Americas, Middle East (Jordan), Asia and New - Zealand

Map Pouch

Waterproof map bags, transparent map pocket, map protective sleeve, waterproof transparent map pouch, canyoning & caving topo writing system with pages made of waterproof material, all-weather pen, semi-hard protective case with interchangeable covers. Canyonzone has these tools to make it an easy way to safely store and use topographic maps and guides while in a humid environment.

Canyoning Guide Books

If you want to find the most beautiful canyons in a country, consult the books from the CanyonZone collection. Topo books are grouped by country / regionParticularly in Europe but also Africa (Morocco), America, Middle East (Jordan) and New - Zealand

Australia

If you are looking for the most beautiful canyons in Australia, consult the books from the CanyonZone collection.Go to Google Maps

Austria

Go to Google Maps

France (including Corsica and La Reunion)

If you are looking for the most beautiful canyons in France, consult the books from the CanyonZone collection.Go to Google Maps

Germany

If you are looking for the most beautiful canyons in Germany, consult the books from the CanyonZone collection or cantact us..Go to Google Maps

Greece (including Crete) / Balkans

Find the most beautiful canyons in Greece / Balkans by consulting the books from the CanyonZone collectionGo to Google Maps

Israel

Are you looking for beautiful canyons in Israel or other countries in the Middle East, check out the CanyonZone range of canyoning books.Go to Google Maps

Italy (including Sardinia)

In Italy you will find the most beautiful canyons by consulting the books from the CanyonZone collectionGo to Google Maps

Jordan / Middle East

Are you looking for beautiful canyons in Jordan / Middle East or other countries, check out the CanyonZone range of canyoning booksGo to Google Maps

Morocco

The most beautiful canyons in the most beautiful Morocco or other countries, view the CanyonZone range of canyoning booksGo to Google Maps

New Zealand & Australia

Go to Google Maps

Portugal (including Madeira and Azores)

Especially on the Portuguese islands of Madeira and the Azores you will find beautiful canyons with different degrees of difficulty. Make your choice based on the descriptions that you can find in the CanyonZone range booksGo to Google Maps

Romania

Find the most beautiful canyons in Romania by consulting the books from the CanyonZone collectionGo to Google Maps

Scandinavia

Canyons in Scandinavia can be found in the canyon books from the CanyonZone range Go to Goole Maps

Slovenia

Canyoning in Slovenia, the canyons can be found in the canyon books from the CanyonZone rangeGo to Google Maps

Spain (including Canary Islands and Majorca)

Are you looking for a beautiful canyon or canyons with a certain difficulty in Spain or the Spanish islands? You can find them in the canyon books included in the CanyonZone databaseGo to Google Maps

United Kingdom (UK) / Scotland

United States of America

For canyoning in the United States of America, there are many canyons of varying difficulty. You can find these canyons in the canyon books included in the CanyonZone databaseGo to Google Maps

South America

Canyoning in South America? Consult the CanyonZone range of booksSee Google Maps

Switzerland

CanyonZone has canyon books from different regions of Switzerland in its range. This way you will find the most beautiful or impressive canyons with different levels of difficultyGo to Google Maps

Turkey

Find the most beautiful canyons in Turkey by consulting the books from the CanyonZone collection.Go to Google Maps

Canyoning Techniques & Skills

Instruction books, technical manuals, technical manuals, training and textbooks for cavers and canyoneers are grouped according to the language in which they are written.

German

Instruction books, technical manuals, technical manuals, training and textbooks for cavers and canyoneers in the German language are included in the CanyonZone database.

English

Instruction books, technical manuals, technical manuals, training and textbooks, first aid and improvised rescue, outdoor rope rescue for cavers and canyoneers, ice climbing and Camping Bivouac skills for expeditions, in the English language, are included in CanyonZone's database.

French

Instruction books, technical manuals, technical manuals, training and textbooks, first aid outdoor for cavers and canyoneers in the French language are included in the CanyonZone database.

Dutch

Instruction books, technical manuals, basic techniques for canyoning, training and textbooks and first aid outdoor for cavers and canyoneers in the Dutch language are included in the CanyonZone range.

Spanish / Basque

Italian

Instruction book, technical handbook, basic canyoning technique, training and textbooks for canyoning in the Italian language are included in the CanyonZone range.

Romanian

Find the most beautiful canyons in Romania by consulting the books from the CanyonZone collectionGo to Google Maps

Canyoning Maps

Detailed maps for canyoning are included in the CanyonZone range per country / region.

France

Detailed maps for canyoning in France included in the CanyonZone range.Go to Google Maps

Île de la Réunion

Detailed maps for canyoning in Île de la Réunion included in the CanyonZone database.Go to Google Maps

Spain

Detailed hiking and canyoning maps for Spain included in the CanyonZone range.Go to Google Maps

United States of America

Detailed hiking and canyoning maps for United States of America included in the CanyonZone range.Go to Google Maps

Outdoor Children's Books

"Learned young is done old" says the saying. This also applies to caving and canyoning. To introduce children to these outdoor sports, various books have been included in the CanyonZone book database.

Outdoor DVDs

You can find some DVDs related to caving and canyoning techniques at CanyonZone

Via Ferrata / Klettersteig books

Via ferrata (also known as Klettersteig in German) is an adventurous form of mountaineering in which climbers follow a fixed route secured by a steel cable that runs along the rock face. It is a perfect activity for those looking for a combination of hiking and climbing, without the need for extensive climbing experience. In our selection of via ferrata books you will find detailed guides and route descriptions for the most beautiful and challenging via ferratas in Europe and beyond. These books provide extensive information on the difficulty of the routes, technical tips, and the necessary equipment, such as climbing harnesses, helmets, and carabiners. The guides often include maps, photos, and elevation profiles to help you best prepare for your climbing adventure. Whether you are looking for beginner routes in the Italian Dolomites or more challenging via ferratas in the Swiss Alps, our books will help you get up the mountain safely and well-informed. With these books you will not only be prepared, but you will also learn more about the history and techniques of this unique climbing style. CanyonZone has also included in the Via Ferrata / Klettersteig knowledge base which equipment and accessories are useful for your activities. Study of Canyoning technique books and skills (Instruction Books) are available if you want to undertake higher difficulty tours. Are you looking for a via ferrata route that is accessible to beginners, non-climbers and experienced practitioners, you will find them at CanyonZone. Go to Google maps

Austria

Go to Google Maps

France

Discover the most popular via ferrata / klettersteig routes (les via ferratas) in France with hand-curated hiking maps and directions, as well as detailed reviews and photos from seasoned nature enthusiasts. Consult the descriptions from the CanyonZone collection or contact us.

Germany

If you are looking for the most beautiful Via ferrata routes in Germany, consult the books from the CanyonZone collection or cantact us..Go to Google Maps

Italy

In both the Dolomites and the Alps there are many great routes to follow, taking you on a tour of some of the most breathtaking mountain ranges in the world. From the Sella Ronda to the high Alps, there are some of the best Via Ferrate Routes in Italy. Consult the books in the CanyonZone collection or contact us.

Switzerland

Are you looking for a pronounced Alpine via ferrata in the middle of a grand backdrop? Well secured with steel cables, iron steps and some ladders as well as an iron rope ladder. In Switzerland they can be found in different degrees of difficulty. Consult the books in the CanyonZone collection or contact us.

Repair & Maintenance

To maintain your caving and canyoning equipment, various materials are available such as: liquid rubber, brushes, repair tape, repair glue, buckles, repair of a zipper, various spare replacement parts. Items for repair and maintenance of your canyoning equipment such as neoprene clothing, hardware and rope.For advice see the CanyonZone Knowledge Base: Knowledge Base General canyoning and caving equipment \ How do I maintain my canyoning and caving equipment?

Maintenance products

Each type of material has specific maintenance needs. Especially to ensure safety and durability.This includes the following types of articles. ∙ Cleaning agentsSpecial rope cleaners or shampoos to thoroughly clean ropes and lines without damaging the fibers. ∙ Neoprene cleaners and protectors ∙ Protective sprays and coatingsWater-repellent sprays to protect textiles and equipment from moisture. ∙ LubricantsSpecial silicone or Teflon lubricants for zippers and other moving parts, to reduce friction and ensure smooth operation. For advice see the CanyonZone Knowledge Base: Knowledge Base General canyoning and caving equipment \ How do I maintain my canyoning and caving equipment?

Repair materials

Repair materials should be tailored to the material to be repaired. Often there are specific spare parts or your item needs a specific repair material to be able to repair it properly.This includes the following types of items ∙ Rope repairPreventing the fraying of rope ends. ∙ Textile repairRepair tape or patches for wetsuits, drysuits, and other waterproof materials. ∙ Hardware repairReplacement parts such as buckles for (chest) straps and zippers ∙ Spare parts for descending devices and foot ascenders. ∙ Resources for quick repairs during your adventuresSmall, portable kits such as duct tape, repair tape, repair glue ∙ Resources for neoprene maintenanceRepair glue and neoprene repair specifically for wetsuits, to seal tears and holes. With these resources your equipment remains reliable and safe.

Miscellaneous items outdoor sports

For a comfortable canyoning or caving tour, there are articles that can be of great use to you. Canyonzone has included it in this section.

Especially for Ladies

CANYONING MATERIAL FOR LADIES Canyoning and caving material designed for women, often by other women who practice canyoning. Include neoprene suits and shoes in canyon ladies version.

Especially for Children

CANYONING AND CAVING EQUIPMENT FOR CHILDREN Canyoning and speleology equipment for children is also available. It's great for the sport with children that they have the right equipment and materials. or questions please contact us.

Especially for Instructors and Guides

Instructors and guides are mostly daily in a canyon / cave. Here we show canyoning en caving material that is very suitable for professional use. See also business ordering.

Especially for Outdoor Sports Companies

This section lists canyoning and caving articles that are particularly suitable for (outdoor) companies. See also business ordering

Especially for Underwater / Cave diving / Diving

Products that are often used by (cave) divers and are specifically suitable for use in the water.

Caving (basic) equipment

Much material you use in Caving is also used / is good to use in canyoning and vice versa. See the articles under Canyoning (base) equipment. This section only includes the more specific potholing articles, Clothing for Cavers. ∙ Suits / Overalls ∙ under suits ∙ Bags ∙ Miscellaneous Below is a table that lists what contains the basic equipment / material of an independent caver (should) (s) in the cave itself. This is what is sure to bring in the cave! Everything you need as a starting caver is offered in attractive packages. See our extensive assoriment. You can buy everything for a nice caving tour at CanyonZone! Here you will find everything you need to make a safe cave tour (= discovery tour).For more substantive questions, see also the Canyonzone Knowledge Base and/or FAQ. Caving equipment & material - in the cave (new practitioner, personal equipment) ∙ NecessaryCaving Overall / Suit ∙ Helmets ∙ Headlamp ∙ Caving Sit Harness ∙ Chest Harness ∙ Delta Maillon 10mm ∙ Cowstail / lanyard, self knotted ∙ Snapper carabiners ∙ Descendeur ∙ Oval screw carabiner ∙ Oval steel carabiner brake ∙ Chest Ascender ∙ Hand Ascender (with / without handle) ∙ Footloops / Rope Step (own nodes) ∙ Prusik rope ∙ Whistle ∙ Waterproof barrel (personal stuff !!) with at least this:Waterproof head lamp (emergency light) ∙ Food (concentrate, dextrose) ∙ Rescue blanket, candle, lighter / matches ∙ PERSONAL MEDICATION ∙ Spare lenses / glasses (if needed) ∙ First Aid (see Rescue various articles) ∙ Drink: at least 1 liter p.p. ∙ Nice to haveFleece undersuit ∙ Knee and Elbow Protectors ∙ Boots (rubber) ∙ Shoes ∙ Neoprene socks ∙ Gloves ∙ Light material carabiner ∙ Pantin / footascender ∙ Kitbag person ∙ Knife Caving equipment & material - in the cave (new practitioner, collective material) ∙ Topo maps ∙ Ropes ∙ Spit Plates ∙ Carabiners ∙ Rigging key ∙ Webbing ∙ GSM + contact numbers NOTE: Everyone uses the same material as you want at the end of a cave tour with the same material back home, you can mark it best with heat shrink, paint or tape !! For the more advanced techniques have obviously different and more material is needed. We advise you gladly.

Caving equipments packages

Here are speleology equipments packages included for: Beginner, Advanced and Professional. The Caving Beginner equipments packages are a basis. The Caving Advanced equipments Packages are in addition to those of the Caving equipments Beginner. The equipments packages of the Caving Professional are an addition to Caving Advanced equipments packages. If you want insight into what equipment for a speleologist consists of, it is good to consult the following page: Caving (basic) equipment. The customer-specific packages can be fully customized based on your trip duration, group size, and any additional needs like first aid kits, safety gear, or protective clothing. Whether you're canyoning through waterfalls or exploring hidden caves, our packages ensure you’re fully equipped for a safe and thrilling adventure. If you have a proposal to add to these packages, I would like to receive it. packages in development

Caving equipment packages Newcomer

CAVING EQUIPMENT PACKAGES NEWCOMER The materials that a novice caver should have are listed as Caving equipment & material - in the cave (new practitioner, personal equipment). See CanyonZone / Caving (basic) equipment for this. In addition, depending on your activities, additional materials may be required.The articles / sets that we offer here are intended as a supplement to the basic set for the novice canyoneer. If you have a need for a certain set, which might also be suitable for others, I would appreciate it if you let us know. We can then see if it is possible to include it in the range.

Caving equipment packages Advanced

The articles are intended to offer a basic set for the advanced caver. The basis can be composed from Caving equipment package Beginner. The materials that an advanced canyoner could / should have are listed as Caving equipment & material - in the cave (new practitioner, personal equipment). See CanyonZone / Caving (basic) equipment and Canyonzone / Caving equipment packages Newcomer. In addition, depending on your activities, additional materials may be required.The articles / sets that we offer here are intended to supplement the above packages. If you have a need for a certain set, which might also be suitable for others, I would appreciate it if you let us know. We can then see if it is possible to include it in the range.

Caving Suits / Overalls

Caving overalls and caving suits for moderate, dry and wet caves or caving over clothing you have a choice at CanyonZone. The sizes of clothing and shoes have a different designation from suppliers and countries. Where possible, each supplier included a table that the (approximate) indicates large. Note: Pay attention to the shoes neoprene socks affect the required size.For size tables for clothing and shoes / boots per brand see: Canyoning Neoprene clothing and Canyoning shoes.

Aventure Verticale (AV) cavingsuits size charts

Information about cuts of caving suits: ∙ Regular cut: for people with classical corpulence. Or a bit overweighted (SB, MB and LB sizes) On request, cannot be exchanged. ∙ Tall cut: for tall people (with long chest, long arms, long legs) ∙ Curvy cut: for people with a rather slim waist but with curves (hips, chest) Information about sizes (SB, MB and LB) for people a bit overweighted: ∙ SB size: based on a S size but with the width of a L size (from the waist to mid-thigh) and M chest size ∙ MB size: based on a M size but with the width of a XL size (from the waist to mid-thigh) and L chest size ∙ LB size: based on a L size but with the width of a XXL size (from the waist to mid-thigh) and XL chest size These sizes are on request and cannot be exchanged.. Color codes: 01: blue / 02: yellow / 03: red / 04: orange ∙ All elbows and knees reinforcements are sewn in a way that permits water drainage ∙ All clothes have an elastic at the waist (except for undersuits) ∙ All pockets contain easy-grip strips and gear-loops Additional details: Important: Aventure Verticale can produce clothing in different colors for an additional fee. Tabel Curvy (Ladies) Tabel TALL FIT OLDER MODELS (discontinued models) AVSP50 / AVSP53 / AVSP55/ Man Suits (cm) SizeHeight of the personWaistChestHipInside LegArmHeight of clothing Taille Hauteur Personne Tour de Taille Tour de Poitrine Tour de Hanches Entrejambes Bras Hauteur Vêtement XS 160 74 102 88 72 47 153 S 165 82 106 92 77 53 156 M 170 88 112 102 81 55 161 L 175 96 120 116 83 56 167 XL 180 106 130 120 85 57 172 XXL 185 116 138 126 87 59 175

Landjoff potholing suits size charts

Sizes: see table below Can not find your size in the table. Do not worry and send us a note with your measurements (height, weight, bust, waist and hip) in separate emails.The measurements that you definitely need to determine the size or ordering of "Custom" suit are your: (1) Height; (2) Weight; (3) Circumference of chest - the fullest part of your chest (bust), around under your armpits, your shoulder blades, and back to the front; (4) Circumference of waist - your natural waistline is located above your belly button and below your rib cage; (5) Circumference of hips - make sure the tape is over the largest part of your buttocks; (6) Length of outseam - distance from waist to floor.The process for getting your body measurements is simple. Following the tips below, you can certainly get a close approximation handling the measuring tape yourself. Use a cloth tape measure, not a metal one. Place the tape measure at the locations, depict on sketch to get accurate measurements. Make sure that, when you circle your chest, waist, or hips, the tape is level and neither too tight nor too loose. Do not measure yourself over clothes. Sizes guide (metric) The sketch depicts the most appropriate locations to measure for the different areas of your body. SUITSSize Height (cm)Weight (kg)Chest (cm)Waist (cm)Hips (cm) Seam (cm) XS154-15845-5286-9260-6982-8690-95S159-16953-6092-10070-7987-9496-103M170-18061-70101-10880-8995-100104-108L181-18971-80100-11490-99101-108108-112XL190-19681-90115-120100-109109-115113-116XXL190-19691-100120-125110-120116-122113-116CustomizedSubmit the necessary body measurements in the payment process or in a separate email PANTSPFD (lifejacket)SizeWaist (cm)Hips (cm)SizeWeight (kg)Chest (cm)BuoyancyXS/S60-7985-96S/M45-6580-9055N/6LM/L80-9997-110L/XL66-9091-12065N/7LXL/XXL100-120111-125XXL Maartabel (inches) The sketch depicts the most appropriate locations to measure for the different areas of your body. SUITSSizeHeight (ft/in)Weight (lbs)Chest (in)Waist (in)Hips (in) Seam (in) XS5'0.6"- 5'2.2"99-11533-3623-2732-3435-38S5'5.9"- 5'6.5"116-13337-4028-3134-3738-41M5'6.9"- 5'11"134-15541-4332-3537-4041-43L5'11.2"- 6'2.4"156-17744-4636-4040-4343-45XL6'2.8"- 6'5.2"178-19946-4840-4343-4645-46XXL6'2.8"- 6'5.2"200-22148-5043-4746-4845-46CustomizedSubmit the necessary body measurements in the payment process or in a separate email PANTSPFD (lifejacket)SizeWaist (in)Hips (in)SizeWeight (lbs)Chest (in)BuoyancyXS/S34-3133-38S/M99-14331-3555N/6LM/L31-4038-44L/XL144-19835-4765N/7LXL/XXL40-4744-49XXL

Rodcle Cavingsuits size charts

Size chart for the models Cueto, Trasgu and Pyrénées Sizes according to EN-13402-3:2004 Size chest size(cm) Height(cm) Equivalentin letters 40 82 - 86 156 - 163 S 42 86 - 90 159 -165 44 90 - 94 162 -167 M 46 94 - 98 164 - 169 48 98 - 102 167 -173 L 50 102 - 106 167 - 176 52 106 - 110 173 - 181 XL 54 110 - 114 178 - 184 56 114 - 118 182 - 187 XXL 58 118 -123 185 - 192 60 > 123 > 192 3XL The size chart is not binding, only informative due to the wide variety of postures / physique.

Warmbac cave suit size charts

Metric measurements (cm) are shown first, then in ft and inch. Please contact us for sizes beyond those shown. Warmbac size charts Cavingsuits Caving Undersuits & Oversuits Metric Size Chart SIZE HEIGHT CHEST WAIST HIPS INSIDE LEG UNDER ARM EX EX SMALL 103–122 71 – 76 60 – 66 71 – 76 58 – 63 43 EX SMALL 147–152 76 – 81 63 – 68 76 – 81 63 – 68 43 EX SMALL + 150–155 78 – 84 66 – 71 79 - 84 64 -69 43 SMALL 157–165 81 – 86 71 – 76 81 – 86 66 – 71 46 SMALL+ 157–165 84 – 89 73 – 79 84 – 89 66 – 71 46 MEDIUM 167-176 91 - 96 81 - 86 91 - 96 71 - 76 48 MEDIUM + 167–176 94 – 99 84 – 89 94 – 99 71 – 76 48 LARGE 175–183 101–160 86 – 91 101–160 76 – 81 51 LARGE + 175–183 104–109 89 – 94 104– 109 76 – 81 51 EX LARGE 180–188 106– 112 91 – 95 106–112 79 – 84 53 EX LARGE+ 180–188 109– 114 92 – 96 109-114 79 – 84 53 EX EX LARGE 180 –190 112– 117 94 – 99 112–117 81 – 86 56 EX EX LARGE+ 180 –190 114– 119 96 – 101 114– 119 81 – 86 56 EX EX EX LARGE 183 –190 117– 123 99 – 104 117– 123 81 – 86 56 Junior Wetsuits SIZE HEIGHT CHEST WAIST HIPS INSIDE LEG UNDER ARM 22 104 53 -58 48 – 53 53 – 58 38 33 24 117 58- 64 53 -56 61 -66 43 36 26 122 64- 69 58 -61 66 – 71 53 38 28 130 69 -74 61 - 64 69 -74 58 43 30 137 74 – 79 64 - 66 74 – 79 64 43 32 152 79 – 84 66- 69 79 – 84 66 46 Ladies wetsuits SIZE HEIGHT BUST WAIST HIPS INSIDE LEG UNDER ARM 34 160 -165 84 – 89 61 – 66 84 – 89 66 46 36 163- 168 89 – 94 66 – 71 89 – 94 69 48 38 170 – 173 94 – 99 71 – 76 94 – 99 71 48 40 173 – 175 99 – 104 76 – 81 99 – 104 71 48 Mens wetsuits SIZE HEIGHT CHEST WAIST HIPS INSIDE LEG UNDER ARM 34 163 -168 84 – 89 66 – 71 84 – 89 66 46 36 168 -173 89 - 94 69 – 74 89 – 94 69 46 38 170 -175 94 – 99 79 - 84 94 – 99 71 48 40 173-178 99-104 81 - 86 97 -102 74 51 42 178 -183 104-109 86 – 91 102 –107 76 51 44 180 -185 109-114 89 – 94 107 –112 79 53 46 182 -188 114-119 91 – 97 112 -117 81 53 48 182 -188 119-124 94 - 99 117 –122 81 53 Warmbac Sizetabel Socks SOCKS: RIGHT & LEFT FITTINGIN ENGLISH SHOE SIZES:- 4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11&12 Engels(UK) Europees(EUR) Amerikaans(USA) Man Women 3 36 4 ½ 3 ½ 36 ½ 5 4 37 5 ½ 4 ½ 37 ½ 6 5 38 5 ½ 6 ½ 5 ½ 38 ½ - 39 6 7 6 39 - 39 ½ 6 ½ 7 ½ 6 ½ 40 7 8 7 40 ½ 7 ½ 8 ½ 7 ½ 41 - 41 ½ 8 9 8 42 8 ½ 9 ½ 8 ½ 42 ½ 9 10 9 43 9 ½ 9 ½ 43 ½ - 44 10 10 44 - 44½ 10 ½ 10 ½ 45 11 11 46 11 ½ 11 ½ 46 ½ 12 12 47 12 ½ 13 48 13 ½ HOODS: Available to order HOODS SMALL MEDIUM LARGE EX LARG The sizes in feet end inch SIZE GUIDE...... Warmbac CAVING UNDERSUITS & OVERSUITS SIZE HEIGHT CHEST WAIST HIPS INSIDE LEG UNDER ARM EX EX SMALL 4’08"- 4’10" 28"- 30" 24"- 26" 28"- 30" 23"- 25" 17" EX SMALL 4’10"- 5’00" 30"- 32" 25"- 27" 30"- 32" 25"- 27" 17" EX SMALL + 4’11"- 5’01" 31"- 33" 26"- 28" 31"- 33" 25"- 27" 17" SMALL 5’02"- 5’05" 32"- 34" 28"- 30" 32"- 34" 26"- 28" 18" SMALL + 5’02"- 5’05" 33"- 35" 29"- 31" 33"- 35" 26"- 28" 18" MEDIUM 5’06"- 5’09" 36"- 38" 32"- 34" 36"- 38" 28"- 30" 19" MEDIUM + 5’06"- 5’09" 37"- 39" 33"- 35" 37"- 39" 28"- 30" 19" LARGE 5’09"- 6’00" 40"- 42" 34"- 36" 40"- 42" 30"- 32" 20" LARGE + 5’09"- 6’00" 41"- 43" 35"- 37" 41"- 43" 30"- 32" 20" X LARGE 5’11"- 6’02" 42"- 44" 35"- 37" 42"- 44" 31"- 33" 21" X LARGE+ 5’11"- 6’02" 43"- 45" 36"- 38" 43"- 45" 31"- 33" 21" 2X LARGE 5’11"- 6’03" 44"- 46" 37"- 39" 44"- 46" 32"- 34" 22" 2X LARGE+ 5’11"- 6’03" 45"- 47" 38"- 40" 45"- 47" 32"- 34" 22" 3X LARGE 6’00"- 6’03" 46"- 48" 39"- 41" 46"- 48" 32"- 34" 22" JUNIOR............. Warmbac WETSUITS....... SIZE HEIGHT CHEST WAIST HIPS INSIDE LEG UNDER ARM 22 3’05" 21"- 23" 19"- 21" 21"- 23" 15" 13" 24 3’10" 23"- 25" 21"- 22" 24"- 26" 17" 14" 26 4’00" 25"- 27" 23"- 24" 26"- 28" 21" 15" 28 4’03" 27"- 29" 24"- 25" 27"- 29" 23" 17" 30 4’06" 29"- 31" 25"- 26" 29"- 31" 25" 17" 32 5’00" 31"- 33" 26"- 27" 31"- 33" 26" 18" For sizes outside of those shown please contact us LADIES............. Warmbac WETSUITS....... SIZE HEIGHT BUST WAIST HIPS INSIDE LEG UNDER ARM 34 5’03"- 5’05" 33"- 35" 24"- 26" 33"- 35" 26" 18" 36 5’04"- 5’06" 35"- 37" 26"- 28" 35"- 37" 27" 19" 38 5’07"- 5’08" 37"- 39" 28"- 30" 37"- 39" 28" 19" 40 5’08"- 5’09" 39"- 41" 30"- 32" 39"- 41" 28" 19" For sizes outside of those shown please contact us MENS................ Warmbac WETSUITS....... SIZE HEIGHT CHEST WAIST HIPS INSIDE LEG UNDER ARM 34 5’04"- 5’06" 33"- 35" 26"- 28" 33"- 35" 26" 18" 36 5’06"- 5’08" 35"- 37" 27"- 29" 35"- 37" 27" 18" 38 5’07"- 5’09" 37"- 39" 31"- 33" 37"- 39" 28" 19" 40 5’08"- 5’10" 39"- 41" 32"- 34" 38"- 40" 29" 20" 42 5’10"- 6’00" 41"- 43" 34"- 36" 40"- 42" 30" 20" 44 5’11"- 6’01" 43"- 45" 35"- 37" 42"- 44" 31" 21" 46 6’00" - 6’02" 45"- 47" 36"-38" 44"- 46" 32" 21" 48 6’00"- 6’02" 47"- 49" 37" - 39" 46"- 48" 32" 21" For sizes outside of those shown please contact us

Caving Under Suits

Caving undergarments / undergarments for cold (er) and wet caves. A warm, flexible and quick-drying undersuit, you have a choice at CanyonZone. For size charts caving clothing per brand, see: Caving Suits / Overalls For size tables for clothing and shoes / boots per brand see: Canyoning Neoprene clothing and Canyoning shoes.

Aventure Verticale (AV) caving under suits size charts

Trying on the undersuit : *The measurements indicated refer to the garment, not the person. A seach pieceis cut and sewn by hand,the measurements of the undersuit may vary by approximately 2 cm. During the fitting : 1 – Pull the pant section all the way up to the crotch. 2 – Squat down, raise your arms, and bend forward. 3 – Check that you have sufficient ease in the shoulders, back, and thighs.👉 If your movements feel restricted, the undersuit is too small : it may tear at the seams with use. ⚠️ Please note : if you are unsure between two sizes, always choose the larger size to help preserve the strength of the seams. Older models PIAGGIA BELLA Noire (cm) AVSP71 SizeHeight oftheperson Waist Chest Hip Inside Leg Arm TailleHauteur Personne Tour de Taille Tour de Poitrine Tour de Hanches Entrejambes Bras XS160 84 96 98 74 54 S170 88 98 100 78 57 M175 92 102 104 80 60 L180 98 108 110 84 63 XL180 a 185 102 114 116 87 65 XXL185 108 124 120 90 67 ARPHIDIA 2 Bleue (cm) AVSP72 SizeHeight of the personWaistChestHipInside LegArmHeight of clothing Taille Hauteur Personne Tour de Taille Tour de Poitrine Tour de Hanches Entrejambes Bras Hauteur Vêtement XS 160 82 90 82 67 52 128 S 165 82 92 93 71 53 135 M 170 84 94 94 73 55 137 L 175 90 102 102 75 56 142 XL 180 96 106 106 76 57 144 XXL 185 102 112 114 78 58 144

Caving Boots / Wellies

Caving Footwear / Boots / wellies suitable (special) for caving. What are the best caving shoes? Pure rubber boots. Most professional cavers use these. A high shaft and rubber soles are surprisingly comfortable, especially in wet caving.If you like to wear something that offers better support, you can also wear low canyoning, caving shoes. For size charts clothes and shoes / boots see: Shoe size: how to measure or convert

Caving Socks

Caving neoprene socks / wetsocks, perfect caving socks for the caving boots are indispensable in addition to a headlamp, harness, helmets and wetsuit for exploring a cave. Socks are of great importance to speleologists. Although they spend part of their time hanging from ropes underground or crawling through narrow passages, their feet are still the main means of transport. Very careful attention should be paid to comfortable socks and boots. For general caving outings, plain wool hiking socks will suffice as they are inexpensive, warm and comfortable. Some cavers opt for the thicker neoprene variant which offers excellent protection in very cold and wet caving conditions. Made from the same material as wetsuits, neoprene socks are much better at keeping your feet warm. The downside is that they are usually more expensive than a good quality pair of hiking socks. Don't forget to bring your socks when you go shopping for your caving boots - their thickness can affect the size of the boot you should choose.

Caving Knee- and Elbow Pads

Neoprene Knee pads if it is rocky. Elbow Pads - not essential, but they will protect your oversuit elbows on long crawls. To make it easy and proper to put on the protectors, adjustable protectors are also available. For use of wear-resistant protection, see knowledge base Caving / Potholing: Are there wear-resistant knee pads? Sold: per pair for gloves.

Caving Gloves

Gloves can be useful to protect your hands during your cave tours. Gloves - Wear rubber gloves when you have to go through wet and slimy passageways. Outdoor gloves, with or without full fingers, may also be an appropriate choice in certain environments. Sold: per pair for gloves

Headlamps & torches

A waterproof head torch is a must if you are going into tunnel sections during canyoning. With caving it goes without saying that you cannot miss a head torch / helmet lamp, whether or not waterproof. Don't go underground without a flashlight or headlamp. Avoid headlamps with elastic headbands that can break. Instead, attach the headlamp to your helmet. Helmet mounts are also included to attach a headlamp to your helmet. CanyonZone also has some LED flashlights in its range.

Headlamp

The advantages of a head mounted lamp is that they illuminate in any direction you look, while leaving your hands free for other tasks. In a moist or water-rich environment it is wise to pay close attention to the watertightness of your head torch / helmet lamp.

Headlamp waterproof

A waterproof head torch is a must for caving. Led Headlamps, USB Rechargeable headlamp and with a different range, light angle and adjustable brightness in robust housings.

Headlamp helmet mount

Convert your head torch into a helmet lamp. With a helmet attachment / a mounting module it is possible to attach a headlamp to a helmet.

Flashlight / Torchlight

A flashlight equipped with light-emitting diodes (LEDs). The flashlight consists of the light source mounted in a reflector, a transparent cover (sometimes combined with a lens) to protect the light source and reflector, a battery and a switch. Often provided to set multiple light intensities.

Batteries / Battery chargers

Rechargeable and non-rechargeable batteries and battery chargers that match the head torches, helmet lamps and flashlights in the CanyonZone range.

Powerbanks

What should you pay attention to when buying a power bank? CanyonZone has some that might be a good item to take with you for your activities. ∙ When choosing a power bank, pay attention to: ∙ Ability. The more power the power bank has, the larger it is and the less easy to carry. ∙ Fast charging or not. ∙ The number of USB connections. ∙ The correct connection cables. ∙ Wireless charging or not. For example, a power bank with 10,000 mAh charges a smartphone an average of 5 times. But there are also power banks with 2 or 3 outputs that allow you to charge multiple devices at the same time. You also have solar power banks that are charged by the sun. In addition, the size is important. Do you want to take the external battery with you in your pocket or do you put it in your bag?

Caving Bags & BackPacks

Caving packsThere are different types and sizes of caving bags. They are dragged, dropped, submerged and otherwise treated quite brutally. In most cases, bags with zippers won't work for very long, so drawstrings, buckles, or clips that are mud and moisture resistant usually work better. Not all caves are wet, so bags / bags do not necessarily have to be waterproof, and any waterproofing is likely to leak over time, but for wet caves, bags must either have waterproof functionality that is retained or equipped with drainage holes. Some cavers have nothing more than a small shooting bag with just a few basics, but for most cavers, a daypack has a volume of 8 to 25 liters (500 to 1500 cu-inches). For an easy horizontal recreational tour, a bag is sufficient to carry some food, water, a small repair and first aid kit and some spare batteries and a headlamp. A vertical cave research strip may require a larger 25 to 40 liter (1,500 to 2,500 cu-inch) bag. Typical camp packs range from 40 to 60 liters (2,500 to 3,500 cu-inches) and require sleeping bags, sleeping mats, cooking appliances, extra food, tarps, etc. There are a few basic bag types designed specifically for caving:Side packs:These are based on one of the classic original cave bags - the army surplus gas mask bag. The standard in American caving for many years. A very similar backpack, in different sizes and configurations. Side packs have two wide adjustable straps and typically five D-rings that allow the pack to be worn as a traditional backpack, fanny pack or side bag. The side pack configuration is the most popular and is a very efficient way to carry a pack through a lot of chimney climbing and crawling. Tackle bags:The standard bag used is a round or oval bag with two shoulder straps and a drawstring closure at the top. You can take a lot of things with you in these bags, they are simple, light and durable and are easy to drag or tie when crawling or on a rope respectively. Most of the larger camp packs are of the tackle bag variety, and some, have a roll-top closure instead of the drawstring variety. Waterproof packbags:Some cavers put a shoulder strap around a dry bag and use it like a cave bag, but they wear out of course. These cases are often made from a urethane coated fabric that is extremely abrasion and puncture resistant. Another waterproofing option is to use a tackle bag with drainage holes with a dry bag inside. Alternatively, a container can also be used. See also the pages under the rubric Packs, bags & duffels of canyoning

Caving kit bags

The Kit Bag is a speleo bag. These bags are often also ideal for transporting small personal items. Kit bags are often also suitable for canyoning and working at height.For caving, a few basic bag types that are specifically designed are: Side bags: Side packs have two wide adjustable straps and typically five D-rings that allow the pack to be worn as a traditional backpack, fanny pack or side bag. The side pack configuration is the most popular and is a very efficient way to carry a pack through a lot of chimney climbing and crawling.Tackle bags: The standard bag used is a round or oval bag with two shoulder straps and a drawstring closure at the top. Most of the larger ones have a roll-top closure instead of the drawstring variant.Waterproof bags: These bags are often made from a urethane coated fabric that is extremely abrasion and puncture resistant. Another waterproofing option is to use a tackle bag with drainage holes with a waterproof bag inside. Alternatively, a barrel can also be used.

Caving Tackle bags

Caving Tackle bags are Equipment and Rope bags for carrying tools, see the pages at Canyoning Backpacks & Bags/tool bag and/or Anchoring & accessories/spit kits and accessories.

Caving BackPacks

Caving backpacks to take your caving equipment with you must be very sturdy and suitable for the (wet) environment and the material you want to take with you on your speleology discovery trips / trips. CanyonZone has items in its range for this and can give you advice if you want more detailed information about what is suitable for you.

Tents and Bivi bags

A bivouac bag, also called a, bivy or bivibag, is a very compact and lightweight shelter that can be used instead of a traditional tent. A bivouac bag can be set up quickly and has a considerably lower weight and significantly smaller pack size than a tent.

Caving & Potholing Books and topographic maps

The books about Speleology technique and Speleology skills (Instruction books) and children's books about speleology are included here. In the caving books / topographic maps, which are grouped by country, you will find the most beautiful and impressive caves per country / region with different levels of difficulty. Also see which tools and accessories can also be useful to use in your activities. Check out the following pages for Devices and Techniques & Skills

Belgium

The most beautiful and impressive caves in Belgium with different levels of difficulty, also with children, check out the CanyonZone range.Go to Google Maps

France

The most beautiful and impressive caves in France with different levels of difficulty, also with children, check out the CanyonZone range.Go to Google Maps

Israel

The most beautiful and impressive caves in Israel with different levels of difficulty. You will find interesting cave descriptions, archeology, cave locations, many along with great photos. View CanyonZone's range of caving books.Go to Google Maps

Jordan

Jordan has a variety of caves, canyons, walks, hikes and climbing in this beautiful landscape. See the CanyonZone range.Go to Google Maps

Spain

Looking for beautiful caves of a specific difficulty level in Spain or the Spanish Islands? You can find them in the canyon books/topographic maps included in the CanyonZone database.Go to Google Maps

Caving Techniques & Skills

Instruction books, technical manuals, technical manuals, training and learning books for cavers.

Climbing related gear: on request

Climbing materials / outdoor equipment have various applications. Also companies with, for example, a treetop path, climbing and adventure parks and tree care companies use equipment that is used in canyoneering and / or caving. Canyoneers and speleologists are often multi-disciplinary in outdoor sports and also practice rock, sports, traditional climbing and mountaineering where other equipment may be desirable.Articles are included here that are perfectly suitable for various outdoor sports and companies. This also includes items that can be delivered and often have already been delivered, given our market knowledge and suppliers.The articles are usually available "on request". So take into account a slightly longer delivery time. On request: Price and Delivery time. Send an email to info@canyonzone.com with your needs.

Services

In addition to providing all the necessary gear to use in the canyon and in the cave to exercise the techniques CanyonZone offers services in these areas. This section indicates that you're definitely to the right place with CanyonZone. If you miss something or have questions, please contact.Services offered: ∙ Equipment Rental ∙ Gear on demand, not only for canyoning or caving ∙ Repair / adjust / tailoring material ∙ Second hand canyoning & caving gear ∙ Inspection of material ∙ Courses / workshops / clinics (made for you) in basic and advanced techniques

Equipment rental

RENTAL EQUIPMENT FOR CANYONING, CAVING, VIA FERRATA / CLIMBING AND ICE CLIMBING CanyonZone has a range of outdoor sports equipment for both summer and winter activities that you can rent. All our equipment is well maintained. This way you are always assured of reliable equipment for your planned activities. What can you rent? Under this page you will find what can be rented. The rental price for one week is stated for the items / sets. With each item / set you will find the costs for the rental for different periods: days, a week and the (reduced) price after the first full week of rental. This depends on the type of item / set.If you want to rent equipment for a group or for a longer period, we will be happy to make a suitable offer for you. If you are looking for something else or have specific questions, please contact us for the possibilities. Renting, how do you arrange that? By making a reservation you are assured that the materials (if available) will be available for you in the period you want. Especially around the holiday periods, it is advisable to make a reservation in time and then preferably at least four weeks before your planned departure date. All rental items can be tried on and collected or shipped to an address within the Netherlands, Belgium and Germany, Austria (shipping costs are included in the rental). A deposit is requested. If everything is received in good condition, the deposit will be refunded. For returns see: Explanation. Rental equipment can also be used at events where CanyonZone is present. An appointment must be made in advance. In order to rent items, we request that you coordinate this by sending an email with your wishes (which items (where necessary the size) and the number): See the upcoming events where CanyonZone is participating on Facebook. Reservations, HOW DOES THAT WORK? ∙ Reserving products via the webshop is a good way to put together your desired equipment. Our webshop does not optimally support this quotation process. Therefore, the following procedure can be followed if you submit your reservation via the ordering process.Use the regular ordering process as a customer. ∙ Enter "Prepayment / On invoice (only for companies)" as the payment method. ∙ After receipt of the reservation, CanyonZone will process the availability and additional deposit / possible cleaning costs and return label in a quotation. ∙ An (order) confirmation will be sent with the availability and additional deposit / cleaning costs processed in the quotation price. ∙ The quotation and the general terms and conditions will be sent. ∙ If agreed, payment can be made. ∙ The delivery process will be started. ∙ Reserve products by sending an e-mail via this completed linkThe following information is requested to be filled in so that we can help you as best as possible: ∙ Your name, address and telephone number. ∙ which period ∙ address to send to (or when to pick up) ∙ date when the return will be sent (or when to return) ∙ Overview of the desired articles / sets and quantities. (If applicable, also an indication of sizes). After you have emailed a reservation, CanyonZone will process the availability and any additional deposit / cleaning costs in a quote. ∙ An (order) confirmation will be sent with the quote price and the general terms and conditions. ∙ If agreed, payment can be made. ∙ The delivery process will be started. Explanations ∙ Number of days of rental We calculate the number of days of rental as follows:the first day: that you want to pick up / send the items. ∙ the last day: the day before you return the items / receive them back at Canyonzone (In NL we count 2 days from timely return) ∙ MentionThe period you want to rent ∙ Special details if you want to pick up or return differently ∙ Method of Shipping: Pick up or Send In addition to home delivery, a PostNL / DPD collection location is also an option if this is more convenient. The return can also be delivered (by appointment) or sent back. If Canyonzene sends to you, I assume that you will also return the material yourself. At "Rental pick up / send" you can indicate if you want to receive a return label. If you decide to return the goods with the received return label, I will also add an extra packing list. In order to be able to refund the deposit: State the correct name and bank account number on the packing list when returning. ∙ Cleaning costs Cleaning costs are charged for a canyoning wetsuit, canyoning drysuit/undersuit, caving suit/overall and caving undersuits. ∙ Deposit You must pay a deposit for the rented material. This depends on the value of the materials to be rented and is stated on the quote / confirmation of your reservation. If the materials are returned complete, clean / dry and undamaged, you will receive the full deposit back To be able to repay the deposit: State the correct name and bank account number on the packing list when returning. ∙ Receiving the return of the materialThe materials are checked and if everything is in order, the deposit will be refunded to you. ∙ Certain items must be cleaned upon receipt, costs will be included in the quote. ∙ For materials that are returned too late, the extra days will be charged as rent. However, if materials are returned earlier than agreed, no refund can be given. ∙ Damage or missingWe do our utmost to ensure that the materials you receive are in good condition. If it does happen that a product does not function properly, please contact us as soon as possible. If there are any special details regarding the materials, please mention them when returning or sending them back. ∙ If the rented materials are returned damaged or incomplete, CanyonZone reserves the right to deduct the costs of repair or replacement from the deposit. We will inform you of this as soon as possible. ∙ You cannot buy off or insure the risk of loss or damage with CanyonZone. In such cases, however, these costs can generally be recovered from your own travel insurance. ∙ The costs: You initially pay the total rental amount including the deposit and shipping costs. ∙ Accepting the quote: You agree to the above. ∙ Changes You can always add materials to the reservation or delete an already reserved item. You can submit these changes by email, please include the quote number in the email. ∙ Cancellation If the renter cancels and has not yet used the items made available to him, he is liable for the compensation mentioned below. The compensation amounts to:in case of cancellation more than 7 days before the start date of the rental period: €12.50 administration costs. ∙ in case of cancellation up to 2 days before the start date of the rental period: 50% of the total price. ∙ in case of cancellation within 2 days before the start date of the rental period: 100% of the total price. ∙ The costs: You initially pay the total rental amount including the deposit and shipping costs. ∙ Accept the offer: You agree with the above. ∙ For more details, we refer you to the General rental conditions of CanyonZone.

Custom order: Gear on demand, not only for canyoning or caving

Do you want to choose from a specialized range of the largest Canyoning & Speleology shop, CanyonZone, in the BeNeLux!. You can order from the wide assortment consisting of 2000+ products. From A-brands to CanyonZone's own brand. We have space for special products that are not standard in the range of every outdoor sports store.Custom Orders We are a full-line dealer for Petzl, Rock Exotica, Rodcle, Beal, Seland, Rodcle, Vade Retro, Aventure Verticale, Black Diamond and many other brands. If they make it, we can get it for you. Browse our online selection or contact us for technical advice, custom orders and competitive bids on quantity orders. If you want a product from a brand that CanyonZone has in the range, but no standard included in the collection, this can be obtained on order. These are products from the entire range of outdoor ordered. You can also obtain adjacent hardware for mountaineering, outdoor clothing, tents, sleeping bags, stoves, backpacks, etc. We can also be of assistance with obtaining travel books and topographical maps from around the world.Mail info@canyonzone.com with your custom order and we are going to get started!

Repair, adjust and tailoring material

Clothing is not always what suits you. Also, it may be useful to perform a repair instead of replace for a new product. Or meet a standard product does not yet fully meet your requirements. Thus it CanyonZone offering the service to repair your canyoning suit and other materials to adapt and to customize to your needs. You may be devoted to:∙ Improper repair ∙ A deal is a deal ∙ Service and quality You can send material or offer an appointment at Zutphen in the shop. In the event you get a cost estimate what it will cost. Repair of all neoprene products do CanyonZone in collaboration with the "best studio in the Netherlands". This service and quality are paramount. Material which is eligible: ∙ neoprene clothing, ∙ canyon / speleotassen, ∙ canyon boots, ∙ wear rags / spank protects lanyards. The most common repairs and tailoring are: ∙ Repairing holes and tears ∙ Placing reinforcements on existing and new address (on the knees, elbows or buttocks) ∙ Placing and Replacing Velcro ∙ Replacing the bottom of a bag ∙ Replacing the soles on footwear ∙ The tailoring of wear rags on sport climbing / industrial belts Obviously this is just a selection of our most common activities. For specific questions please contact us. Repair FormFor our repairs as well as possible to carry out, we ask you to provide a completed "Repair form" with the repair. The form can be downloaded here. We are really suit your size!Northern Europeans and Dutch are among tallest people in the world. Not all manufacturers are there really responded, CanyonZone though. Despite that, we can outside of normal size collection for outstanding service offer extra large and extra small sizes. Standard sizes can be customized, but at CanyonZone is in some exceptional cases, the truly original customization available. Custom tailorA standard pack adjust a little bit, so it fits perfectly, is actually the best solution. The suit maintains fully fit and users know in advance exactly where they stand. After all, not everyone contributes his jeans the same way! Discuss the possibilities Especially for questions about fit and sizes, we take the time. Come to our showroom to discuss the options to get a perfectly fitting suit with the right sizes.

Second hand canyoning & caving gear

Are you looking for second-hand items for canyoning and / or caving? Do you have used canyoning, potholing products for sale? Now you can offer to sell these items on CanyonZone ... Give us some clear pictures of the articles, the price to sell, your contact details, and we put the articles in question on this site. For more information, please contact us via the contact form.

Inspection of material

INSPECTION OF CANYONING AND CAVING EQUIPMENT Through the use of your material will eventually wear out and is replaced necessary. specialist knowledge necessary to determine the operational readiness for a number of articles. You can send material agreement or offer in Zutphen. It is also possible to you location to carry out the inspection. Cost: per art, per hour, travel costs on the basis of tender. Material that qualifies: PPE (Personal Protective Equipment)What canyoning caving equipment we inspect? We accept canyoning, caving and mobile fall protection from the most renowned brands, including for example: PETZL, BEAL, KONG, CAMP and more. What materials?You can contact us for the inspection of include the following materials: ∙ Harnesses ∙ Fall protection Lines ∙ Fall arrest blocks ∙ Carabiners ∙ Slings and belt loops ∙ Helmets ∙ Shockabsorbers ∙ Fall arrest devices ∙ (Temporary) Lanyards ∙ Ropes For a quote or to ask about a specific brand or model contact us at: 06-2023 7357 orinfo@canyonzone.com

CanyonZone New(s)

We wish you the best possible information on the website and a newsletter. On the Website: ∙ articles in the assortment: New - Offer - rental ∙ services we provide:Inspection / approval of material ∙ repair / modification / customization of items ∙ courses / workshops / clinics (customized for you) provide for basic and advanced both canyoning and caving Newsletter Published several times per year, partly of you wishes. (comments and suggestions are welcome)∙ certainly contentnew items ∙ events where we are present Note: transmission from the functionality of the website in only one language. The newsletter will now be sent to the English version. The Dutch version is to read through the website∙ Newsletters can be read through

New articles, offers and pre-orders

NEW ARTICLES, OFFERS AND PRE-ORDERS We customize our range as soon as possible when new products come on the market. New products and articles that are known that will be available soon (pre-order) can be visualized in separate sections. There are also regular offerings.

Newsletters

THE MOST RECENT NEWSLETTER AND ARCHIVE CANYONZONE: On the sub-pages the most recent newsletters are included. If you would like to receive the newsletter from now on, please sign up.NB: sending from the functionality of the website is only possible in one language. From now on, the newsletter will be sent in the English version.

Newsletter number 2 - 2021 from Canyonzone.com

CanyonZone ---------- CANYONING CAVING VIA FERRATA BOOKS & MAPS NEW GEAR ---------- Dear canyoneer, dear caver, dear .......... Summer Time - back in the canyonsWhere can you be found this summer? Is there still a great canyoning or caving adventure planned for you? We will soon be heading to the Alps and will therefore be closed from July 31 to August 15.If you want to place another order, please pay attention to the delivery time indicated with the relevant article. We will of course send all gear and books that are available from stock until 30 July. We will send all other items with some delivery time as soon as possible after August 15. If you have any questions about delivery time or anything else, please don't hesitate to contact us! ---------- IMPORTANT STATEMENTAs you certainly know, the world commodity markets have undergone strong price increases for several months; as a result, the prices undergo upward adjustments almost daily.The strong increases affected all sectors, ranging from metals to plastics, from fabrics to wood. Nothing is being saved from this economic storm.These speculations have an international character and are bringing practically all production chains to their knees.In addition to the sharp increases described above, there is also a significant shortage in supplies, with deliveries that are now close to 3 / 6 months from the date of the order. This is what we experience at almost all brands we have in the collection. More and more products have release dates that are forwarded for 2-3 months or longer.This makes a very difficult selling situation when production is not easy and paints a future where the only certainty is uncertainty.This premise is necessary to announce that, despite all our desire to contain costs, we are forced to apply an inevitable increase in our prices, limited to the recovery of the strong increases that stainless steel, plastic and TPU fabric has recorded in recent months.The price increase in our 2021 price lists, will be mandatory from 1st September 2021.We will take care to adjust our prices downwards when a certain normality of the reference indices returns, which we hope will happen soon.Sure of your understanding, we cordially greet all our valuable customers. ---------- NEWS for European customersOn July 1, 2021, the new EU VAT Directive for e-commerce came into effect. The new rules apply with sales to consumers in EU countries outside the Netherlands. This means that from July 1, 2021 CanyonZone calculates the local VAT rate of the country where you as private customer live and let your order ship to and not paying the Dutch VAT of 21% anymore. ---------- NEW gear is always interesting since here at CanyonZone we are gearjunkies who love to test new products. See New items in assortment for more news, we highlight a few here: The Edelrid AXIOM and AXIOM SLIDER are carabiners with integrated pulley in the spine. The pulley reduces rope friction to a minimum and the pulley maintains its function even under load. The optimized design of the AXIOM ensures that the rope is always ideally guided so that the rope can always run on the pulley. Available with a classic gate or the automatic and very compact SLIDER locking gate. The gate opens on the pulley side which makes installing the rope easier.∙ Very lightweight construction - just 69 gram ∙ Available as a gate or slider version ∙ Pulley maintains its function even under load. ∙ Optimized design for perfect rope guidance in the carabiner at all times Edelrid AXIOM (BLUE) Edelrid AXIOM SLIDER (GREEN) € 29.95 incl. VAT € 39,95 incl. VAT View product A new guidebook to canyons in Galicia and northern PortugalThis is the new canyoning guide for the Galicia and Portugal area. CANYONING FROM THE FAR WEST is the translated title Barrancos del Lejano Oeste Barrancos del Lejano Oeste € 26.95 incl. VAT View product Petzl Yara Guide 25 is a medium-capacity canyoning rope bag designed for expert users and guides. It can transport a rope, keep it from tangling with other equipment, and facilitate maneuvers at the anchor or during installation of a fixed line. The padded back provides buoyancy, while the removable shoulder straps and two handles improve handling Multiple drain holes optimize water evacuation. Its construction and reinforced upper handle provide additional durability. Also in smaller version, the YARA CLUB 15 available. Description ∙ Medium-capacity rope bag for canyoningup to 2x60m Petzl Push 9mm fit in the YARA GUIDE 25 ∙ Easy-to-use canyoning rope bag designed for expert users and guides:designed to transport a rope, reduce tangling with other equipment and facilitate storage and removal from the pack ∙ can be carried in the ALCANADRE GUIDE 45 pack ∙ foam is integrated in the back of the bag to provide buoyancy ∙ simple shoulder straps may be removed when not required ∙ cord lock makes it easy to close the bag ∙ drain holes in sides and bottom evacuate water efficiently ∙ two color-coded loops inside the bag for attaching the rope ends ∙ molded upper handle and front handle make it easy to throw and pass the bag ∙ identification panel on the outside for easy identification of the pack Petzl YARA GUIDE 25 € 65.00 incl. VAT View product Designed for canyoning, the ALCANADRE CLUB 30 is an easy-to-use pack for groups. The padded shoulder straps offer great comfort during the approach. The large opening makes it easy to stow and remove the rope. The multiple drain holes optimize water evacuation. It is equipped with three colored-coded loops for attaching the rope ends and rescue equipment. The buckles on each shoulder strap quickly release the pack in an emergency situation. Its construction and reinforced upper handle make it very durable. Petzl ALCANADRE CLUB 30 € 75.00 incl. VAT View product ---------- Follow us to stay tuned. The frequency of the CanyonZone newsletter is less high as we post a lot of news on Facebook and Instagram. Follow us on these social media channels to stay tuned. Interesting to know ∙ The content of the webshop is / will be further completed by means of a short explanation on the pages of the sections of all gear. ∙ We have added FAQs that are supplemented based on your questions. ∙ We are also working on a knowledge base that covers various topics related to canyoning and caving. ∙ What we also pay attention to is how you as a canyoneer or caver can make the right choice which material is most suitable for you, as an individual or company. If you have specific questions, feel free to ask. We then investigate whether it can be included so that others can also be helped. If you have any questions or need advice about a particular item or area, please send us an email. We will do everything we can to help you with a good preparation! Gertjan van Pelt CanyonZone.com Experts in canyoning & caving gear T +31 6 2023 7357E info@canyonzone.com W www.canyonzone.com F facebook.com/CanyonZone I instagram.com/canyonzone/

Newsletter number 1 - 2021 from Canyonzone.com

CanyonZone Dear canyoneer, dear caver, dear %naam%,First of all, I hope you got through the COVID 19 pandemic well and are getting vaccinated soon or maybe you already have. Slowly but surely, restrictions are being reduced step by step in the Netherlands. We can do a little more and probably also on holiday abroad. I hope this is possible for you too. We have now planned the first weeks of August to go on holiday. Please keep this in mind with your orders, as no order will be processed and shipped during that period.Fortunately, we were able to test quite a few articles in the past year. See New items in assortment for more news, we highlight a few here: The canyon descender ATK has been developed by the French canyoneer Jean-Claude Schiavinato and has been on the market for several years now, and hence earned its praise. The ATK-D is similar to the ATK in its braking functions, but the ATK-D has been optimized to be positioned at the relay, as a belay device. The difference is that the carabiner retaining hole of the ATK-D is not round but oval so that the carabiner cannot turn when disengaged. ATK-D canyon descender and belay device € 40.95 incl. VAT (€ 33.85 excl. VAT) View product These are the 2021 version of the Fitwell boot: no gaiter, eyelets for laces. I wore these boots for 2 years and they are still going… VERY different than the Canyoneers of olde that I was used to, and it took me a while to get used to them. But I think they are darn good canyon boots. Fitwell Chameleon € 162.95 incl. VAT (€ 134.67 excl. VAT) View product Tebylon Azzguard is a protective seat specially made for rock climbing harnesses. It is well designed to fit all types of climbing harnesses with super robust fabric (840D TPU). CanyonZone is gonna have it soon on stock. Tebylon Azzguard € 44.95 incl. VAT (€ 37.15 excl. VAT) View product Follow us to stay tuned. The frequency of the CanyonZone newsletter is less high as we post a lot of news on Facebook and Instagram. Follow us on these social media channels to stay tuned. Interesting to know The content of the webshop is / will be further completed by means of a short explanation on the pages of the sections of all gear. We have added FAQs that are supplemented based on your questions. We are also working on a knowledge base that covers various topics related to canyoning and caving. What we also pay attention to is how you as a canyoneer or caver can make the right choice which material is most suitable for you, as an individual or company. If you have specific questions, feel free to ask. We then investigate whether it can be included so that others can also be helped.Finally, I wish everyone health and as soon as possible sufficient 'room to move' to practice our beloved sports this summer. 21 may 2021 Gertjan van Pelt CanyonZone.com Experts in canyoning & caving gear T +31 6 2023 7357 E info@canyonzone.com W www.canyonzone.com F facebook.com/CanyonZone I instagram.com/canyonzone/ You no longer wish to receive our newsletter? Please unsubscribe. © 2013 - 2021 CanyonZone | typos and changes in price are reserved

Newsletter number 1 - 2020 from CanyonZone.com

CanyonZone.com: the shop for your canyoning and caving equipment Dear customers, dear canyoneers, dear friends,Beste klanten, beste canyoneers, beste vrienden,Chers clients, chers canyonistes, chers amis,CanyonZone is taking a break. The webshop will be open in the holidays. Only from Saturday 18th July til Sunday 2nd August (Canyoning, Caving & Via Ferrata in Bavaria and Austria for testing new gear) we are on holidayOrders will be processed and shipped 1-2 times in a week during this period. So delivery time will be 4-8 days longer for shipment in Europe. After the break CanyonZone.com will be back in full force !So if you still need canyoning or speleomaterial for your own holiday, order it before July 17 to make sure you get it in timeCanyonZone gaat er even tussenuit. De webwinkel zal open zijn maar orders zullen 1 à 2 keer per week verwerkt worden, de leveringsduur van je bestelling is zodoende 4 - 8 dagen later.Zaterdag 18 juli tot en met zondag 2 augustus (materiaal testen in Zuid-Duitsland en Oostenrijk) zijn we zelf op vakantie. Gedurende deze periode zullen er bestellingen 1 à 2 keer per week verwerkt en verzonden worden. Na deze break is CanyonZone.com terug ter jullie beschikking.Als je dus nog canyoning of speleomateriaal voor je eigen vakantie nodig hebt, bestel dit voor 17 juli om zeker te zijn dat je het op tijd in huis hebt. CanyonZone fait une pause. La magasin en ligne sera ouverte mais les commandes seront traitées 1 à 2 fois par semaine, le délai de livraison de votre commande est donc de 4 à 8 jours plus tard.Nous sommes nous-mêmes en vacances du samedi 18 juillet au dimanche 2 août (test de matériel dans le sud de l'Allemagne et en Autriche). Pendant cette période, les commandes seront traitées et expédiées une ou deux fois par semaine. Après cette pause, CanyonZone.com est de retour à votre disposition.Donc, si vous avez encore besoin de canyoning ou de matériel spéléo pour vos vacances, commandez-le avant le 17 juillet pour vous assurer de l'avoir à tempsMet vriendelijke groeten,Kind regards,Bien à vous,Gertjan van PeltCanyonZone.comExperts in canyoning & caving gearT +31 6 2023 7357E info@canyonzone.comW www.canyonzone.com

Newsletter number 1 - 2019 from CanyonZone.com

Newsletter number 1 - 2019 from CanyonZone.com info@canyonzone.com Dear canyoneer, dear caver,The summer is crazy this year. Too much water in many areas in the Alps and the holidays are started. Within a small 2 weeks the CanyonZone crew will go on holiday / work at the office in canyoning & caving areas in Italy and Switzerland itself to practice the sports ourselfs and test some new gear in the environment where it's made for. So we'll be closed from 1st until 15th of August.If you need some gear to go canyoning & caving yourself this summer - order it before the 31th of july to get it delivered on time. New stock this month: Petzl Stop 2019, Petzl Freino Z, Petzl Simple 2019 caving descenders, children's book The 15 coolest canyons in Spain, Giro - new canyoning descender, CZ Rescue Scissors in Sheath, Bestard Canyon Guide Black canyon shoes, strong & lightweight headlamp Fenix HM65R, CAMP SWING - Adjustable rope lanyard, SPAR – Expedition and Small Party Rescue Manual, guideharness Canyon.Zero PolyTech incl Petzl Ring Open and more, see New items in the webshop !! ---------- Giro - new canyoning descenderFast-closing aluminum descender for descending canyons - freedom of movement when you need it.The GIRO descender is designed for descent of canyons, dry and in the water. The carabiner to be used for the anchor of the descender body to the ventral of the harness must be large to prevent rubbing with the descender while it is being turned to effect the blocking. Just €30,= incl VAT (€24,79 excl VAT) for the device - buy nowClick here to see a short video of the use of the GIRO ---------- CZ Rescue Scissors in Sheath These developed scissors with the sheath are made for cutting ropes and slings in rescue situations. Protected by a safety device which must first be opened for use. The scissors is supplied with a matching cover to mount on the harness or on your canyonsuit.The Rescue is indicated for novices in water sports situations, when they are in trouble, they have to cut ropes but they are not so “cold blood” to work with the “opened blade” of a rescue knife!€48,95 incl VAT ( €40,45 excl VAT) for the complete set - scissors and sheath are also separatly available ---------- BESTARD CANYON GUIDE BLACK This boot has been designed and manufactured specifically to offer maximum performance in adventure-sport activities where humid conditions and wet, slippery environments are the norm: caving, canyoning, tropical and monsoon-season treks and the like. The designs have thus been developed and the materials selected to satisfy without compromise the most demanding requirements in the following essential areas. Next to the orange version now also available in BLACK - limited edition! Same price as standard - €169,95 incl VAT per pair (€140,45 excl VAT) ---------- SPAR – EXPEDITION AND SMALL PARTY RESCUE MANUAL Authors: Eddy Cartaya & Rick Speaect Language: EnglishThis is the comprehensive Expedition and Small Party Rescue Manual from Vertically Speaking. SPAR stands for Small Party Assisted Rescue. This manual covers many topics. 600 page - full color - spiral bound - water resistant paper. The next specifications say enough about this manualWeight 1.8 kg / 4.0 lbsDimensions 27,94 x 21,6 x 7,6 cm / 11 × 8.5 × 3 inA must have for every caver, canyoneer, rope technician - buy your copy now €73,50 incl VAT (€67,43 excl VAT) ---------- FENIX HM65R - AMAZING BRIGHT LIGHTWEIGHT HEADLAMP The Fenix HM65R is the most powerful headlamp in the HM series. Just like the other lamps in the HM series, the lamp excels in its weight in relation to the maximum light output. The HM65R weighs only 69.5 grams (excluding headband and battery) and has a maximum output of no less than 1400 lumens. In addition, the lamp is shock-resistant up to 2 meters, fully dust-proof and water-resistant up to 2 meters.Specifications∙ LED: Cree CM-L2 U2 and XP-G2 R5 ∙ also works on 2 CR123A batteries ∙ LED: Cree Xp-G3 produces warm white light ∙ rechargeable via usb Type-C ∙ body made of magnesium ∙ with battery and charge indicator ∙ intelligently protected against overheating ∙ constant light output through digital control ∙ reflective elastic headband, visible up to 50 meters ∙ length: 8 cm ∙ height: 4 cm ∙ protected against water and dust according to IPX8 standard €94,95 incl VAT (€78,74 excl VAT) Buy now ---------- CANYON.ZERO POLYTECH INCL PETZL RING OPEN Because You Deserve The Best!Canyon.Zero PolyTech is a harness designed for extremely demanding canyoneers, canyoning professionals and members of rescue squads. The protective seat is made of a special, ultra abrasion-resistant fabric.The rear waist belt is the widest, lightest and most comfortable in its category.Load distribution on the waist belt is ensured by three straps connected to the front belt by means of the adjustment buckles. The buckles work in opposition to one another and allow for fast, precise and stable harness sizing. The particular position of the thigh-waistband connection straps makes the harness exceptionally comfortable, to the point that you will barely feel it as you move. For more info see hereSummary of features∙ Comfort of the waist belt ∙ Comfort of movement thanks to studies carried out on the position and length of the straps connecting the thigh loops to the waist belt ∙ Innovative dual 15kN tie-in point, a step forwards in terms of safety, efficiency and adaptability to personal needs and habits ∙ Low belay loop for ascender and lanyard that works perfectly both on the belt and on the thighs, leaving the anchor loop free for the descender ∙ Very large descender and/or lanyard anchor loop, to facilitate right-left movements both during rappels and while suspended/on belay. Very comfortable for canyoning professionals while assisting clients and in rescue manoeuvres ∙ The double tie-in point is an incredible advantage during rescue and self-rescue manoeuvres, both active and passive ∙ The Canyon.zero harness is designed and made by artisans and industry professionals. A 100% Italian-made product; components, manufacturing and certification. ∙ The red ring in the picture is not included ∙ Size 1 : waist 78-120 cm leg 48-62 cm , weight 0,750 Kg ∙ Size 2 : waist from 80 cm leg from 50 cm, weight 0,785 Kg €179,95 incl VAT (€148,72 excl VAT) Buy now ---------- Enjoy your summer in the canyons & caves !! Facebook Email Website Instagram You receive this newsletter because in the past you have made an order at www.canyonstore.nl, www.canyonzone.com or www.base-camp.nl, or because we have had contact in connection with www.nederlandsecanyoningbond.nl or canyonteam.nl. For questions or comments you can mail to info@canyonzone.com.Copyright © *2018* *Vertical Adventure*, All rights reserved.

CanyonZone Customer Service

Business hours and holidays Through our website, you can always order any products. Our physical location works with opening times. These can be found below. During holidays may have special opening hours. Go to Business hours and holidays Ordering and delivery Through our webshop you can easily purchase products. In a roadmap, we would like to explain how it works. Also, we like to know how the supply works and what the delivery times. Go to Ordering and delivery Exchanges and returns If a product is not good, or you're not satisfied, you can return or exchange. Via a return request form you can send the product back and we will return your pending. Go to Exchange and return Giftcards (vouchers) Did you receive a gift or want to give someone a gift? We have two versions, online gift shop for the physical and coupons for in-store. Go to Giftcards (vouchers) Company Information Learn more about our organization, CoC number or VAT data? Can. This information can all be found on the following page. Useful for transactions and businesses. Go to Company informationContact and address details To contact or come to our store in Zutphen for a fitting session, you can. Come to our physical location in Zutphen and get advice. Go to Contact and address details Shipping and pickup You can ship or self pick up the ordered products. This allows you to specify your order. Shipping costs are calculated automatically. Go to Shipping and pick up Payment Methods Through the web shop you can choose from a number of payment methods. This can directly online via PayPal. Go to Payment methodsWarranty and repair The product is gone faulty or broken, please let us know. Each provider has its own warranty and service. Pay attention; charges may be applicable. Go to Warranty and repair Suggestions and complaints Do you have suggestions about products or would like to make a complaint. Then let us know. See the link below for more information. We take your comments seriously. Go to Suggestions and complaints

Business hours and holidays

BELOW OPENING HOURS CANYONZONE: of the shop (Warehouse & Shop) in ZutphenVisit to the store is by appointment, call (06-20237357) or mail (info@canyonzone.com) Monday by appointment Tuesday by appointment Wednesday by appointment Thursday by appointment Fridag by appointment Saturday by appointment Sundag by appointment We are available during the day by telephone or WhatsApp on 0031 (0) 6-2023 7357. Mail: info@canyonzone.com Adres: Maria Rutgersstraat 49, 7207GX Zutphen NL Opening hours on holidays: Good Friday 10.00 - 18.00 hours Easter Sunday Closed Easter Monday 12.00 - 17.00 uur King's Day (April 27) Closed Ascension Day By appointment Whit Sunday Closed Whit Monday 12.00 - 17.00 hours Christmas Day (December 25) By appointment Boxing Day (December 26) By appoinment New Year's Day Closed

Ordering and delivery

THROUGH THE WEBSHOP OF CANYONZONE.COM YOU CAN EASILY PURCHASE PRODUCTS. AFTER YOU ORDER, YOU CAN TRACK THE DELIVERY AND YOU CAN SEE WHEN YOU CAN EXPECT THE PRODUCTS.CanyonZone delivers worldwide except if the Dutch government does not allow it in its law and regulations. If applicable, we will announce this in the FAQ: To which countries can you deliver? Placing your order is fast and easy, just follow the steps below; Step 1: Item (s) in cart - Find the product you wish to buy and click on the picture - Fill in 'some' desired quantity and choose where possible size and color - Click on "Order" - Want to continue shopping? No problem, click "continue shopping". The item remains in your shopping cart.Step 2: Check order - Check that the correct order (article number, color and size) - Fill any discount code in the 'code' - If the delivery address cannot be displayed correctly, please enter correct address in the Comments Note: It is known that the address is displayed differently in the United States than in the Netherlands. This is because the Dutch postal company always changes the "foreign" address to European format. In the Netherlands, the house number is displayed after the street and the postal code before the place name. The information is therefore (sometimes) noted in a different way than you are used to with the confirmation of receipt of the order. Don't worry, your package will be delivered to your home. - Is everything to your liking? Then click on "Continue to checkout".- After an order has been placed and the discount code is not used, it is not possible to do / claim it afterwards. - If the address details turn out to be incorrect and the order is returned, the (new) shipping costs are for the buyer.Step 3: Pay in rounding - Fill in the billing address, which is also the delivery address - Have you a different delivery address, click the checkmark from "send to the same address' and enter the correct delivery address. - A phone-number to place on the shipping papers to be sure that the courier can contact you anytime (is desired). - Choose the method of shipping (pick up or send) - Decide how you want to pay. When you start in the check out menu is it important to first choose the way you wanna pay (pre transfer, credit card, PayPal) and then fill in the rest. - All completed and everything to your liking? Then click on "place your order" - You will receive an email confirming your order. Have fun with your product (s)!Change order: You can order you to the time of collection or send free of charge to change or cancel. Exceptions are specifically for your ordered or assembled products. If you want to cancel or modify, please contact our sales department on 0031 (0) 6-2023 7357.Following order: Do you have an account with CanyonZone.com you can track the status of your order. Once the order has shipped you can through 'track and trace' of Post NL or other carrier track the shipment.Delivery times: If you order, you can immediately see whether the product is in stock or not yet. If an item is in stock, the product will, upon receipt of payment will be shipped within 2 working days to the delivery address specified by you. Consider if you have chosen the option of banking transfer or if you paid by a foreign account, it can take several days for the payment arrives at us. This delivery may take slightly longer. If you have indicated the product to the store to pick up, the product will be the next day in store for you are ready. If a product at the time your order is out of stock we will contact you about the expected delivery time. Once the product is back in stock you will get a message that the product is sent to you or the product can be picked up at the store.Delivery and time of delivery: All our products (clothing, footwear, equipment and accessories) will be, in Benelux, sent via Post NL. All order with dimensions below the 1.75m go through the normal package service. You will receive a "track and trace" of Post NL. We ship worldwide and make use of the most appropriate carrier. In so doing, account should be taken of the transit time in days. We make maximum use of Track & Trace. At extra cost can be sent on the basis of express service. Specify a delivery point in your area if you are not (always) at home. In the Netherlands, a delivery point from PostNL is an option See for shipping: Shipping and Puckup. Note: If a package has arrived in the destination country, the time required for customs clearance must be taken into account. If problems occur (delay / missing) or it takes a long(er) time for the package to be delivered after clearance by customs, please inform the sender. If that does not yield any results, you must contact Canyonzone "directly" via info@canyonzone.com or by telephone. NB not via notifications such as Messenger, Instagram, Facebook or Whatsapp.Collection in store can also always! CanyonZone likes conserves the environment and nature. Therefore, we reuse many packaging. As a result, it is possible that the image / product name in the package does not match the order and the content.

VAT and import duties

∙ We ship worldwide. The shipping is automatically calculated for a number of countries. For other countries, the shipping charges to be adjusted. This request to contact 0031 (0) 6 2023 7357 or info@canyonzone.com ∙ The EU has standardized VAT (Value Added Tax) rules, which changed from 1 July 2021. The VAT is charged and must be paid in the EU country where the goods are bought/delivered by the consumer. This means that the VAT rate per EU country of delivery is applied to the articles on the website. I assume the standard / normal rate per country. There are also articles for which a reduced rate applies, see table below. If I haven't classified them all correctly yet, I ask you to message me about this. Please with the regulations that show the correct rate. ∙ VAT percentages in EU Country standard reduced type of goods Note Austria 20 10 Books Belgium 21 6 Books, Shoes and leather goods Bulgaria 20 Croatia 25 5 Books Cyprus 19 5 Books Czech Republic 21 10 Books Danmark 25 Estonia 20 9 Books Finland 24 10 Books France 20 5,5 Books Germany 19 7 Books Greece 24 6 Books Hungary 27 5 Books Ireland 21 0 Books Italy 22 4 Books Latvia 21 5 Books Lithuania 21 Luxembourg 16 2 Books Netherlands 21 9 Books Poland 23 58 BooksShoes and leather goods Portugal 23 6 Books islands adjusted Rumania 19 5 Books Slovakia 20 10 Books Slovenia 22 9,5 Books Spain 21 4 Books Sweden 25 126 clothes and shoesBooks ∙ VAT: for supply companies within the EU and to all customers outside the EU, no VAT will be charged. Customers must then import / indicate goods. For England there are adjusted VAT rules. See Canyonzone / FAQ / Can I order from CanyonZone as a recipient in the United Kingdom (UK). and Which VAT rules apply to the United Kingdom (UK) ∙ Customs and duties: the customer may be subject to import duties and taxes, which are levied once the package reaches the country of destination. Additional charges for customs clearance will be borne by the customer; CanyonZone has no insight into these charges and can not predict exactly how this will amount to. When ordering a product, the customer agrees to pay any duties or fees required by your government or customs. Customs policies vary widely from country to country; we suggest the customer to contact their local customs office for more information. The customer is considered the importer of the products ordered and must comply with all laws and regulations of the country in which the goods are received. For all refused and returned international shipments, the shipping and handling costs (minimum 30.00 Euro) will be charged. Private and Business Individuals Customers in the EU with a VAT NUMBER: order type “business”∙ Another country within the EU: if a valid VAT number is entered. ∙ The Netherlands: mandatory fields to be completed: Company name, VAT number and reference. Note: Klarna, Klarna via Mollie and AfterPay do not support business transactions. It is therefore not possible to settle a business order with these payment methods Business Customers with a VAT NUMBER in the EU (business order) and customers outside the EU can order without VAT being charged. This is supported in the webshop if the requirements are met:∙ Customers in the EU with a VAT NUMBER: type of order "business" ∙ Another country within the EU: if a valid VAT number is entered. ∙ The Netherlands: mandatory fields: Company name, VAT number and reference. Note: Klarna, Klarna via Mollie and AfterPay do not support business transactions. It is therefore not possible to settle a business order with these payment methods. ∙ A country outside the EU: The VAT rate is 0% If it is not possible to place an online order without VAT with the platform that we use for our webshop. What you can do is: - make the order and make the total payment and CanyonZone will refund the VAT paid minus the shipping costs after the order has been received. This is the easiest way for CanyonZone, or -You can email CanyonZone the material you want to order and CanyonZone will issue an invoice without VAT and including shipping costs and you can pay by bank transfer, credit card or PayPal.

Which VAT rules apply to the United Kingdom (UK)

As a recipient in the United Kingdom (UK), it is important whether you have a VAT number. If so, B2B delivery is possible, whereby you as the recipient pay all taxes, import VAT and possibly also import duties and clearance costs.If you do not have a VAT number, you are a private customer / consumer, then a threshold amount applies for the payment of tax(s). - for shipments with a value under £135 (+/- €160), I as the sender have to pay the VAT (usually 20%). As this corresponds almost to the Dutch rate, orders up to this amount can be requested through the regular process. - for shipments with a value above £135 (+/- €160) the recipient pays all taxes, import VAT and possibly also import duties and clearance costs. This request can be requested in the regular way in the webshop.Due to customs clearance and the associated administrative settlement, a longer delivery time than before January 1, 2021 must be taken into account. It also appears that clearing the goods takes time. Once the import costs have been paid, the package will continue on its way. If you receive an email: CanyonZone with the text "Your order has been offered to PostNL via MyParcel and will be delivered to you as soon as possible." you can check this at the link https://www.parcelforce.com/track-trace and also contact parcelforce about how to proceed. please note: Parcelforce send out a hardcopy paper letter to you for the import costs that has to be paid. Enter the Track&Trace of the shipment on the page. At the top you will see the Track&Trace code of this parcel at the parcelforce, with the message that payment still has to be made. This link https://www.parcelforce.com/help-and-advice/receiving/how-pay-customs-charge explains how to pay.Return or exchange from outside the European Union (EU) is only possible after consultation. This is due to import duties, VAT and clearance costs (excise and other costs). For the procedure see CanyonZone / Customer service / Exchanges and Returns

Exchanges and Returns

If a product is not good, provided wrong or you are not satisfied with the product and / or delivery. Then you can return or exchange. You will receive a new product, your money back or a voucher of the same value as the purchase you made. Return or exchange from outside the European Union (EU) is only possible after consultation. This is because of import duties, VAT and customs clearance fees (excise and other charges).Request Return Request Before returning a product, you must first submit a return request. This can be done quickly and easily via this link (return request). NB: Please be patient for loading. Send the completed email to info@canyonzone.com. You will receive a response / copy of the request by e-mail, which you must add to the return product together with the purchase invoice (or copy). If you return the product without a return request, the processing will be slower.How do I return / exchange It is always possible that an article / delivery is not satisfactory. No problem, you can return it or exchange it within 14 days of receipt of the product. Follow the steps below.Step 1 demand a return request to - Fill in the 'return request' (see steps 2 and 3), send the email..Step 2 fill data and information - Fill in your contact details - Fill the product details - Define for any reason you wish to return the product / exchange. If you want to exchange a product, please also specify which product.Step 3 Check the application - Check whether the application is fully and correctly completedStep 4 receive return / response to the request - Send this along with the product..Step 5 Return Shipping product - Pack the article, along with the purchase invoice (or copy) and and the response to your request in a solid package to; CanyonZone - t.a.v. retourproduct Maria Rutgersstraat 49 7207GX Zutphen The Netherlands. The costs for return shipping are for the buyer.Returns are at risk of the buyer. This means that CanyonZone is not liable for damage or loss of returned items. Please ask at the post office always a tracking code and keep it. When can I return / exchange To return a product / exchange the product must meet the following conditions. - The product must be returned within 14 days. The period begins on the day after receipt of your order - The item is in its original condition and if reasonably possible in the original packaging - The product is not in use or in use damage - The invoice / receipt (or a copy of the invoice) is still present.Items that you can not return / exchange: - Products that are made at the request of the customer / prepared - Products ordered at the request of the customer to the supplier and not in our standard range occur (available online) - Products that are damaged or show use damage - Aspects by third parties being changed to the product - Products like "sale / sale" bought.Return address You can the product(s) send returns to the following address: CanyonZone t.a.v. retourproduct Maria Rutgersstraat 49 7207GX Zutphen The NetherlandsOnce we receive the returned product will get be notified by email. Returns are at risk of the buyer. This means that CanyonZone is not liable for damage or loss of returned items. Please ask at the post office always a tracking code and keep it. Return / exchange charge The cost of returning a product shall be borne by the customer unless: - The product immediately after purchase does not have the standard quality you expect - The one supplied by our product is wrongAll returns must be shipped prepaid. In the above cases CanyonZone pay the shipping costs back to you. Packages that are not packed, are always refused. Mentioned in this shipment or your bank account number so that we incurred costs for sending may return. Three options for handling the return Once we have reviewed and processed your return request, three options to make the return run: - You get your money refunded, this will happen after afhandling the return within 30 days. - You will receive a voucher with the same value as the purchase price (pay at CanyonZone). - You are trading the product. Even then, there are three more options, see below. These options you can choose from to make the 'return request' the choice.Additional infomation: Money back in return: if you want refunded your money, we will need to indicate this on the 'return request. Remember to write your bank details. Specify when refunding: - your bank account number - the BIC (Business Identifier Code), also known as the SWIFT address. - name of bank account number Voucher in return; you can make a choice between two types of vouchers. This should be indicated on the 'return request. - CanyonZone voucher: This voucher is valid for 1 year after issuance and can only be outsourced online. Exchange of products, if you want to trade, there are three options: - The new product has the same value: there is no settlement - The new product is cheaper, the difference is sent or transferred as a voucher to your account - The new product is more expensive, the difference will be charged to the customer. This must first be paid before the new product can be sent. Further apply to exchange the same conditions as for the return.

Giftcards (vouchers)

SURPRISE SOMEONE WITH AN ORIGINAL GIFT? GIVE HER OR HIM A "GIFTCARD OF CANYONZONE".Two types of gift cards: We have just one type of gift cards. - CanyonZone gift for all your online purchases through our website and also for all your purchases through our store in Zutphen. Buy gift card: Gift certificates can be purchased in the store. We have a number of variants. Amounts vary from € 10, - to € 250, -. If you want a different amount you can contact us at 0031 (0) 6 2023 7357.Redeemable gift card: Depending on the type of gift you cash this in the webshop or in the shop in Zutphen. The card can be used for both, even partially. - Cashing Online: give the order in your shopping basket, the 'discount code' that is on your gift card. - Cashing in the shop: give the gift you purchase your off. Our staff will process it and the amount will be debited from your gift. If the card is used up, it can be removed. Please note that the online CanyonZone gift card can be spent in the webshop and vice versa. Validity: A gift card is valid on all products except for a gift itself. A gift card is valid for 1 year from date of purchase.Conditions: - It is not possible to deliver into a gift card after a placed order - A gift card is not redeemable for cash - A gift card is valid for 1 year from the date of purchase, this is on the gift card. Thereafter, this can not be replaced for a new gift card. - A gift card is valid in offers.

Contact and address details

Questions, comments, or visit us? Here all the information you need. Contact Address / Visiting Address: CanyonZone Magazijn / Warehouse & Winkel / Shop Maria Rutgersstraat 49 7207 GX Zutphen Nederland | The Netherlands Free parking and possibility to pick up from Zutphen station for a visit to the shop (call or mail if you want to use this service) Contact details T: 0031 (0)6 2023 7357 E: info@canyonzone.com FB: www.facebook.com/canyonzone YT: www.youtube.com/canyonzoneYou can best reach us by email. You are then guaranteed that you will receive a reply from us within 24 hours. We are of course also available by phone. You can reach us by phone on weekdays from 7:00 a.m. to 21:00 pm.

Details attainability

DETAILS ATTAINABILITY CANYONZONE.COM Dear customers, dear canyoneers, dear friends, We are in the shop to make your wishes comes true for new gear. Next trip, then less accessible and no goods are shipped.Beste klanten, beste canyoneers, beste vrienden, We zijn in de shop om uw wensen voor nieuwe uitrusting in te vullen. Volgende trip, dan minder bereikbaar en er worden geen goederen verzonden.Chers clients, chers canyonistes, chers amis, Nous sommes dans le magasin pour répondre à vos besoins pour un nouvel équipement Prochain voyage, alors moins accessible et pas de marchandises sont expédiées.Impression of trips: ∙ RIC Azores 2016. Wanneer za, 17 september – ma, 26 september, Waar: Flores, Azores, Portugal Impression see: https://vimeo.com/183642192 ∙ The RIC 2017, the international canyoning event at the end of November 2017. Back and again fully accessible ∙ From 14 to 20 March 2018 the CanyonZone team tested material on the Azores Short Impression: https://vimeo.com/261110703 Kind regards, Met vriendelijke groeten, Bien à vous, Gertjan van Pelt CanyonZone.com Experts in canyoning & caving gear T +31 6 2023 7357 E info@canyonzone.comone.com W www.canyonzone.com

Shipping and pickup

You can buy the products ordered to be transferred or even pick it up in our store. This may indicate you with your order. Shipping costs are automatically included in your order. Specify a delivery point in your area if you are not (always) at home. In the Netherlands, a delivery point from PostNL is an optionPick up: If you have chosen pick, you can pick up your order the next working day in Zutphen. CanyonZone Maria Rutgersstraat 49 / Holtmede 25g 7207 GX Zutphen Pick up is free. Orders must be picked up within 8 business days. Shipping: We ship worldwide and make use of the most appropriate carrier. In so doing, account should be taken of the transit time in days. We make maximum use of Track & Trace. Shipping can be done based on Express service at an additional cost. (please indicate this in the "Comments" box if desired)Because there are several dimensions of whistles to neoprene suits, there are a number of ways that our packages are sent. The following is valid for numbers to 10 pieces and up to 30 kg. If you want to order larger quantities can you contact with CanyonZone.com by calling +31 (0) 6 2023 7357 or emailing info@canyonzone.com Cat 1: Clothing, equipment and accessories: These products are shipped,in Benelux, via Post NL parcel service. If the product leaves our store, you will get a message with a 'track and trace' link to track your package.Cat 2: Books & Topo's The products in Benelux, possibly sent as letter.Some products are small and can be sent with the letter. Get no 'track and trace' link. Because it is technically not possible to count for letter other shipping, we have reduced the average amount for shipping. If something as letter can be verified that the shipping can be adapted sent. Damage, loss or missing content, what to do? Signing for a shipment is signing for proper receipt. If you, as the recipient, notice damage, you must sign for receipt with reservation. It must be clearly stated why the reservation is made. If an international shipment has not been delivered within 31 days, you must contact us to make a claim / complaint, stating the order number. EU shipments require a response within 20 days. If this is not reported in time, no reimbursement may be made.Note: If your shipment is on the road longer than planned, your package may be missing. However, it does not always have to be wrong. The carrier itself must first declare a shipment as officially missing. 10 waiting days are often used for this. If a package is not delivered (on time), an investigation is often initiated no earlier than after 20 / 35 days, at my request, and not earlier, for packages sent outside Europe. If the investigation by the courier service(s) shows that the package has been lost, the total purchase price of the order will be refunded or reshipped. When submitting a claim for a damaged package, I need the following documentation: If items are missing from undamaged shipping packaging, this must be reported immediately, see Contact and address details Which documents are required to submit a claim? To make a claim in case of damage or loss, the following documents are required: ∙ Delivery note / proof of delivery with description of the damage, in case of damage and / or missing content. Obtain a signature of delivery subject to damage on the delivery note or PDA (Personal Digital Assistant or handheld computer) of the delivery person. ∙ Submit photos in case of damage ∙ It is imperative that the claim for damage or loss is made within 24 hours of receipt of the shipment. Otherwise it cannot be processed. In case of damage, please attach photos If the goods are damaged, photos of 3 aspects, with date and time, are required to show this damage: 1. Photo of damaged goods in its entirety: a photo must show the damage in its entirety and not just a detail of it. If the damage is not visible on a total photo, it is necessary to add another image of the item where the damage is visible. If more than one damaged item is found, take a photo of all items together. 2. Photograph of the outer packaging, including the carrier's label: The photograph must show that the shipment was made by the carrier and that the associated claim is for the contracted shipment. We request that you take the photo at a distance where the shipping label is visible. 3. Photo of the goods with packaging inside: The photo must show that the packaging used has protected the contents during transport. We ask for an image of the damaged goods while they are still in the packaging, exactly as the recipient received them. Do not tear the used packaging: Keep the damaged goods and their packaging, the goods should not be repaired or treated until the expert's report is made. All information should be related to the Order number and the date the package was received. Submit claim to info@canyonzone.com Shipping: For shipments of more than 20 kg and not included countries, the cost should be tuned. This request to contact 0031 (0) 6 2023 7357 or info@canyonzone.comFor deliveries to remote or difficult-to-reach areas, such as islands or ski resorts, additional charges may apply that are not reflected in the current system. If applicable, I will discuss this with the applicant. Below is a schedule with an indication of the shipping costs for packages up to 30 kg: (Countries forming part of the European Union (EU) are Yellow) No standard shipping costs above: Austria €11,00 > € 500, - and kg € 500, - and kg € 500, - and kg € 500, - and kg € 500, - and kg ...... and kg England: no longer a member state of the EU as of 1 Jan 2021, see "Other countries Europe" Other counties :Establish after tuning Shipping to adopt depending on weight, packing volume and transit time (in days) Indicative easy transit time (transit time 16-21 days) - Classic (transit time 8-15 days) or express (7 days) or sea transport Indication shipping is based on weight, packing volume and transmission speed. Note: VAT will not be charged outside the EU If an online order without VAT is not possible? What you can do is: - make the order and make the total payment and CanyonZone will refund the VAT paid minus the shipping costs after the order has been received. This is the easiest way for CanyonZone, or -You can mail CanyonZone the material you want to order and CanyonZone will issue an invoice without VAT and including shipping costs for it and you can pay via bank transfer, credit card or PayPal. No standard shipping costs above: Australia > € 2,000 and kg € 2,000 and kg € 2,500 and kg € 2,000 and kg € 2,000 and kg € 2,000 and kg € 2,000 and kg € 2,000 and kg € 2,000 and kg Sea transport can certainly result in considerable cost savings for larger orders, which are placed on time. If the weight is more than 30 kg or the volume is large, sea transport can provide considerable cost savings. The table gives an indication of the shipping time to foreign ports in number of calendar days. The departure times from the Netherlands are weekly. Note: Transport to the destination will be added. Other countries and destinations in the countries can be coordinated (indicative) per order.Country days Australia 40 – 49 New Zealand 38 – 48 Indonesia 31 Japan 37 – 47 Taiwan 23 – 29 Jordan 27 – 39 Qatar 23 – 25 Greece 9 – 16 Portugal (islands) 20 – 24 Israel 12 – 15 Cyprus 10 USA 12 – 32 Brazil 16 – 30 Costa Rica 20 – 17 Mexico 19 – 25 Puerto Rico 30 – 37For further information about deliveries see: ∙ Customer service / Ordering and delivery ∙ Outside the EU see: Customer service / Ordering and delivery / VAT and import duties

Shipping Costs During Peak Season

What is Peak Season? Peak season refers to the busiest time of year for shipping, driven by events like Black Friday, Cyber Monday, and the holidays. It typically begins in early October and runs into January. During this period, shipping volume increases dramatically, putting additional pressure on carriers and logistics networks. Even with additional staff, automated systems have limits on capacity, making delays inevitable during peak season.Peak Surcharges Carriers charge peak surcharges to ensure service and delivery experience remain consistent despite the significant increase in shipments. These additional charges cover carriers' higher expenses, such as increased staffing and longer working hours. They are applied in addition to other regular surcharges. NB: carriers use different periods for which the surcharge is charged.What are the consequences? ∙ Canyonzone will temporarily adjust the "shipping costs" and "Free shipping on orders over xxxx" during the peak period if necessary. ∙ At the end of the period (in January), the shipping costs will be reviewed based on the carriers' increases. As a customer, you can choose when to place an order to minimize the risk of higher shipping costs and delivery delays during peak periods. Please note: Canyonzone ships under the Incoterm DAP (Delivered at Place). This means that any applicable customs duties or fees are the responsibility of the recipient; if you, as the recipient, refuse to pay for or accept the shipment, it will be returned to Canyonzone, who will then be liable for both the shipping costs and the customs fees. These costs are the responsibility of the customer.

Payment methods

Through the web shop you can choose from a number of payment methods. This can easily and directly online via iDeal and Bancontact Mister Cash. Payment options You can choose from many different payment options: - Gift voucher - Secure - Bancontact Mister Cash (Note: if a limit is exceeded, the payment cannot be made. In that case, please contact us) - Invoice (only for business customers) - Bank transfer (prepay) - Wise - Pay on pickupImportant when checking out online Place your items in the basket and then at the shopping cart you can choose your country as shipping destination and follow the payment process. Important by payment process is to choose first the way you wanna make the payment and after that fill in the rest of the form. Then the process go smoothly.Online giftcards If you own a discount code / giftcard online, it can be added to the cart. Enter the code of the voucher in the shopping cart under 'discount code'. Then click 'Add coupon code "and the discount will be calculated directly from the order. Physical giftcards for the store can not be redeemed online, see also giftcards.Payment CanyonZone In the shop you can pay cash and credit card + pin. The code of the online gift certificate can be used as payment in the physical stores.

Warranty and repair

When warranty All articles that you buy from us, the statutory warranty applies. This means that the product must be in good condition and in normal use must function properly. When you receive an item that is not the case, we will provide you as soon as possible a suitable solution. Depending on the item, we do this by replacement, repair or refund. In addition to the statutory warranty limited Warranty for some items. A manufacturer's warranty is an additional guarantee provided by the importer or manufacturer. The manufacturer or importer may itself impose conditions on this guarantee. More information about the manufacturer can be found in the documentation / labeling of the product. If the item is used improperly, such as in fall, impact or crushing damage, or misuse, you are not entitled to free repair or replacement. Even if the defect is within the expected pattern during normal use of the article, for example wear, you can not claim free repair or replacement. You can of course send your article to make the payment of a fee to repair if possible. Please contact with one of our employees through 0031 (0) 6 2023 7357. Repair or replacement does not bring renewal and / or extension of the warranty with it, unless clearly stated otherwise. Request warranty or repair If you are entitled to warranty, you first a 'return request' request before sending the product to us. This can be easily done via the following steps;Step 1 question request a return request - Download the return request, print it out and fill in.Step 2 fill data and information - Fill in your contact - Fill the data and mention, if applicable, the size and color - Describe the damage / defect and possibly how the damage / defect arise - Add one or more photos to clarify your description (not the product, which is step 6!).Step 3 Check the application - Check whether the application is fully and correctly completedStep 4 sending request - Send the application by mail or by mail to: CanyonZone Attn return product warranty Maria Rutgersstraat 49 7207GX Zutphen Or by mail to: info@canyonzone.com o.v.v. warranty. Step 5 processing the application - Once the application is submitted, we will review this application or you are entitled to warranty. This may take several days because often contact the dealer is required. - Once your application has been reviewed, we will contact you with regard to the processing of the application. - If you are entitled to warranty or repair, then you can proceed to Step 6Step 6 Return Shipping product - Pack the article together with the sales invoice (or a copy) and a copy of the application, in a solid package to; CanyonZone Attn return product warranty Maria Rutgersstraat 49 7207 GX ZutphenStep 7 guarantee fee - Once the product arrives with us you will receive a confirmation by email. - Also let us know by which time you can expect the guarantee fee.The warranty product is no longer available If the product to which the warranty is no longer available, we will work with you find an appropriate solution. This may be a refund of the purchase price or replace the product with a comparable product. If the product is replaced by a product with a lower selling price than the original product, the difference will be refunded to your account. If the product is more expensive the remaining amount will be charged.Product returned for warranty If you are entitled to warranty, you first a 'return request'request before the product is sent to us. This can easily through 'return request". If the application is still under warranty, the product in a solid package along with the original sales invoice and return the application to be sent; CanyonZone Attn return product warranty Maria Rutgersstraat 49 7207GX Zutphen Or by mail to: info@canyonzone.com Repair costs If we find that the defect within the warranty and guarantee period is, the item will be replaced or repaired free of charge. If the defect is outside the warranty and warranty period, we can see if the product can be repaired. Costs for repairs will be borne by the customer. Once we have reviewed your request we can make an estimate of the expected repair costs. These costs will be communicated to you and if you agree with the cost we will repair the product. After payment of the cost of repair, we will return the product. When sending a request for review of product warranty to a manufacturer and showing no warranty award, then the shipping and assessment costs borne by the customer.Duration handling repair and warranty It depends on each product and supplier how long it takes the settlement. We always try to give the best possible estimate on the expected duration and will keep you informed of developments.

Suggestions and complaints

SUGGESTIONS Have a suggestion and would you like to advise us, please let us know. How do you have a suggestion? Suggestions can be sent in two ways, by mail letter or e-mail. CanyonZone Attn Suggestions Maria Rutgersstraat 49 7207 GX Zutphen Or by mail to: info@canyonzone.com o.v.v. suggestionAnother option is to come by the shop in Zutphen and tell your suggestion to one of our staff. The coffee is always ready. COMPLAINTS We gladly offer you the best products and service. Yet it may be that you are not satisfied with a product, service or how we appeal to you. Before you can file a complaint with us. We solve the problem with you on. You read below what we do with your complaint and what you can expect more from us in the handling of your complaint.What is a complaint? A complaint is a clear written expression of dissatisfaction with the state of affairs at CanyonZone you as non-customer friendly experience or have experienced. For example you can have a complaint about our products or our services.Got a complaint? Let us know. Then we can improve our services.How do you make a complaint? Complaints can be sent in two ways, by mail letter or e-mail. CanyonZone Attn Complaints Maria Rutgersstraat 49 7207 GX Zutphen Or by mail to: info@canyonzone.com quoting complaintWhat must be included in the letter / e-mail? - Contact details - Date and Location - Product or service - The complaint of ContentsHandling complaints A complaint will be assessed and handled by the responsible team manager. The team manager agrees complaints always with a knowledgeable staff member. Within 14 days you will receive an e-mail with the reaction of CanyonZone.com on your complaint. It contains the necessary agreements or undertakings, and / or a decision explained. In order to respond quickly to your complaint, or because additional information is needed, it may be that we will call you. Agreements made in this conversation, subsequently confirmed in writing always.If we do not come out, you can submit the dispute to the arbitration committee via the ODR platform (link: http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/odr/);

Contact about Assortment

If you can not find something in the range of CanyonZone.com or you have a specific question you can always contact us to see if it is available or to get answers to your question. Contact and address details CanyonZone and CanyonZone.comQuestions, comments, or visit us? Here all the information you need. Contact Address / Visiting Address: CanyonZone Maria Rutgersstraat 49 7207GX Zutphen The Netherlands With public transport and good road links. Parking is free at the door.Contact T: 06-20237357 E: info@canyonzone.com FB: www.facebook.com/canyonzone YT: www.youtube.com/canyonzone

Business ordering at CanyonZone

Our website CanyonZone.com particularly focuses on the individual. Besides that it is possible to order business. This goes through the CanyonZone wholesaler. For a part of our product range we also have a wholesale function. That means we can deliver large numbers for a competitive price. Who can order business? Anyone who has a business and working with ropes and hardware can order business. You should however be registered with the Chamber of Commerce and have your own VAT number. These may be for example: - Outdoor companies - Outdoor Instructors (self-employed without employees) - Campsites - Theme Parks - Education / Schools - Climbing Associations - Scouting - (Semi) public bodies such as police, firebrigade, etc. - NGO, non-governmental organizationWhat are the benefits? The advantages to order business are: the price, quantity, our range and service.You can order for business as follows: ∙ Indicate under "order type": Business (see also VAT and import duties) ∙ Contact us. This is possible in two ways:By telephone: 0031 (0) 6 2023 7357 ∙ By e-mail: info@canyonzone.com We are happy to help you!

About CanyonZone

About Us, Canyonzone specialist company provide the right equipment for your canyon and / or caving adventure worldwide canyoning and caving

CanyonZone.com

ABOUT CANYONZONE.COM Shopping without worry and easily from anywhere. That's CanyonZone.com, the online store of CanyonZone. On CanyonZone.com you find all products quickly and conveniently, with information and tips you need to consider when you choose. CanyonZone.com, CanyonZone.eu, CanyonZone.nl, CanyonZone.be are the internet pages / internet addresses of CanyonZone. With the first two URLs you can log in to the English web version, the other two give you the Dutch version of the website of the (web) shop of CanyonZone located in Zutphen in the Netherlands. Quickly ordered and at home Through our site you have clearly found the right products quickly, you can see the actual stock and the product purchased. Your order will then be sent to you within 2 working days and you can keep track online the progress of your order.Decision aid Home shopping and still have the knowledge and information from one of our employees? You can! Through our choice can help you gradually find information about different products. Looking for example a rope but do not know what diameter is best for you and your style canyon? Please call or email us to advise you in the selection.Location to fit / try To prepare you for the purchase of a rope or neoprene suit, we offer the possibility that you can try it out or fit it in the Zutphen shop / showroom. While trying out, our specialists are happy to give tips and advice about the choice of rope or suit. Would you like to fit a specific suit? Please contact us at +31 (0)6-2023 7357 beforehand. Then we will make sure that you have the right size for you. Parking is no problem, this is free and ample parking at the door. Contact Address / Visiting Address: CanyonZone Maria Rutgersstraat 49 7207 GX ZutphenDistribution, storage and test location Holtmede 25 g 7207 BX Zutphen

CanyonZone Zutphen

Warehouse & Shop Holtmede 25 G, 7207 BX Maria Rutgersstraat 49 7207GX Zutphen Tel / App: 06 - 20 23 73 57 Mail: info@canyonzone.com Opening hours by appointment possible Monday 7:30 am - 9:00 pm Tuesday 7:30 am - 9:00 pm Wednesday 7:30 am - 9:00 pm Thursday 7:30 am - 9:00 pm Friday 7:30 am - 9:00 pm Saturday 8:00 am - 8:00 pm Sunday 9:00 am - 9:00 pm Parking Parking spaces are available for our address at Hotmede, Maria Rutgersstraat and Marga Klompélaan. You can park here for free.Travel direction(s) / Itinerary(s) CanyonZone in Zutphen is located at Maria Rutgersstraat 49 and Holtmede 25g in Zutphen.The showroom is easily accessible by public transport: From the Zutphen train station you can take the Arriva Buurtbus 193 (direction Vorden) or Arriva Bus 82 (direction Doetinchem Station) or Arriva Bus 80 (direction Vorden Station). These buses almost stop for our shop, 1 minute walk. If you want to walk a little longer, you can take it from Zutphen Station Arriva Bus 83 (direction Warnsveld GGNet), then it is a 7-minute walk. With the bus: By bus you can get off at bus stop Leesten (almost for our shop) or bus stop Klooster, Warnsveld (7 minutes walk).

www.CanyonStore.nl is now CanyonZone

CanyonZone is, from April 2018, the new name for Canyonstore.nl and to be found under the domain names CanyonZone.nl and Canyonzone.com In the past 6 years I have used CanyonStore.nl from my Belgian colleague who will use the domain name from September 1, 2018.TIP: to stay with me in the future remove Canyonstore.nl and put CanyonZone.nl and / or CanyonZone.com into your favorites. See for more About CanyonZone.com

CanyonZone's FAQ

For frequently asked questions to CanyonZone: click here. We appreciate a review. If you would like to give one on Google review, click here.Good to know: Meaning of the colours in the Canyonzone logo. Colours evoke many emotions and feelings:∙ Blue radiates safety, trust and calmness ∙ Orange has a cheerful and creative appearance. This is also part of the corporate philosophy of Vertical Adventure / Canyonzone

CanyonZone's Knowledge Base

For CanyonZone's Knowledge Base: Click Here We appreciate a review. If you would like to give one on Google review, click here.

About CanyonZone, owner Gertjan van Pelt

SPECIALISM: SPECIALIST IN CANYONING AND CAVING GEAR AND TECHNIQUES FOR THOSE WHO LIKE TO GO INTO THE CANYONS AND CAVES ALL OVER THE WORLD. BESIDE THE STANDARD GEAR WE CAN DELIVER CUSTOM MADE GEAR, INSPECT YOUR GEAR ABOUT SAFETY AND ORGANISE CANYONTRIPS AND WORKSHOPS & CLINICS IN THEMES LIKE VERTICAL / AQUATIC TECHNIQUE / PREPARATION / RESCUE.Guiding & teaching in Vertical Single and Double Rope Techniques, specialized in Canyoning & Caving area and techniques, consultancy for outdoor challenges and customized programs. For current activities: See Facebook Followed courses / education (most important)∙ First Aid in Canyoning - REGA CH sept 2019 ∙ Outward Bound Belgium WAFA, Wilderness Advanced First Aid 2014 - 2017 ∙ Rotterdam School of Management (Erasmus University Rotterdam) MSc, Marketing, Private Label 1996 - 2008 Activities and Associations: RSAC, Rotterdam Student Alpine Club. ∙ See Linkedin Freelance outdoorguide Guiding in the outdoors, in the whole of Europe especially in terrain with mountains, caves and canyons. Teaching Single Rope Techniques for Climbing, Caving, Canyoning, Rope Access, Resque Techniques. Outdoor Consulting, including business plan & sales strategy development. Iceclimbing instructor. Outdoor & Cavingguide by Terraventuras, Berner Extreem, X-Adventure, Poco Loco and Builder High Rope Parcours / Bouwer klimbos. Sales advisor 'Demmenie Sport, Bever Zwerfsport, X-Adventure. Different functions:∙ Explostam - Scouting: President, Canyoning & Caving Commissioner / Coordinator. ∙ CanyonTeam NL: initiator workshops and events - development of safe canyoning for self reliant canyoneers ∙ Nederlandse Canyoning Bond (Dutch Canyoning Federation):Secretary, Development Commission,Canyoning Instructor, Commission Development & Education (develop, teach and train the canyoningtechnieken for national and international guidelines). ∙ Canyon Team Vlaanderen: Teacher (Development of newest gear and techniques in canyoning for safe tour). Team Spelunker Training (Werkgroep Speleologisch Vorming (WSV)) Teaching caving techniques to beginners and advanced cavers in Netherlands and Belgium and exame the participant of a course. ∙ NKBV:Canyoning Section member. ∙ Deutscher Canyoning Verein: Member of Safety Commission (Science and technology, Research about safety and risk managment in canyoning sport) Packing list

Works together with

CanyonZone cooperates with and / or supplies to companies / companies / associations that are active in the field of canyoning and / or caving and other outdoor sports activities. To see if it is possible to order for business see: Business ordering at CanyonZone. Various events are also sponsored. Details can be found on their sites / Facebook / Instagram.

Link exchange

CanyonZone has included links/pages below that might be of interest to you. This mainly concerns data / websites of organizations that provide outdoor sports related activities / services. Canyoning in the Netherlands until now a relatively unknown sport. To set up to promote canyoning in the Netherlands, the Dutch Canyoning Association (NCB). Besides promoting the NCB is engaged in the professional training in the field of canyoning. On the site you can find more information about the sport canyoning, about the union, about the training and courses and certified members. Bergsporter.com BASECAMP: DE BERGSPORTWINKELTry before you buy. How do you know if those new boots really are so comfortable? Is a down jacket in practice money worth more or a gadget? Which set of ice axes will I invest if I do not know how to climb?Would not it be nice to materials first to try out before you spend your entire budget on it. Not only feel equally at the store but really take you on a journey and testing in all conditions? THAT CAN! Because Base Camp next to the mountain sports shop also rents equipment there is the possibility, for many of our products, try them first. You decide it to the product or a similar product, to purchase then you get half of the rent return. Thé outdoor platform of the Netherlands. Outdooridee wants through their web site, visitors, nature lovers and outdoor sports to keep you informed of everything related to their favorite branch of nature & outdoor related. Whether this is a walk in the Netherlands, a via ferrata in Austria or in a bivouac somewhere in the mountains ... It's all covered! Looking for a qualified canyon guide who lives and works alongside the canyons in southern France? Passion Canyon ensures that together we experience an unforgettable adventure. Our base in the south of the Ecrins in France is the perfect place for a 'leap of faith'! Visit our website or send an email for more information. Outdoor Coach of the company Matthijs Al, CIC canyon guide, outdoor sports instructor and educator: He lives in the Netherlands, lives in Switzerland and Italy. Here is the professionalism and love for nature and adventure ahead. Matthijs is experiencing a huge amount of pleasure to offer you challenges wonderful places where you normally do not come quickly. He does not work alone. Over the years he has met a number of people with the same passion and that makes it very pleasant to work together. Each has its own specialty, but we share the same vision: Enjoy life by going on an adventure together, to seek the challenge, with respect for everyone's boundaries and wishes. The Austrian Federal Canyoning (Austrian Canyoning Association) is a group of friends who share a passion for the sport. After several joint tours in Europe they have turned into reality in 2010, the idea of a canyoningvereniging in Austria. The aim is to like-minded beautiful meetings, trainings, tours and exchanges to undertake. The fascination for the canyoneering and fissures are formed by nature here in the foreground. More about the association can be found on their website (in German)

Privacy

Privacy Notice CanyonZone.com Law for the protection of personal information "CanyonZone" is a trademark of Vertical Adventure, with registered office at Maria Rutgersstraat 49, 7207GX Zutphen. CanyonZone.com is an Internet store that focuses on selling mainly canyoning and caving material over the internet.The information actively provided by you is used by CanyonZone.com for the administrative handling of the order of one or more products. The information can also be used to notify you about the progress. When you register at our shop your data may be used to inform you in the future commercial actions, products and services of our company.If you do not appreciate this information, you can report this to Vertical Adventure, Attn Gertjan van Pelt, Maria Rutgersstraat 49, 7207 GX Zutphen (Netherlands). CanyonZone.com used the data provided by you also to comply with laws and regulations.The passive information has two goals. First, cookies are used to the site for the user to operate optimally. Additionally CanyonZone.com can measure how many unique visitors does the site and use this valuable information to plan good specials.CanyonZone.com will never disclose to third parties the information.Access and correct personal dataCanyonZone.com trying at all times to register the data correctly. When copying data or technical conditions and other circumstances, errors in the data or data appear incomplete. Therefore you always have the right to access the data, correct or withdraw such incorrect data. You can either contact us in writing.Complaint: If you are not satisfied after consultation with us you can submit a complaint to the regulator, the Dutch Authority for Personal Data.Adjustments Privacy StatementCanyonZone.com reserves the right to modify this Privacy Statement. Any adjustment will be published on this page.

Terms and Conditions

Terms and Conditions - CanyonZone Adjustments terms CanyonZone.com keeps adjusting the right terms and conditions. Any adjustment will be published on this page. 1st addition: Article 13 - Delivery and implementation: added pt 6. dated 12-12-2022 2nd addition: Article 4 - The offer: added to point 2, penultimate line. dated 9-07-2024NB: no rights can be derived from this translation. The Dutch text is legally valid. Table of contents: Article 1 - Definitions Article 2 - Identity of the entrepreneur Article 3 - Applicability Article 4 - The offer Article 5 - The agreement Article 6 - Right of withdrawal Article 7 - Obligations of the consumer during the reflection period Article 8 - Exercise of the right of withdrawal by the consumer and costs thereof Article 9 - Obligations of the entrepreneur in case of withdrawal Article 10 - Exclusion of right of withdrawal Article 11 - The price Article 12 - Compliance and extra warranty Article 13 - Delivery and implementation Article 14 - Duration transactions: duration, cancellation and extension Article 15 - Payment Article 16 - Complaints procedure Article 17 - Disputes Article 18 - Additional or different stipulations Article 1 - Definitions In these conditions the following terms have the following meanings: ∙ Additional agreement: an agreement whereby the consumer acquires products, digital content and / or services in connection with a distance contract and these goods, digital content and / or services are supplied by the entrepreneur or by a third party on the basis of an agreement between that third party and the entrepreneur; ∙ Reflection period: the period within which the consumer can exercise his right of withdrawal; ∙ Consumer: the natural person who does not act for purposes related to his trade, business, craft or profession; ∙ Day: calendar day; ∙ Digital content: data that is produced and supplied in digital form; ∙ Duration agreement: an agreement that extends to the regular delivery of goods, services and / or digital content during a certain period; ∙ Durable data carrier: any tool - including e-mail - that enables the consumer or entrepreneur to store information that is addressed to him personally in a way that future consultation or use during a period that is tailored to the purpose what the information is for and which allows unaltered reproduction of the stored information; ∙ Right of withdrawal: the possibility for the consumer to withdraw from the distance contract within the cooling-off period; ∙ Entrepreneur: the natural or legal person who offers products, (access to) digital content and / or services to consumers at a distance; ∙ Distance contract: an agreement concluded between the entrepreneur and the consumer in the context of an organized system for distance selling of products, digital content and / or services, whereby up to and including the conclusion of the agreement, exclusive or joint use is made of one or more techniques for distance communication; ∙ Model withdrawal form: the European model withdrawal form included in Appendix I of these conditions. Annex I does not have to be made available if the consumer has no right of withdrawal with regard to his order; ∙ Technology for distance communication: means that can be used to conclude an agreement, without the consumer and entrepreneur having to be in the same room at the same time. Article 2 - Identity of the entrepreneur Vertical Adventure - CanyonZone | Maria Rutgersstraat 49, 7207GX Zutphen, The Netherlands | Tel: 06-20237357 | Email address: info@canyonzone.com | Chamber of Commerce number: 24462096 | VAT identification number: NL001386458B31 Article 3 - Applicability ∙ These general terms and conditions apply to every offer from the entrepreneur and to every distance contract concluded between the entrepreneur and the consumer. ∙ Before the distance contract is concluded, the text of these general terms and conditions will be made available to the consumer. If this is not reasonably possible, before the distance contract is concluded, the entrepreneur will indicate how the general terms and conditions can be viewed by the entrepreneur and that they will be sent free of charge at the request of the consumer. ∙ If the distance contract is concluded electronically, in derogation from the previous paragraph and before the distance contract is concluded, the text of these general terms and conditions can be made available to the consumer electronically in such a way that the consumer can can be easily stored on a durable medium. If this is not reasonably possible, before the distance contract is concluded, it will be indicated where the general terms and conditions can be consulted electronically and that they will be sent free of charge electronically or otherwise at the request of the consumer. ∙ In the event that specific product or service conditions apply in addition to these general terms and conditions, the second and third paragraphs apply mutatis mutandis and the consumer can always invoke the applicable provision that is most favorable to him in the event of conflicting conditions. Article 4 - The offer ∙ If an offer has a limited period of validity or is made subject to conditions, this will be explicitly stated in the offer. ∙ The offer contains a complete and accurate description of the products, digital content and / or services offered. The description is sufficiently detailed to allow a proper assessment of the offer by the consumer. If the entrepreneur uses images, they are a true representation of the products, services and / or digital content offered. We try to display the colors of the products as accurately as possible, but these may differ if the manufacturer makes (interim) changes. Obvious mistakes or obvious errors in the offer do not bind the entrepreneur. ∙ Each offer contains such information that it is clear to the consumer what rights and obligations are attached to the acceptance of the offer. Article 5 - The agreement ∙ The agreement is concluded, subject to the provisions of paragraph 4, at the moment the consumer accepts the offer and meets the corresponding conditions. ∙ If the consumer has accepted the offer electronically, the entrepreneur will immediately electronically confirm receipt of the acceptance of the offer. As long as the receipt of this acceptance has not been confirmed by the entrepreneur, the consumer can dissolve the agreement. ∙ If the agreement is concluded electronically, the entrepreneur will take appropriate technical and organizational measures to protect the electronic transfer of data and he will ensure a safe web environment. If the consumer can pay electronically, the entrepreneur will observe appropriate security measures. ∙ The entrepreneur can inform himself within legal frameworks - whether the consumer can meet his payment obligations, as well as all those facts and factors that are important for a responsible conclusion of the distance contract. If, on the basis of this investigation, the entrepreneur has good reasons not to enter into the agreement, he is entitled to refuse an order or request, stating reasons, or to attach special conditions to the execution. ∙ At the latest upon delivery of the product, service or digital content to the consumer, the entrepreneur will send the following information, in writing or in such a way that it can be stored by the consumer in an accessible manner on a durable medium ∙ the visiting address of the establishment of the entrepreneur where the consumer can go with complaints; ∙ the conditions under which and the manner in which the consumer can exercise the right of withdrawal, or a clear statement regarding the exclusion of the right of withdrawal; ∙ information about guarantees and existing after-sales service; ∙ the price including all taxes on the product, service or digital content; insofar as applicable the delivery costs; and the method of payment, delivery or implementation of the distance contract; ∙ the requirements for terminating the agreement if the agreement has a duration of more than one year or is indefinite; ∙ if the consumer has a right of withdrawal, the model withdrawal form ∙ In the event of an extended transaction, the provision in the previous paragraph only applies to the first delivery. Article 6 - Right of withdrawal With products: ∙ The consumer can dissolve an agreement with regard to the purchase of a product during a cooling-off period of at least 14 days without giving any reason. The entrepreneur may ask the consumer about the reason for withdrawal, but not oblige him to state his reason (s). ∙ The reflection period referred to in paragraph 1 commences on the day after the consumer, or a third party designated by the consumer in advance, who is not the carrier, has received the product, or: ∙ if the consumer has ordered multiple products in the same order: the day on which the consumer, or a third party designated by him, has received the last product. The entrepreneur may, if he has clearly informed the consumer about this prior to the ordering process, refuse an order for several products with a different delivery time. ∙ if the delivery of a product consists of several shipments or parts: the day on which the consumer, or a third party designated by him, has received the last shipment or the last part; ∙ for contracts for regular delivery of products during a certain period: the day on which the consumer, or a third party designated by him, has received the first product. For services and digital content that is not supplied on a tangible medium: ∙ The consumer can terminate a service agreement and an agreement for the supply of digital content that has not been delivered on a tangible medium for at least 14 days without giving any reason. The entrepreneur may ask the consumer about the reason for withdrawal, but not oblige him to state his reason (s). ∙ The reflection period referred to in paragraph 3 commences on the day following the conclusion of the agreement. Extended reflection period for products, services and digital content that has not been delivered on a tangible medium if you do not inform about the right of withdrawal: ∙ If the entrepreneur has not provided the consumer with the legally required information about the right of withdrawal or the model withdrawal form, the reflection period ends twelve months after the end of the original reflection period determined in accordance with the previous paragraphs of this article. ∙ If the entrepreneur has provided the information referred to in the previous paragraph to the consumer within twelve months after the effective date of the original reflection period, the reflection period will expire 14 days after the day on which the consumer received that information. Article 7 - Obligations of the consumer during the reflection period ∙ During the reflection period, the consumer will handle the product and packaging with care. He will only unpack or use the product to the extent necessary to determine the nature, characteristics and functioning of the product. The starting point is that the consumer may only handle and inspect the product as he should in a store. ∙ The consumer is only liable for depreciation of the product that is the result of a way of handling the product that goes further than allowed in paragraph 1. ∙ The consumer is not liable for depreciation of the product if the entrepreneur has not provided him with all legally required information about the right of withdrawal before or at the conclusion of the agreement. Article 8 - Exercise of the right of withdrawal by the consumer and costs thereof ∙ If the consumer makes use of his right of withdrawal, he will report this to the entrepreneur within the cooling-off period by means of the model withdrawal form or in another unambiguous manner. ∙ As soon as possible, but within 14 days from the day following the notification referred to in paragraph 1, the consumer will return the product, or hand it over to (an authorized representative of) the entrepreneur. This is not necessary if the entrepreneur has offered to collect the product himself. The consumer has in any case observed the return period if he returns the product before the cooling-off period has expired. ∙ The consumer returns the product with all accessories supplied, if reasonably possible in the original condition and packaging, and in accordance with the reasonable and clear instructions provided by the entrepreneur. ∙ The risk and the burden of proof for the correct and timely exercise of the right of withdrawal lies with the consumer. ∙ The consumer bears the direct costs of returning the product. If the entrepreneur has not reported that the consumer must bear these costs or if the entrepreneur indicates to bear the costs himself, the consumer does not have to bear the costs for return. ∙ If the consumer withdraws after first expressly requesting that the provision of the service or the supply of gas, water or electricity that have not been made ready for sale commences in a limited volume or specific quantity, commences during the cooling-off period, the consumer is the entrepreneur. amount due that is proportionate to that part of the obligation that the entrepreneur has fulfilled at the time of withdrawal, compared to the full fulfillment of the obligation. ∙ The consumer does not bear any costs for the performance of services or the supply of water, gas or electricity, which are not made ready for sale in a limited volume or quantity, or for the supply of district heating, if: ∙ the entrepreneur has not provided the consumer with the legally required information about the right of withdrawal, the cost reimbursement in case of withdrawal or the model withdrawal form, or; ∙ the consumer has not explicitly requested the commencement of the execution of the service or the supply of gas, water, electricity or district heating during the reflection period. ∙ The consumer does not bear any costs for the full or partial delivery of digital content not supplied on a tangible medium, if: ∙ prior to delivery, he has not expressly agreed to commence performance of the agreement before the end of the cooling-off period; ∙ he has not acknowledged that he loses his right of withdrawal when giving his consent; or ∙ the entrepreneur has failed to confirm this statement from the consumer. ∙ If the consumer makes use of his right of withdrawal, all additional agreements will be terminated by operation of law. Article 9 - Obligations of the entrepreneur in case of withdrawal ∙ If the entrepreneur makes the notification of withdrawal by the consumer electronically possible, he will immediately send a confirmation of receipt after receipt of this notification. ∙ The entrepreneur reimburses all payments from the consumer, including any delivery costs charged by the entrepreneur for the returned product, without delay, but within 14 days following the day on which the consumer reports the withdrawal. Unless the entrepreneur offers to collect the product himself, he may wait with repayment until he has received the product or until the consumer demonstrates that he has returned the product, whichever is earlier. ∙ The entrepreneur uses the same payment method that the consumer has used for reimbursement, unless the consumer agrees to a different method. The refund is free of charge for the consumer. ∙ If the consumer has opted for a more expensive method of delivery than the cheapest standard delivery, the entrepreneur does not have to reimburse the additional costs for the more expensive method. Article 10 - Exclusion of right of withdrawal The entrepreneur can exclude the following products and services from the right of withdrawal, but only if the entrepreneur has clearly stated this in the offer, at least in time for the conclusion of the agreement: ∙ Products or services of which the price is subject to fluctuations in the financial market on which the entrepreneur has no influence and which can occur within the withdrawal period; ∙ Agreements concluded during a public auction. A public auction means a sales method in which products, digital content and / or services are offered by the entrepreneur to the consumer who is personally present or who is given the opportunity to be personally present at the auction, under the supervision of an auctioneer, and whereby the successful bidder is obliged to purchase the products, digital content and / or services; ∙ Service contracts, after full performance of the service, but only if: ∙ execution has begun with the express prior consent of the consumer; and ∙ the consumer has declared that he loses his right of withdrawal as soon as the entrepreneur has fully executed the agreement; ∙ Package travel as referred to in Article 7: 500 BW and passenger transport contracts; ∙ Service contracts for the provision of accommodation, if the contract provides for a specific date or period of performance and other than for residential purposes, freight transport, car rental services and catering; ∙ Agreements related to leisure activities, if the agreement provides for a specific date or period of implementation; ∙ Products manufactured according to the consumer's specifications, which are not prefabricated and which are manufactured on the basis of an individual choice or decision of the consumer, or which are clearly intended for a specific person; ∙ Products that spoil quickly or have a limited shelf life; ∙ Sealed products that are not suitable for return for reasons of health protection or hygiene and of which the seal has been broken after delivery; ∙ Products that by their nature are irrevocably mixed with other products; ∙ Alcoholic drinks, the price of which was agreed when the contract was concluded, but the delivery of which can only take place after 30 days, and the actual value of which depends on market fluctuations over which the entrepreneur has no influence; ∙ Sealed audio, video recordings and computer software, of which the seal was broken after delivery; ∙ Newspapers, magazines or magazines, with the exception of subscriptions to these; ∙ The delivery of digital content other than on a tangible medium, but only if: ∙ execution has begun with the express prior consent of the consumer; and ∙ the consumer has declared that he will lose his right of withdrawal. Article 11 - The price ∙ During the period of validity stated in the offer, the prices of the products and / or services offered will not be increased, except for price changes as a result of changes in VAT rates. ∙ Contrary to the previous paragraph, the entrepreneur can offer products or services whose prices are subject to fluctuations in the financial market and over which the entrepreneur has no influence, with variable prices. This link to fluctuations and the fact that any stated prices are target prices are stated in the offer. ∙ Price increases within 3 months after the conclusion of the agreement are only permitted if they are the result of statutory regulations or provisions. ∙ Price increases from 3 months after the conclusion of the agreement are only permitted if the entrepreneur has stipulated this and: a. they are the result of statutory regulations or provisions; or b. the consumer is authorized to terminate the agreement with effect from the day on which the price increase takes effect. ∙ The prices stated in the offer of products or services include VAT. Article 12 - Fulfillment of the agreement and additional guarantee ∙ The entrepreneur guarantees that the products and / or services comply with the agreement, the specifications stated in the offer, the reasonable requirements of reliability and / or usability and the legal provisions existing on the date of the conclusion of the agreement and / or government regulations. If agreed, the entrepreneur also guarantees that the product is suitable for other than normal use. ∙ An additional guarantee provided by the entrepreneur, his supplier, manufacturer or importer never limits the legal rights and claims that the consumer can assert against the entrepreneur under the agreement if the entrepreneur has failed to fulfill his part of the agreement. ∙ An extra guarantee is understood to mean any obligation of the entrepreneur, his supplier, importer or producer in which he grants the consumer certain rights or claims that go beyond what he is legally obliged to do in case he has failed to fulfill his part of the agreement. . Article 13 - Delivery and implementation ∙ The entrepreneur will take the greatest possible care when receiving and implementing orders for products and when assessing applications for the provision of services. ∙ The place of delivery is the address that the consumer has made known to the entrepreneur. ∙ With due observance of what is stated in article 4 of these general terms and conditions, the entrepreneur will execute accepted orders expeditiously, but at the latest within 30 days, unless a different delivery period has been agreed. If delivery is delayed, or if an order cannot or only partially be executed, the consumer will be notified of this no later than 30 days after placing the order. In that case, the consumer has the right to dissolve the contract without costs and the right to any compensation. ∙ After dissolution in accordance with the previous paragraph, the entrepreneur will immediately refund the amount that the consumer has paid. ∙ The risk of damage and / or loss of products rests with the entrepreneur until the moment of delivery to the consumer or a pre-designated and representative announced to the entrepreneur, unless expressly agreed otherwise. ∙ If an international shipment has not been delivered within 35 days, the consumer must contact us, stating the order number, to make a claim / complaint. EU shipments require a response within 20 days. Article 14 - Duration transactions: duration, cancellation and extension Cancellation: ∙ The consumer can terminate an agreement that has been concluded for an indefinite period and which extends to the regular delivery of products (including electricity) or services, subject to the agreed cancellation rules and a notice period of no more than one month. ∙ The consumer can terminate a contract that has been concluded for a definite period and that extends to the regular delivery of products (including electricity) or services, at any time towards the end of the fixed term, with due observance of the agreed cancellation rules and a notice period of at least top one month. ∙ The consumer can the agreements mentioned in the previous paragraphs: ∙ cancel at any time and not be limited to cancellation at a specific time or in a specific period; ∙ at least cancel in the same way as they have been entered into by him; ∙ always cancel with the same notice period as the entrepreneur has stipulated for himself. Extension: A contract that has been concluded for a definite period and that extends to the regular delivery of products (including electricity) or services may not be automatically extended or renewed for a fixed period.Contrary to the previous paragraph, a contract that has been entered into for a definite period and that extends to the regular delivery of daily news and weekly newspapers and magazines may be tacitly renewed for a limited period of up to three months, if the consumer has this extended contract for a can terminate the extension with a notice period of up to one month.A contract that has been concluded for a definite period and that extends to the regular delivery of products or services may only be extended tacitly for an indefinite period if the consumer can cancel at any time with a notice period of no more than one month. The notice period is a maximum of three months if the agreement extends to the regular, but less than once a month, delivery of daily, news and weekly newspapers and magazines.An agreement with a limited duration to the regular delivery of daily, news and weekly newspapers and magazines (trial or introductory subscription) is not tacitly continued and ends automatically after the trial or introductory period.Expensive: If an agreement has a duration of more than one year, the consumer may cancel the agreement at any time with a notice period of no more than one month, unless the reasonableness and fairness oppose cancellation before the end of the agreed duration.Article 15 - Payment Unless otherwise stipulated in the agreement or additional conditions, the amounts owed by the consumer must be paid within 14 days after the start of the reflection period, or in the absence of a reflection period within 14 days after the conclusion of the agreement. In the event of an agreement to provide a service, this period commences on the day after the consumer has received confirmation of the agreement.When selling products to consumers, the consumer may never be obliged to pay more than 50% in advance in general terms and conditions. When prepayment has been stipulated, the consumer cannot assert any rights regarding the execution of the relevant order or service (s) before the stipulated prepayment has taken place.The consumer has the duty to report inaccuracies in payment details provided or stated to the entrepreneur without delay.If the consumer does not meet his payment obligation (s) in time, after he has been informed by the entrepreneur of the late payment and the entrepreneur has granted the consumer a period of 14 days to still meet his payment obligations, after the failure to pay within this 14-day period, statutory interest is due on the amount still owed and the entrepreneur is entitled to charge the extrajudicial collection costs incurred by him. These collection costs amount to a maximum of: 15% on outstanding amounts up to € 2,500; 10% on the next € 2,500 and 5% on the next € 5,000 with a minimum of € 40. The entrepreneur can deviate from the aforementioned amounts and percentages for the benefit of the consumer.Article 16 - Complaints procedure The entrepreneur has a well-publicized complaints procedure and handles the complaint in accordance with this complaints procedure.Complaints about the implementation of the agreement must be submitted fully and clearly described to the entrepreneur within a reasonable time after the consumer has discovered the defects.Complaints submitted to the entrepreneur will be answered within a period of 14 days from the date of receipt. If a complaint requires a foreseeable longer processing time, the entrepreneur will reply within the period of 14 days with a notice of receipt and an indication when the consumer can expect a more detailed answer.The consumer must in any case give the entrepreneur 4 weeks to resolve the complaint by mutual agreement. After this period, a dispute arises that is subject to the dispute resolution.Article 17 - Disputes Only Dutch law applies to agreements between the entrepreneur and the consumer to which these general terms and conditions apply.Article 18 - Additional or different stipulations Additional or deviating provisions from these general terms and conditions may not be to the detriment of the consumer and must be recorded in writing or in such a way that they can be stored by the consumer in an accessible manner on a durable data carrier.

Terms and Conditions Rental

TERMS AND CONDITIONS RENTAL CANYONZONEArticle 1. Object of this agreement These terms and conditions relate to the rental of the goods mentioned in the rental agreement, with the accessories/accessories mentioned therein, which is concluded between the lessor CanyonZone located in Zutphen and on the other hand a natural or legal person named in the agreement, hereinafter referred to as the tenant.Article 2. Offers and reservations 2.1 The quotations made by CanyonZone are without obligation but have a limited validity as stated on the quotation. 2.2 A reservation placed by the tenant has the same status as entering into a rental agreement. Changes until the start of the rental period are permitted, if, however, half or more of the rental value is canceled, the provisions as referred to in Article 18 apply.Article 3. Rental price 3.1 Rental prices are calculated per day. The day of collection / sending and the day of return are both calculated in the rental period. 3.2 A weekly price applies for the first week, after that a reduced renewal day price is calculated. A daily rate applies for rental periods shorter than 5 days. 3.3 Members of the Dutch Canyoning Bond (NCB) and Speleo Netherlands are entitled to a 10% discount on the total rental amount, only upon presentation of a valid membership card. This discount does not apply to the deposit, shipping costs, repair or cleaning costs.Article 4. Creditworthiness Each rental agreement entered into with CanyonZone contains the resolutive condition that CanyonZone will prove to have sufficient creditworthiness on the part of the renter, this at its sole discretion.Article 5. Term of the agreement 5.1 This rental agreement is concluded for a definite period of time, calculated from the collection date up to and including the return date as stated in the rental agreement, unless otherwise agreed. 5.2 When determining the duration of the agreement, a part of the day counts as a whole day. 5.3 When determining the duration of the agreement, Sundays and public holidays within the rental period are always included. Rent is also payable on this. CanyonZone may be closed on Sundays and public holidays.Article 6. Delivery and return 6.1 The tenant must collect the rented goods himself and return them to CanyonZone on the end date of the rental agreement, unless the parties have expressly agreed that CanyonZone will be responsible for bringing and/or returning the rented goods. In addition, the tenant must ensure that CanyonZone can reach the location where the rented item must be delivered/picked up via a passable road. If CanyonZone is responsible for bringing and/or returning the rented item, this will be at the expense of the tenant, unless expressly agreed otherwise in writing. If the assistance/cooperation promised by the tenant is not available upon delivery, the resulting additional costs will be charged to the tenant and CanyonZone reserves the right to unilaterally terminate the agreement without prejudice to its right to compensation. 6.2 If the date for return of the goods is exceeded, the renter owes CanyonZone an immediately due and payable fine, which cannot be mitigated, equal to the expired rental periods, without prejudice to CanyonZone's right to further compensation. 6.3 If the rented goods are returned or sent back earlier than the pre-agreed rental period, no refund of the rental price can be given.Article 7. Shipping and returns 7.1 If CanyonZone has committed itself towards the tenant to have the rented goods delivered to the tenant through an external carrier, CanyonZone will strive to adhere to the agreed delivery period as accurately as possible. To this end, CanyonZone will timely offer the goods to the external carrier for shipment. However, CanyonZone does not accept any liability for damages or consequential damages as a result of delayed delivery or loss of goods at the hands of the external carrier. 7.2 The lessee is obliged to provide the carrier with sufficient opportunity for the timely delivery of the leased property for the goods sent at his request. 7.3 In case of return of goods to CanyonZone, the return date is set one day after the renter has handed over the goods to a forwarder within the Netherlands. The date as stated by the carrier or stated on the carrier's original shipping receipts is decisive.Article 8. Complaints and inspection of the good condition of the goods 8.1 Immediately after delivery of the goods, the lessee is obliged to inspect them thoroughly for defects or deviations from the expected pattern. If anything should be incorrect, CanyonZone must immediately inform the renter in writing. If the tenant does not immediately (within 24 hours) after the day of delivery point out to CanyonZone defects that could be noticed during a thorough investigation, the client is deemed to agree with the condition in which the rented item was delivered or delivered and lapses. any right to advertising. 8.2 CanyonZone must be able to check submitted complaints. In case of agreement on the advertising, a written statement will be drawn up. 8.3 If the complaint is correct in the opinion of CanyonZone, CanyonZone will either pay fair compensation up to the invoice value of the rented goods, or replace the rented goods free of charge after they have been returned in their original condition.Article 9. Tenant obligations 9.1 The tenant is obliged to use the rented goods only in accordance with the provisions of this rental agreement and in particular to: a: To treat the rented goods in accordance with the operating, safety and other regulations as determined by the manufacturer; b: Not to make any changes to the rented goods; c: to provide CanyonZone with access to the rented goods at all times; d: To reject claims from third parties on the rented goods and to indemnify CanyonZone; e: Exclude subletting and making available to third parties with the written permission of CanyonZone. 9.2 The tenant must take care of the following at his own expense and risk: a: The necessary experience and expertise for the responsible application of the rented equipment. (such as professional guidance, training and education certificates, etc.) b: Correct manner of storage, transport and protection against adverse external influences, as well as excessive wear.Article 10. Payment 10.1 Upon collection of the goods, full payment including the deposit and any cleaning costs must be paid. The payment obligation can only be met by cash or PIN payment, unless otherwise agreed in writing. 10.2 When sending the goods, full payment including the deposit, shipping costs and any cleaning costs must be transferred to CanyonZone's account, no later than 5 days prior to the rental period as stated on the rental agreement.Article 11. Deposit 11.1 The tenant is obliged, before he takes delivery of the rented goods, to give CanyonZone a deposit to be determined by him. 11.2 CanyonZone reserves the right to compensate expired rental periods with the deposit, as well as the costs of repair/cleaning as referred to in article “Cancellation/dissolution” paragraph 2. 11.3 CanyonZone is obliged to return this deposit to the tenant upon termination of the rental contract, if at that time the tenant has fulfilled all his obligations towards the landlord.Article 12. Insurance The tenant bears the full risk and responsibility of the rented goods during the time that they are made available to the tenant and the tenant will, if necessary, insure the goods and keep them insured against damage due to war, loss, theft, damage or fire.Article 13. Damage and defects 13.1 The renter is obliged to report any damage or defects to the rented property immediately to CanyonZone. The renter may not carry out repairs without the permission of CanyonZone. Changes and/or repairs to the rented goArticle 14. Liability 14.1 CanyonZone is in principle not liable for damage caused to himself and/or to third parties directly or indirectly as a result of the use of the rented goods. The renter will indemnify CanyonZone against all claims by himself and/or third parties in this regard. 14.2 The tenant is personally liable for all charges, taxes and fines arising from the use of the rented property by him or by third parties,Article 15. Repair If repairs are necessary as a result of improper handling, repairs by third parties, the use of unsuitable accessories, or any other cause that cannot be regarded as normal wear and tear, the costs thereof will be charged separately and additionally to the tenant.Article 16. Replacement If the renter is unable, for whatever reason, to return the rented goods to CanyonZone (or have them returned), the renter must pay CanyonZone compensation to be determined by him, in the amount of the sales value of the rented goods. Article 17. Tenant's notification obligations 17.1 The tenant must inform CanyonZone without delay if the tenant's movable or immovable property is seized, the rented goods mentioned in the agreement or if the property rights of CanyonZone are threatened in any other way. The same applies in the event of bankruptcy of the tenant, if the tenant applies for a moratorium or has suspended payment for any other reason. 17.2 If a case such as referred to in the previous paragraph of this article arises, the tenant is obliged to immediately allow the attaching bailiff, the curator or administrator to inspect the present agreement.Article 18. Cancellation If the tenant cancels and has not yet made use of the items made available to him, he owes the following compensation. The compensation amounts to: -in case of cancellation more than 7 days before the start date of the rental period: €12.50 administration costs. -in case of cancellation up to 2 days before the start date of the rental period: 50% of the total price. -in case of cancellation within 2 days before the start date of the rental period: 100% of the total price.Article 19. Termination/dissolution 19.1 If the tenant defaults on any obligation, CanyonZone is authorized to consider the rental agreement dissolved without notice of default with immediate effect and without judicial intervention. 19.2 Upon termination of this agreement, the rented goods will be made available to CanyonZone again in the same condition in which they were provided and fully cleaned. If it turns out that the goods show defects or are damaged, or that the lessee has not cleaned the goods or has not cleaned them properly, the lessor is entitled to charge the lessee for the repair or cleaning costs. 19.3 In the case of rental agreements for an indefinite period, both parties can terminate with immediate effect. Termination by the tenant can only take place by returning the rented goods to CanyonZone. If the parties have agreed that CanyonZone will collect the rented goods from the tenant upon termination of this agreement, the tenant must observe a notice period of at least 24 hours. 19.4 If the rental agreement ends on the basis of the provisions of the first paragraph of this article, CanyonZone is entitled to claim an amount as fixed compensation for loss of profits equal to the remaining rental periods which would have expired until the end of the rental contract, without prejudice to the right of the lessor for further compensation.Article 20. Changes Changes and additions to this agreement are only valid if agreed in writing. Oral ancillary agreements, even if they were made before the conclusion of this agreement, are not valid insofar as they conflict with the above provisions.Article 21. Applicable law All agreements and/or actions performed by CanyonZone are exclusively governed by Dutch law; these agreements and/or acts are deemed to have been concluded or performed in the Netherlands.Article 22. Disputes All disputes arising from the agreements concluded between the parties, including the single collection of the amount owed, will be brought before the Civil Court of CanyonZone's place of business, if the latter so wishes, insofar as the Civil Court is legally authorized to do so. is. These terms and conditions have been drawn up by Vertical Adventure / CanyonZone., version 01-2021. No rights can be derived from the information contained herein.

Wise (was TransferWise)

Send, spend, and receive money around the world at the real exchange rate. It is cheaper to transfer money with Wise than PayPalLet me invite you if you don't have an account yet, mail to info@canyonzone.nl For more information, see the Wise homepage (was TransferWise)

CanyonZone Knowledge Base

The CanyonZone knowledge base is divided into a number of categories under which you will find various articles. Where applicable, each article contains links to relevant pages / articles on our website.CanyonZone's knowledge base wants to help you make good choices when purchasing and using your canyoning, caving, or other articles that you want to use in your outdoor sports. A number of terms that are used in canyoning and caving are also explained / described. If desired, also see the FAQ or let us know what information you are missingCategories - General canyoning and caving equipment - Canyoning - Caving - Via Ferrata / Klettersteig - Specific for companies - Technical terms for canyoning and caving (speleology / potholing)

Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment

SPECIFIC INFORMATION AND SELECTION HELP REGARDING GENERAL CANYONING AND CAVING EQUIPMENT, THE CHOICE AND USE OF THIS OUTDOOR SPORTS EQUIPMENT.Where applicable, each article contains links to relevant pages/articles on the CanyonZone website. If desired, also see FAQ or report to us what information you are missing. The information is listed as "articles", see descriptions below.CanyonZone Overview Knowledge Base: Go Back.

Lifetime Canyoning and Caving Equipment!

Modern outdoor sports equipment is safe and reliable. At a certain point, however, you as a user will be faced with the question whether a certain piece of equipment is still safe to continue to use. It is not easy to give a simple answer. Wear and aging largely depend on how and how often you use material. Only one thing is certain, everything wears out and nothing lasts forever. CanyonZone indicates here are indicators that you as an outdoor athlete should pay attention to carabiners, belay devices, etc and belts, ropes, strap loops, etc. Standards for outdoor sports articlesOutdoor sports equipment intended to protect your life (ropes, helmets, kits, etc.) may only be sold in the European Economic Area (EEA) if it complies with European regulations for personal protective equipment (abbreviated PPE, PSA in German) is sufficient. There are three categories of PPE.Category 1 is for products that protect our body, but not against life-threatening things e.g. sunglasses, disposable gloves and rain suits Category 2 products are cut resistant safety gloves, safety glasses and safety helmets. Category 3, the strictest category in terms of safety, intended to protect against falls. This includes climbing and mountaineering equipment.Standards of category 3 PPE prescribe, among other things, what a product must meet in terms of strength and safety in use. For example, by describing that the manufacturer provides instructions for use with the product, which points out the correct use and which contains an indication of the maximum lifespan. Also, each product must have a label with code/identification so that the product is traceable and the user can see how old it is. There are also UIAA standards. These basically date from the time before the EN standards. UIAA standards are not mandatory and are sometimes slightly stricter than EN standards. The CE mark on a product is a declaration of conformity (Conformité Européenne), which indicates that the manufacturer complies with the European Standards (EN) that apply to the specific piece of equipment. The manufacturer of PPE that falls under category 3 must have this declaration of conformity carried out by an independent inspection institute. However, if you want to assess whether a specific piece of equipment is still safe at a time X after purchase, it is not enough to check the label. The maximum service life specified by the manufacturer logically says nothing about wear and tear due to use. It is only a statement that the material properties at least meet the requirements of the standard for a certain period of time. During that time, the manufacturer shall be liable for any failure of the attachment resulting from normatively proper use. The manufacturer must also initiate recall actions within the minimum service life prescribed by the standard if there is reason to do so. The rate at which wear occurs depends on so many factors that it cannot be predicted by the manufacturer. One user will only use his or her material a few times a year, while the other may use it daily under harsh conditions. When the minimum safety margin due to use and wear has been exceeded, it will have to be determined by the user. In exceptional cases, this can already be the case after a single use! Personal vs Professional The outdoor athlete must assess for himself how long the material can last. The maximum service life specified by the manufacturer is an important guideline. Periodically check critical wear points (often specified by the manufacturer). Using common sense, you can then assess whether a specific piece of equipment can still be used or not. However, anyone who manages and lends/rents climbing and mountaineering equipment on a commercial basis as a company or in an association, logically has a greater duty of care. You must then strictly adhere to the maximum lifespan specified by the manufacturer. As a (semi) professional engaged in material management in outdoor sports, you should be aware of the requirements of a PPE check and should be able to perform it or know where this check can be performed. Inextricably linked to this are visual and haptic checks of wear-sensitive parts in the lending process, as well as checks according to a predetermined time schedule. Which points must be checked and when during such checks depends on the specific product. Many manufacturers have drawn up guidelines for this and/or offer training courses. What do you do with your own material if it has been in the closet for a long time and has not been used? The advice to blindly rely on the lifespan as stated by the manufacturer is too simple. Unused material lasts quite a long time, after all, it is the use that leads to wear. It is therefore better to have nuanced advice to think carefully about whether your material can still be used or not. That is better in terms of durability and better for your wallet. You may keep a larger margin for personal use than for (semi-)commercial use. Don't overdo it, because your own safety and that of your fellow travelers depends on the quality of your material. Lifespan Outdoor Sports Dry and Wet Suits The wear and tear of a Canyoning Wetsuit / Wetsuit, Canyoning Drysuit / Undersuit, Speleology Suits / Overall, Speleology Undersuits often consists of the thinning of the fabrics and ∙ Ripped sleeves/legs ∙ Hole/tear in a wetsuit ∙ Broken zipper ∙ Velcro no longer works causing the functions to be lost. This does not mean that immediate replacement is necessary. You may be able to carry out minor repairs yourselfFor the repair options see: Repair, adjustment and tailoring of material Lifespan Carabiners and Belay DevicesIn the past, metal hardware was not marked with a maximum lifespan. Nowadays, this is increasingly the case, especially when it comes to plastic parts or parts prone to wear such as springs or rotating parts. ∙ Generally applies: Store your metal outdoor sports equipment in a dry and clean place. After use at / in the sea, it is wise to rinse your materials with clean water and then dry them; this will rinse the salt from the metal and prevent excessive corrosion. Dirty carabiners can be cleaned with clean water and a brush. Rust and encrusted mud can be removed from a screw thread by screwing open and closed several times under water. Clicking underwater is a good method of getting mud out of the spring mechanism. ∙ CarabinersCarabiners generally have a long life. Except when a (dirty) rope runs through it under tension, for example in a circulation point or when abseiling. In that case, the dirt in the rope can 'eat' a groove in the carabiner in no time. However, a carabiner worn in such a way is still surprisingly strong. You only need to replace a carabiner when the radius of the rope turning point has become smaller than the radius of a new carabiner. ∙ With carabiners, the spring of the snapper can break after prolonged use. As soon as a carabiner no longer closes properly, you have to dispose of it. When a carabiner does not close properly, the breaking strength is only 25 to 40% of the normal value. ∙ Slightly rusted steel carabiners can improve enormously from a bath of petroleum. Carefully rinse off the petroleum. When drying, do not hang steel and aluminum carabiners together to avoid unnecessary corrosion. ∙ Non-slip snappers can be lubricated with a little liquid wax or graphite. Oil attracts dirt and can potentially damage the rope running through the carabiner. ∙ Write off carabiners as:If carabiners do not open and close properly after cleaning or are bent, they must be written off. ∙ Do not use fallen or damaged carabiners again. Never use depreciated carabiners as a material suspension point. When mixed up, this can lead to life-threatening situations. ∙ The strap loops of sets generally wear out faster than the carabiners. Change the strap loop after a maximum of 10 years and earlier with intensive use, and in any case if they have become fluffy or discolored. ∙ Belay devicesBelay devices hardly wear out with normal use. An exception is when belaying or abseiling is done with a very dirty rope. This can cause wear on the rope loop points. In the case of tubers, the sides of the slots through which the rope passes can become very thin and sharp. Then replace the device with a new one. Lifetime Cams and Nuts / StoppersCams and nuts wear out slowly but steadily with normal use. A fall into an incorrectly or unhappily placed cam or nut can damage or destroy it. Replace nuts or cams if one of the wire rope filaments is broken. Stop using cams if the moving parts can no longer do their job properly. Cam slings should be replaced when they become fluffy. The trigger wires of cams break quite easily. However, they do not have a load-bearing function and luckily you can easily repair trigger wires yourself. Kinked or damaged steel wires are a sign to write off nutsLifespan Pickels, Crampons and Ice Screws∙ Pickels have a long life with normal use. Ice axes have a harder time, especially the thorns when dry-tooled. Do not use a drytool thorn for ice climbing. The mandrel can suddenly break unexpectedly due to the high load during dry tooling. Dangerous when ice climbing! If the thorn of a pickel or ice ax has become blunt, you can sharpen it. Do this by hand so that the material does not become too hot and the material properties are not affected. A little grease on the iron after the winter season prevents rust. Incidentally, a little superficial rust after a year in the closet can do no harm. ∙ Crampons have a hard time with the many movements during walking and climbing. Points or the frame can break and bend the brackets that connect to the shoe. Therefore, check after every trip whether there are cracks in the material and whether the crampons still fit well on your shoes. Crampons should always be stored clean and dry after use. Holes in a crampon bag are not sufficient guarantee that the crampons will dry properly. Blunt points can be filed (by hand) until they are sharp again. Never use an electrically powered sharpening stone to avoid burning the steel. Retains the original point shape when filing. As soon as there are cracks in the frame or the tips, you have to replace the crampons. How to sharpen crampon tips or thorns on ice axes and what responsible wear is before you have to replace the material, you can read in the manufacturer's instructions for use. ∙ Ice srews that have become dull can be sharpened on specialized machines or with a special hand sharpener. Lifetime HelmetsHelmets don't last forever. Certainly not modern lightweight helmets. The plastic of helmets is sensitive to aging due to solar radiation and heat. Do not store helmets in full sun, or leave them behind a car window in full sun. Modern ultra-lightweight expanded polystyrene (EPS/Styrofoam) helmets are also vulnerable to mechanical damage during use and transport. Even with relatively little lateral pressure, the material of the helmet can break. Check your helmet regularly for damage. A break in the EPS is a reason for replacement, just like damage to the attachment of the carrier system. Small dents in the material can do no harm. Manufacturers are now making helmets from expanded polypropylene (EPP). This material is elastic and less sensitive to small dents and scratches. Always replace your helmet after absorbing a major blow or fall. Helmets that show strong discoloration or strange sticking with a different structure or bumps due to overheating should be replaced. Note: Do not put stickers on a helmet to avoid damage by the glue.Lifespan Belts, ropes and belt materialThe lifespan of ropes and other products made of belt material depends on the intensity of use, the aging of the plastic and the influence of solar radiation/temperature on it. There is a big difference in vulnerability between 'round' material such as kernmantel ropes and 'flat' material such as belt material (including slings, sets, belts). The sheath protects the core against aging influences (sunlight, dirt, sharp objects). With belt material, almost the entire material is exposed to harmful influences (light, heat, abrasion). Belt loops are therefore considerably more susceptible to wear than ropes. Fortunately, new belts and ropes are dimensioned in such a way that it takes a very long time before the aging of the material becomes critical. A service life of 10 years is therefore no problem for a belt and rope that is rarely used. In normal use, it is sufficient to observe the critical wear points of belts specified by the manufacturer. With belts, pay particular attention to the point where the belay loop is attached to the leg loops. This point is the first to wear out due to the twisting and abrasive movements of the loops against each other. With ropes, keep an eye on the general condition of the rope. If it is thick and fluffy, the rope runs less smoothly through your belay device and the stretch is also gone for a large part. This stretch is important because it ensures a soft fall and low load on intermediate fuses. Sports climbing ropes wear out fastest at the ends. Do not always climb with the same end, but turn your rope regularly. If you start with an 80m long rope, you can cut a piece of the rope when worn and use the resulting rope for a long time in increasingly shorter routes. Always tie a knot in the end to avoid mistakes due to confusion about the length! Although made of an extremely strong fiber, ultra-lightweight Dyneema strap loops wear out relatively quickly. Dyneema belt loops are therefore not dangerous, but their range of use is limited and you have to check them regularly and replace them if necessary. If a strap loop is very fluffy, it should be replaced. When to replace seat belts?∙ If the protection around the binding point is worn. ∙ If stitching is damaged. ∙ In case of strong discolouration/fading. ∙ If band loops are very fluffy. When to replace ropes?∙ With ropes, you have to pay attention to sheath damage (core visible) and kink points where the tension has been removed from the rope. ∙ If the rope is so fluffy that it no longer passes properly through the belay device. ∙ For detailed information see: Information about rope: selection and maintenance When to replace strap loops?∙ If band loops are very fluffy. ∙ When they have a damage on the side. ∙ In melt burns. ∙ In case of strong discolouration/fading. ∙ If stitching is damaged. ∙ At Dyneema after a maximum of 3 to 5 years. Contact with battery acid/sulphuric acid (and comparable acids) is life-threatening for all rope and belt material - also contact with the vapors of these acids! The acid-affected polyamide becomes brittle and can be broken by hand. Such damage is almost impossible to see with the naked eye. Therefore, always store your climbing gear in a bag and separately from battery tools and batteries. Be careful with transport in cars and storage in garages. How long does fall protection equipment last?Fall protection equipment lasts for a maximum of 10 years from the date of manufacture. Intensive use or delicate environmental factors can shorten that lifespan. If you experience a fall with your fall protection, it is mandatory to replace all parts that have cushioned the fall, even if they do not appear to have suffered damage at first glance. You can extend the life of the material by properly maintaining it and cleaning it regularly with cold, clear water and a mild detergent. Simply scrub with a brush and let it dry in a sufficiently ventilated room or in the open air. Never use a heat source to make your equipment dry faster. Lifespan of outdoor equipment means regular checkingCheck your own equipment regularly and do not hesitate to replace a piece of equipment in a timely manner. It is important for both you and your fellow athlete that you can rely on each other's equipment. What Canyonzone can mean see: Services / Inspection of canyoning caving equipment If, after consulting the (manufacturer) manual, you are in doubt about the readiness for use of your equipment, do not hesitate to contact CanyonZone. Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

How do I maintain my canyoning and caving equipment?

Well-maintained equipment is safer, lasts longer and is less likely to be rejected. Therefore, take good care of your equipment and inspect it regularly or have it inspected (annually). CanyonZone provides advice here for maintaining, marking, cleaning and protecting your canyoning and caving equipment.Your equipment does not have eternal life, especially with items that are part of the PPE fall protection, there is often a maximum lifespan. The only exception to this are steel and aluminum products. Service life is not the same as service life. The useful life depends on how often material is used and the way in which it is used. Lifespan and useful life sometimes differ per manufacturer. Information about this can be found in the product label. Example: Beal ropes* have a maximum lifespan of 15 years and a maximum useful life of 10 years. In other words, you can have a Beal rope "on the shelf" for 5 years without affecting the maximum useful life. Petzl ropes have a maximum life and use life of 10 years.*the maximum lifespan of ropes is often based on occasional use under very clean conditions. In practice, we almost never see a rope that lasts 10 years. Depending on the type of use, the intensity of use and the circumstances (dirt, dust, water, etc.), it is advisable to replace ropes in time. Advice: read the user manual of your product.What causes damage?∙ Wear with normal use ∙ A fall (tearing or stretching of stitching and webbings) ∙ Prolonged exposure to UV radiation ∙ Contact with chemical products (acids, oil, fuel) ∙ Storage in damp or insufficiently ventilated areas ∙ Contact with heat sources (welding shards, gas burners, cigarette butts) ∙ Rough handling (scuffing along walls or against other material; an aluminum carabiner used on a steel lanyard wears very quickly) ∙ Use in dirty conditions (a rope that has been used in a grit environment, for example, will add extra wear to the hardware used with this rope) ∙ Wrong use ∙ Contact with salty sea air Advice: only mark material as permitted. Incorrectly marked can mean rejection of material that needs to be inspected. When does material need to be replaced?An inspection is a snapshot. Before use, always check whether the material is still suitable. You can pay attention to: ∙ Is the item still identifiable (readable label and registration number) ∙ Visible deformations or noticeable wear marks, e.g. kinks in the rope or fluffy belt loops ∙ Loose straps or stitching ∙ Non-cleanable pollution ∙ Melt traces or heating phenomena ∙ The maximum service life specified by the manufacturer ∙ Spots from acids, oils, chemicals or solvents To markBy marking we mean applying a name, coding or, for example, a piece of colored tape for recognition. ∙ Don't: Don't use markers, paint, tape or stickers on any safety parts of your equipment. The chemical properties of these products can affect the structure and strength of nylon and plastic. Do not mark parts that rub against other devices or ropes. Do not remove labels attached to an item. ∙ Do: only mark with suitable means in the areas intended for this purpose. Prevent damage and keep original product markings visible (label, serial number, etc.). Metal: Engraving is not recommended. You can engrave on the frame next to the serial number on some products with an electric engraving pen less than 0.1 mm deep. If necessary, use a little bit of metal paint or tape. Do not mark areas where a rope or other material will pass. Keep product markings visible. Harness: the label of your harness often has space for your name. You can also write your name on a separate label and attach it to your harness with a tie wrap. Marking with adhesive tape is only permitted on comfort parts (parts without a safety function). Prevent a tie wrap or tape from getting in the way when using your harness. Helmet: rather not mark your helmet at all, but otherwise use special helmet stickers without plasticizers. Do not write on your helmet, especially not on the foam or hard helmet shell. There are special transparent helmet stickers. You can stick this on a helmet and then write it on it. Rope: The label of a rope shows the name of the manufacturer, the type of rope, the EN relevant standard, the length and diameter, the identification number, product/model number and (important) the date of manufacture. There are special marker pens without chemicals for applying a center mark. With many ropes, one of the wires in the core of the rope also has a code with information. For rope label see: Rope Accessories Washing your materials∙ Don't: Do not use a pressure washer, degreaser, stain remover or solvent. Do not dry material in the sun or near a heat source such as a radiator or stove. ∙ Do: rinse with cold water or wash with lukewarm water (max. 30 degrees) and PH neutral soap or rope/PPE cleaner. If necessary, use a small brush to remove dirt. Rinse material with clean water after washing. Material got wet? Hang to dry in a well-ventilated area out of direct sunlight. Harness: We prefer hand washing a harness ourselves. Do you want to wash a harness in the washing machine? Then do this at max. 30 degrees, with the delicate washing program, in a thick cloth bag, without spinning and choose the lowest possible speed. Metal parts otherwise damage the washing machine. Ropes: you clean a rope in the same way as a harness, by hand or in the washing machine. A cloth bag is not necessary but recommended because of the knotting of the rope. Keep in mind the weight that your washing machine can handle. There are special rope brushes and PPE cleaners without plasticizers. A dirty rope can damage other material, accelerate wear (greatly) and reduce the braking effect of devices. That's why keeping your rope clean is important. For example, use a rope bag to prevent unnecessary soiling. Metal: rinse or wash with water at a maximum temperature of 30 degrees and a suitable PPE cleaner or PH neutral soap. Of course, you don't throw metal in the washing machine. Also be careful with high pressure: you can blow away the necessary oil/lubrication. Advice: rope very dirty? Wash it before your next use. Storing and transporting your material∙ Don't: Do not store your rope near sharp objects or near grit, dust, sand, etc. Do not store heavy carabiners or other hardware near helmets and visors because of the risk of damage to both interior and exterior work. ∙ Do: store material in a well-ventilated place out of direct sunlight. Keep material away from corrosive (corrosive) substances such as chemicals, batteries and seawater or salty sea air. Be careful with damp areas or waterproof bags/containers because of mold. Ideal is a humidity between 45-65% at a temperature of 10 – 20 degrees Celsius. Use a special protective cover for your helmet and visor. Advice: keep equipment organized and tidy so that you don't accidentally step on it or spill something. Lubricate carabinersUse Kong Teflon Oil, sewing machine oil or graphite powder. Clean oil residue well so that it does not transfer to plastic parts, strap loops or ropes. We know that techies like to use WD40, but we don't recommend it for lubricating carabiners. WD40 can dry out the hinge and spring and accelerate wear. Plunge pool semi-static ropesBefore first use, soak a semi-static rope in water for 24 hours and allow the rope to dry slowly (not in the dryer, not in the sun and not near a heat source). Semi-static ropes shrink by a maximum of 5% upon first contact with water. After this immersion bath you immediately have your 'final rope length'. It is therefore sometimes useful to order a longer rope than you initially have in mind. In addition, the sheath of new ropes is usually very slippery due to various chemicals used during production. After the plunge, the rope is a bit stiff, giving you a better grip and thus control over the maneuvers you are going to perform. For more extensive advice regarding ropes see: Information about rope: choice and maintenance.Advice: Use rope guards to protect a rope from heat and chafing against sharp or rough surfaces. Material protection tips Petzl (English) Would you like to delve a little deeper into the themes of lifespan and wear? Then watch this Petzl video (17:45 minutes/English). FAQ overview: Go back.

Why is inspecting your (outdoor sports) equipment important?

If the maximum age to use the item has passed or if there is damage, you will not be covered by insurance if you continue to use it in the event of an accident, since "unsafe" material has been used. For more insight into the requirements for readiness for use and lifespan, you can / I recommend Lifetime Canyoning and Caving equipment! to consult. The use of your material causes wear and tear and replacement is necessary. For a number of articles, specialist knowledge is necessary to determine the readiness for use. You can contact us for the inspection of the following materials, among others:∙ Harnesses ∙ Ascenders - descenders ∙ Fall protection lines ∙ Fall arrest blocks ∙ Carabiners - quick draws ∙ Slings and webbing loops ∙ Helmets ∙ Shock absorbers - Via Ferrata / Klettersteig sets ∙ Fall arrest devices ∙ (Temporary) lifelines ∙ Ropes If you want your equipment checked, see: Inspection of canyoning and caving equipment. Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

What are suitable luggage and travel bags for outdoor sports?

Not all luggage, travel and sports bags are suitable for outdoor sports. In the Canyonzone range we have included bags / articles that are suitable for canyoning, caving, via ferrata or other outdoor activities. See: Luggage / Travel Bags, Canyoning Backpacks & Bags & duffels, Caving Bags & Backpacks Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

Can you safely pass a via ferrata with caving equipment, especially the lanyards?

Short answer to that question is NO, this is not safe! Why not? A caving harness has a much lower attachment point (your delta is your attachment point) than a climbing harness. In addition, your lanyards are not made for use on a via ferrata route. A via ferrata will often not only be a horizontal route. And that is exactly what makes the difference when using your lifelines or a via ferrata set. A via ferrata set is actually a set of double lanyards with a fall absorber in between. And the shock absorber is essential for making the via ferrata in case things go wrong. If for some reason you let go / fall on a diagonal or vertically a bit of climbing in the route, a Fall Factor of 2 can be possible (which is what your normal caving lanyards can handle). When the force is released, the shock absorber in your via ferrata set is activated and the tire material tears out to absorb the force (instead of your body). If you do this with your caving equipment lanyards there is a very good chance that your lanyards will break or that the full blow will come to your body with your back breaking very large or both combined with even greater consequences (up to death) . And especially if you use the speleo belt, the tipping point is so low that you have a good chance of hanging upside down if you make a small fall, which can also create a difficult situation. For more information regarding Via Ferrata see CanyonZone's Knowledge Base Via Ferrata / Klettersteig. Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

What is suitable undergarments for canyoning and/or caving?

When do you wear thermal clothing for canyoning and caving? Thermal clothing is another name for thermal underwear Thermal clothing is invaluable if you are going to do activities in cold or warm weather conditions. You must be able to see the value of this clothing (if you are still in doubt about this). It is wise to wear thermal clothing when it is around ten degrees above zero. When you stand still you cool down quickly and you can otherwise suffer from hypothermia.It is up to you whether and which thermal clothing you will use. What is thermal clothing?You always wear thermal clothing directly on the skin. This strengthens the function of thermal clothing. If you start wearing layers under the thermal clothing, it completely loses its function. Under warm weather conditions, thermal clothing provides cooling and under cold weather conditions you stay nice and warm with thermal clothing. Thermal clothing consists of merino wool or synthetic material.What is thermal clothing made of?Thermal clothing is made of different materials, mostly plastic is used. Plastics such as polyester absorb little moisture and are extremely suitable for dissipating sweat to the outside. Sometimes polyester is combined with polyamide, a similar plastic. Polyamide is slightly stronger and more dimensionally stable than polyester, but also very elastic. Another plastic that is often added is elastane, which provides stretch. Some brands choose to process merino wool in thermal underwear. Merino wool, like polyester, is very suitable for thermal clothing. The material insulates, breathes and does not itch. Another great advantage of merino wool is that it is odorless, making it perfect for longer trips where you can't take too much clothes with you.How does thermal clothing work for canyoning and caving?Just to be clear: thermal clothing only works if you move. So you don't immediately get warm when you put on thermal clothing. It only starts working once you start moving. You get the most out of thermal clothing if you let your body do the work. Moving around will make you warm. And because of the heat that your body gives off, the thermal clothing can do its job. But what is the biggest advantage of thermal clothing? Compared to other clothing, thermal clothing retains heat, but does transport moisture (i.e. sweat). So you won't get a wet back and you want to avoid that if you want to stay nice and warm.Is all thermal clothing the same? No. It really depends on what activity you are going to do. The thicker the thermal clothing and the more active the activity, the warmer you get.Do I only wear thermal clothing?You can put on different layers, but you should always keep in mind that the thermal clothing is worn against the skin. On top of that you can wear your canyoning or caving suit. You can take the 3-layer system into account here.The 3 layer system for clothing The 3 layer system consists of, yes.. it's really true: 3 layers, namely:∙ The bottom layer ∙ The Intermediate Layer ∙ And the outer layer The bottom layerThe bottom layer is the layer where you wear thermal clothing. This layer ensures sweat wicking, keeping the skin nice and dry. There is thermal underwear suitable for the winter, but also for the summer. Most thermal clothing can be used in both situations, but there is also thermal underwear especially for cold or warm weather.The Intermediate Layer The sweat wicking of the bottom layer is further removed by the intermediate layer. In addition, the intermediate layer serves as a kind of insulation. Clothing that can be worn in the middle layer is a sports shirt or fleece. The outer layer Are you still cold or do you want to protect yourself against certain weather conditions? Then you can put on a 3rd layer, the outer layer. Think of this layer as a canyon wetsuit or caving suit that protects in the cold. Does CanyonZone recommend thermal clothing for canyoning and caving?Yes absolutely! Thermal clothing is indispensable for various activities! For questions feel free to contact us. Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

Which gloves to use in wet and cold (work) environments?

Canyonzone has neoprene gloves and Wonder Grip work gloves in its range. The WonderGrip thermo Plus gloves are in my opinion wonderfully warm gloves and better suited for canyoning and caving than neoprene, as long as the size fits your hands well. We have found these gloves after extensive search and testing, as neoprene gloves are quite a bit more expensive and there are complaints about the wear from time to time. The Wonder Grip gloves are a whole lot cheaper where you can buy 3-4 pairs for the price of a pair of neoprene gloves. Keeping in mind that gloves are really a consumable as your rope runs through them when rappelling, you should assume that gloves don't last forever and the wear and tear depends very much on the user and the rope used. FAQ overview: Go back.

How do you determine the size of your foot?

If you don't know what size shoes to buy, you can follow these steps: 1. Draw a straight line longer than your foot on a piece of paper. 2. Place the paper on a flat surface. Stand on the line with your heel and longest toe centered on the line. If you are measuring a child's foot, it may be easier to hold the paper against the foot. 3. Mark the line at the tip of your longest toe and the back of your heel. 4. Repeat steps 1-3 for your other foot. 5. Measure the distance between the two lines. Take the longest distance and use the conversion table to determine the correct shoe size.Note: the shoe sizes in the tables are those without taking socks into account. If you wear narrower or wider shoes in everyday life, see: Which shoe size do I need? Size chart shoes UKEUUSmanUSladyMondopoint /in mmJapan (cm) 2 34,5 3 3,5 220 22,0 2,5 35 3,5 4 225 22,5 3 35,5 4 4,5 227,5 22,8 3,5 36 4,5 5 230 23,0 4 37 5 5,5 235 23,5 4,5 37,5 5,5 6 240 24,0 5 38 6 6,5 245 24,5 5,5 39 6,5 7 250 25,0 6 39,5 7 7,5 252,5 25,3 6,5 40 7,5 8 255 25,5 7 41 8 8,5 260 26,0 7,5 41,5 8,5 9 265 26,5 8 42 9 9,5 270 27,0 8,5 42,5 9,5 10 275 27,5 9 43 10 10,5 280 28,0 9,5 44 10,5 11 282,5 28,3 UKEUUSmanUSladyMondopoint /in mmJapan (cm) 10 44,5 11 11,5 285 28,5 10,5 45 11,5 290 29,0 11 46 12 295 29,5 11,5 46,5 12,5 300 30,0 12 47 13 305 30,5 12,5 48 13,5 307,5 30,8 13 48,5 14 310 31,0 13,5 49 14,5 315 31,5 14 49,5 15 320 32,0 14,5 50,5 15,5 325 32,5 15 51 16 330 33,0 15,5 51,5 16,5 335 33,5 16 52 17 337,5 33,8 16,5 52,5 17,5 340 34,0 17 53 18 345 34,5 UKEUUSmanUSladyMondopoint /in mmJapan (cm) Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

Which shoe size do I need?

To determine that, we first need to establish when your shoes, in general, fit most people best. The shoe size is related to the length of the foot. Not only the right shoe size (ie shoe length), but also the right shoe width determines the wearing comfort of a shoe. When determining the ratio between the length and width of the shoe, the shoe industry uses averages. With wide or narrow shoes, a letter is often added to the shoe size (E, G, H, K or M).Foot Length: CHOOSING THE RIGHT LENGTH SIZEMost shoes run true to size. Furthermore: ∙ If you normally wear half sizes, but the model is only available in full sizes, please order the next larger size. ∙ If one foot is larger than the other, always choose the size of the larger foot. Then use forefoot insoles. ∙ If the (comfort) shoe is one last wider than you normally wear, for example an H-last instead of your usual G-last, take half a size smaller (see below for an explanation of the width measurements). If you are not sure about your size, you can measure your foot with centimeters as shown in the foot measurement picture. You start from the longest toe (this can also be the 2nd toe). HOW DO I DETERMINE MY SHOE WIDTH?Selection of the correct widthA width is an indication of the width of a shoe at the height of the ball and instep of the foot, so a combination of ball circumference and instep circumference, and indicates how much space the foot has in the shoe. You can recognize a width by the letter or number. The shoe width can differ on the left and right (as usually the shoe size, i.e. the shoe length between the left and right foot varies). In general, right-handed people have their right feet slightly wider and vice versa. It is therefore best to measure both feet. If you lack the time or willingness to do so, you can measure your right foot as a right-hander and your left foot as a left-hander. Without exception, the size of the wider foot determines which shoe width you should choose for your shoes. ∙ Measure the width of your foot (without sock) using a tape measure while standing. As an alternative to a tape measure, you can also use a lace or cord and measure it later with a ruler. ∙ It is best not to measure the shoe width in the morning, but in the afternoon or evening, because then the foot has the relevant width. Due to the load of the day and the correspondingly stronger blood circulation, it increases in volume. And because you want your shoes to fit perfectly even in the evening, that is exactly the right time to measure the foot width. ∙ Try to distribute your weight evenly on both feet, otherwise the heavily loaded foot will become wider. For an accurate measurement, it makes sense to have your foot width measured by a second person. ∙ Place the tape measure all the way around your foot at the widest point of your soccer ball. Hold the tape measure loosely. The ball of your foot is the point where friction or painful pressure points first appear (the ball of the foot is under the forefoot). ∙ You can now compare the measurement result of your shoe width with the shoe width table below. SHOE WIDTH TABLEIf your shoe width is between two values, choose the next higher value. WHAT IS A NORMAL FOOT WIDTH?Shoe widths E and F are suitable for narrow feet. Shoe width G is a comfortable width for people who wear shoes with a normal width. Shoe width H is recommended for firm feet. The shoe widths K, L and M are comfort widths and are especially recommended for very wide feet.Which shoe suits me? Not all brands that produce outdoor sports shoes mention the shoe width. The following can be roughly stated for the canyoning shoes in the Canyonzone range:∙ Narrowest shoe last: La Sportiva ∙ Regular lasts: Adidas and Fitwell ∙ Wide lasts: Bestard and Etché If in doubt, please get in touch. If desired, see also: ∙ How do I break in my shoes properly? ∙ How do I choose the best canyoning shoes? Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

How do I break in my shoes properly?

You probably know the feeling of new canyon shoes or caving boots/shoes that you have bought, but that are not yet comfortable. It always leads to frustration, because when trying on they were so comfortable, while you have not yet walked on these shoes for a day and feel irritation everywhere. However, patience is a virtue. Because after having walked on the shoes a few times, they suddenly fit perfectly. You have been able to get used to the shoes and they are now broken in. If you are going to do outdoor activities, such as canyoning, caving, via ferrata or mountain hiking, good and correct shoes are important. Walking for hours on end is impossible if one of the feet has suffered a painful blister. Before you start doing the activities, it is nice to know that your shoes fit well and that it does not cause any irritation. To be sure of this, it is also a good idea to break in with "sports" shoes.Is it necessary to break in Canyon Caving shoes?Modern outdoor/sports shoes do not have the problems of before. Today's shoes consist of a construction and material that is well matched for problem-free walking comfort. So compared to the shoes of the past, breaking in is less necessary than it used to be. But one foot is not the other foot. Feet always have to get used to the shoes. And the shoes should always adapt to the foot. Otherwise the foot cannot get used to it. If you can break in the shoes, we absolutely recommend that. That way you can be sure that your feet and shoes are on good terms during an activity that involves a lot of walking.How do you break in Canyon Caving shoes?Let's just say you have to be mindful of the shoes you buy. Because you can break in shoes, but if the shoes don't fit your feet at all, then "breaking in" has no effect. See also FAQ: What should you pay attention to when choosing a canyoning shoe? Shoes are products that you have to feel. You need to know how the shoes feel and whether they fit with your feet. If it doesn't feel right, try another size or brand. At CanyonZone you can always exchange unused shoes for another pair. But even with shoes that feel good right away, breaking in can be important. There are a few tips on how best to do that.Walk through the house with your new shoesAre you home for a day? Then put on your new shoes! Breaking in your shoes at home has 2 advantages:∙ You can easily exchange them in the store if it turns out that they don't fit well. If you first walk in the shoes indoors, they will not get dirty, so that it is no problem for the store to receive the shoes back. ∙ And also not unimportant: if the shoes bother you, you can easily take them off and put on other shoes. Did they like it? Have you walked around with them at home for 2 or 3 days and do you like them? Then you can look for the fresh air and cover more distances. Deep down you already know at this stage whether things are going to turn out well or not, but sometimes it's better to be on the safe side. You have to build it up, because the shoe has to adapt to the shape of your foot.Are you in a hurry? Are you about to leave and do you want to quickly break in the shoes beforehand? Then you can use a quick method. Wet the shoes and then run them dry. Please note, however: shoes with a soft inner lining can be damaged! Give your shoes the desired maintenance Impregnate your shoes before departure so that they repel water and dirt and remain flexible. As a result, the shoe will always follow the shape of your foot, so that no painful discomforts arise. You can impregnate shoes with a spray or a cream. After use, the smell of your shoes is often not pleasant. Fragrant and moisture-absorbing shoe deodorizers are a godsend.Use the right socks Neoprene socks contribute a lot to the walking comfort of the canyon shoes. By putting on socks, the foot is well in the shoe. Good socks are not too loose, but not too tight either. With caving socks, they are neither too warm nor too cold. Often you need sweat-permeable socks (not made of cotton).Stretching outdoor sports shoes Are the shoes still not comfortable after buying them for a while? Then you can choose to stretch the shoes. Shoemakers know exactly how to stretch and shape leather shoes. See this as a last solution to sit comfortably in your shoes. You run a risk, especially if you want to stretch plastic shoes. The glue or material of the shoes may tear.Aim for the yes effect ∙ Really, breaking in shoes is important. If you have just bought new shoes and are not experiencing optimal comfort, it is often a matter of patience. The shoes must adapt to the foot, so that the foot can eventually get used to the shoe. ∙ It is a shame to invest a lot of money in shoes that only cause you painful discomfort. This can also affect the wonderful outdoor sports experience you want to create. ∙ Aim for the shoes where, when you try them on, you immediately get the feeling: “Yes, these are them!”. Because often you already know the moment you put on the shoes. Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

What is the difference between a climbing harness, canyoning harness, caving harness, seat harness, hip harness and integral harness?

Due to the immense range of belts on offer, it can be difficult to make a choice which belt is most suitable for you. CanyonZone provides a number of handles to make the choice easier. Our advice is to fit your seat belt and hang it in just as well. Just like a pair of shoes fit. Without fitting, sitting in and hanging, you don't know how comfortable the belt is and whether it fits your physique. Choosing a belt from a picture is not a good option. We are happy to offer this option in our showroom. The first thing you should ask yourself before looking for a seat belt is the activity(s) you want to do with the seat belt. If you have this clear, it is easier to determine which belt meets your needs. The size of the harness / harness is essential because your safety depends on it. It must be a perfect fit. You should check that the belt does not slip off the hips if you end up hanging upside down. You also have to take into account the physical differences between men, women and children. In addition to safety, you need the right size to provide the necessary comfort. N.B. The difference between a harness and a belt is the difference in work positioning and fall protection. A seat belt is smaller and suitable for work positioning. A harness is used for fall protection, which, depending on the type, can also be very suitable for work positioning. Below is a classification of the belts followed by a number of concepts and points of attention. Parts of a climbing harnessTo understand which climbing harness is most suitable for which activity, you need to know which parts a climbing harness consists of. This allows you to familiarize yourself with the terms that are used to describe certain types of climbing harnesses. ∙ hip belt; The hip belt can have a comfortable or light padding or a mix of both depending on what you will be using the climbing harness most for. ∙ hip belt; This is the belt that you put on and feed through the buckles. In the climbing harness in the example, the hip belt is loose in the hip belt and you only see a buckle with which you tighten the climbing harness. This allows you to center the belay loop nicely, despite the lack of two buckles. Other climbing harnesses have two buckles or are simply available in several sizes to ensure that you can also center the belay loop nicely. ∙ leg loops; The same applies to the leg loops as to the hip belt with regard to the padding. Leg loops often have a buckle with which you can adjust them, but the lightweight climbing harnesses have omitted this to make them even lighter. ∙ One of the main benefits of leg loops, in addition to their comfort, is that they prevent chafing that can lead to discomfort or injury. It is also easier to change clothes, which is very important when you take into account the different weather conditions that can occur during a climb. ∙ material loops; Depending on where you are going to climb, this can be two or four. Often for climbing in a climbing gym you don't need more than two, but as soon as you start climbing outside you quickly need four. ∙ Binding loops and belay loop; Binding can be done in two ways. Indirectly via the belay loop by means of, for example, the Belaymaster or directly by making a tucked back eight knot via the binding loops. ∙ Other fastening loops; Loops can hang at the back of your climbing harness for, for example, your puff bag or, if you climb outside, a second rope. In addition, extra openings have been made on some climbing harnesses to easily accommodate a material carabiner such as the Petzl Caritool. Seat belt layout A climbing harness or belt for short is used in climbing and abseiling to create a stable attachment point to the human body. There are various types of climbing harnesses. Now that you are familiar with the different parts, we will zoom in on the differences between the types of climbing harnesses.Seat belt / Hip beltThe most commonly used and most famous of all climbing harnesses is the seat belt or lap belt. You come across this type of climbing harness in almost every form of climbing. From via ferrata to mountaineering. A seat belt allows complete freedom of movement and offers enough space to store all your equipment. In a seat belt, the hip belt ensures a good distribution of the pressure so that you can sit comfortably in it. The comfort differs per climbing harness, but also a bit of personal preference and in general you can assume that a more expensive climbing harness offers more comfort than the cheapest climbing harnesses. Seat belts or lap belts are further subdivided into different types depending on the application.Sports climbing harnessA sports climbing harness is the all-round variant of the seat belts or hip belts. You can easily recognize these by the ease with which you can put them on and take them off. They usually have two to four material loops and a thin belay loop. The leg loops are minimally adjustable with some sports climbing harnesses because you don't have to adjust them much in the climbing hall. With other sports climbing harnesses, you have fully adjustable leg loops, so you can easily adjust them outside if you wear several layers of clothing.Multipitch/Big Wall climbing harnessMultipitch or Big Wall climbing harnesses are climbing harnesses that are intended to be worn very comfortably all day long. People often hang in the climbing harness for a long time and for this you need thick padding in the hip belt and the leg loops. You can often see this directly on the climbing harness. The weight of these climbing harnesses is also generally higher. These climbing harnesses almost always have an extra loop at the back for hoisting an extra rope and have at least four material loops.Ice climbing harnessA climbing harness specifically for ice climbing is characterized by extra loops to attach material carabiners like the Petzl Caritool. You can then store your ice screws here. These climbing harnesses are otherwise almost identical to sports climbing harnesses.Alpine climbing harnessA climbing harness specifically for mountaineering or ski touring has hardly any padding in the hip belt and leg loops. This is done to save weight and to give the climbing harness a very small packing volume. This means that the climbing harness does not get in the way while walking. In fact, if you have a good alpine climbing harness you will hardly feel that you are wearing it. In addition, you can often open the climbing harness completely so that you can easily put it on when you are fully equipped with crampons and a thick jacket.The alpine climbing harness has up to four material loops to keep out of the way when carrying a backpack and also has a thin belay loop for further weight savings.Via ferrata climbing harnessThese are often the most minimal climbing harnesses you can find. There is little or no padding in the hip belt and leg loops, because you only hang in the climbing harness if you fall and not really. This climbing harness often only has one or two material loops and the belay loop is horizontal instead of vertical. This is also the type of climbing harness that is used in Adventure Parcs and is suitable for group use.Women's climbing harnessA women's climbing harness can be any of the previous types of climbing harnesses, but specifically tailored to a woman's body. The ratio between the hip belt and leg loops is slightly different than that of men. The shape of the hip belt and the leg loops is also adapted to a woman's body.Canyoning Seat Belts / HarnessCanyoning is pretty tough for the equipment. Many canyons involve rock-hopping, swimming, sliding down rocks and logs, and bush-bashing, so you'll need a harness that's up to the task. This is where a special canyoning belt is perfect. Canyoning hip belts have replaceable seat-seat protectors (Spanck Protects) designed to withstand the many rocks you encounter, so they will protect your wetsuit from damage and that large seat protector is much more comfortable than those thin leg loops on a climbing harness. If you are an avid canyoner, a standard canyoning belt such as the Rock Empire Canyon, Edelrid Irupu or Petzl Canyon Club Harness is a good choice. On the other hand, if you can't get enough of canyoning and hit the road every weekend, the Petzl Canyon Guide harness is the goldel for you.If you're an avid abseiler or caver it's likely you'll have a fairly robust harness that will suffice, but leg loops will be the first to wear out and fail. Caving harnessCaving harnesses come as two separate parts, a sit harness and a chest harness, and must be used together. Hip seat belts are lightweight, durable and simple. They meet in the middle using a D-shaped maillon that holds all your SRT gear, and crucially, the chest jammer close to your center of gravity meaning you're in the most efficient position to climb a rope . The Petzl Superavanti and the Petzl Fractio are highly adjustable and come in two sizes so will fit all cavers, with the fractio having an extra waistband for lower back support but keeping the chest jammer/chest ascender in a slightly less efficient position. Caving Hip seat belts should never be used for climbing. The low attachment point (maillon) means that you are more likely to end up upside down in the event of a fall and in this situation increases the risk of the belt coming loose because it is not around the narrowest part of your waist. If you're only using a ladder and lifeline (i.e. no SRT), it's wise to go for a simple alpine-style climbing harness instead. Your lap seat belt must be combined with a chest belt. These are usually not designed to be worn and come in a few different styles. They all sit over your shoulders and loop through the top hole in the Petzl roll. This allows the croll to move up the rope while standing upright in your foot loop. They are all highly adjustable - useful for different caving sizes and to adjust between loose (generally bimbling in the cave) and tight (going back up the rope). Chest harnessChest harnesse / straps are designed to be used in conjunction with a seat belt or lap belt. You often connect these with each other by means of a sling. The addition of a chest strap can be especially useful if you are traveling with a heavy backpack or if you have very narrow hips. The chest strap ensures that your center of gravity is higher, so you are less likely to fall upside down if you are carrying a heavy backpack. Integral harnessAn integral harness / belt is actually nothing more than a chest and lap belt in one. Two extra straps run over the shoulders. Especially alpinists and small children benefit from this type of belt because the straps prevent the person from falling out of the belt under all circumstances. You spend a little more time putting on and taking off, but you can easily hang upright in this. In addition, the integral harness also makes it easier to keep upright when wearing a heavy backpack in this type of climbing harness. The weight of an integral belt is more than that of a lap or seat belt and the size is also less compact. Child harneass / belt Because younger children have a different build than adults and the balance is not always as developed as in adults, children's climbing harnesses are almost always integral harnesses. The age of the child doesn't really say much, it mainly concerns the size of the waist and thighs. The weight specifications allow a weight of up to 40 kg. Therefore, always check the weight of your child and the specifications of the climbing harness. As soon as children have a better sense of balance, broaden their hips slightly and they can easily stay upright on their own in a seat belt or hip belt, you can switch to this type of climbing harness. If you are still in doubt, you can always go for the combination of chest belt and seat or hip belt. Handy because the climbing harness can, as it were, 'grow' with your child. Ultimately, the child will also fit the smallest sizes of the sports climbing harnesses for adults. Much taken from: https://www.klimwinkel.nl/keuzehulp/gordels-klimschoenen/keuzehulp-hoe-kies-je-de-beste-klimgordel What is the difference between a climbing harness for men and women?∙ Although some models can be designed for both men and women, it is advisable to buy a product that offers the necessary features for each gender. For example, in women, the center of gravity is lower and they need to balance the harness to feel more comfortable and secure. ∙ Also, women are generally narrower and use the belts on the hips, so you need to estimate the distance between the belt and the legs. In short, as with the purchase of climbing shoes for example, we must look for specific models for men and women, as well as for children. Important to know Women, men or children, due to their different anatomies, must acquire models adapted to their characteristics. The climbing harness must meet the safety regulations, which are usually certified on the label. We will see this in the chapter “What should you look for when buying?”, as well as specifications about the correct belt sizes.How do I put on my climbing harness?Attaching a climbing harness is not very complicated. However, it must be carried out with great care, because your safety and comfort depend on a correct working method. In short, these are the most important steps that must be followed to put on a climbing harness: ∙ Insert your legs into the leg loops making sure they are not crossed and the belay loop is in front. ∙ Place the belt over your hips, almost at navel level, to avoid slipping in the event of a tumble. Tighten the belt. ∙ Adjust the leg loops using an elastic part in case they are not adjustable. The tighter they are, the more comfortable you feel hanging, although it will reduce your freedom of movement. How should I maintain and clean my climbing harness?The first thing to do is to read the manual to know which parts the climbing harness consists of. Before each use, you should look at every detail to make sure every part works and is in good condition, as over time some elements can wear out and compromise your physical integrity. If you climb a lot, it is important to regularly check your climbing harness for any cracks or wear. You can tell from a climbing harness whether it is starting to age due to discoloration or fraying parts. Some climbing harnesses have an indicator that shows you when it is time to retire the harness. In general, you can throw away any climbing harness after more or less seven years, even if it has been used very little.As for cleaning, we can soak the belt in hand water for two hours with a neutral soap and use a brush in case the stains are stubborn. Then rinse the belt with water and let it dry in a ventilated place, without exposure to the sun. After cleaning, it is necessary to pay attention to the fact that all elements work correctly. The use of a washing machine is also an option, see Information about rope: choice and maintenance What should you pay attention to when purchasing?With the basics in mind, the next step when buying a seat belt is to consider certain purchasing criteria. In order to find the belt that suits you best, it is essential to consider certain aspects. Below are the most important factors to help you choose the climbing harness you need: Use Size leg loops Material loops Safety regulations You should choose your seat belt according to the activity you are going to do.UseClimbing can be done on different terrains and under different circumstances. That is why you should choose a climbing harness that adapts to the characteristics of the style you want to practice. Remember that safety is very important with climbing harnesses, which is why they are manufactured to fulfill different functions depending on the use they will be exposed to by the climber.For the artificial walls, more comfortable and practical climbing harnesses are used, while for the sporty style, lighter models are usually used that do not hinder the ascent. Traditional climbers should prioritize comfort and space. For use on ice you need special screw holders and adjustable leg loops.With the climbing harness, more activities can be performed than just mountain climbing.SizeThe size of the climbing harness is essential as your safety depends on it. It must be a perfect fit. You should check that the belt does not slip off the hips if you end up hanging upside down. You also have to take into account the physical differences between men, women and children.In addition to safety, you need the right size to provide the necessary comfort. For example, you can spend many hours hanging in the climbing harness, such as in high mountains. On the other hand, it is better to avoid injuries or discomfort that can cause too small a size.Leg loopsAnother element to consider when purchasing a climbing harness is the leg loops, although they are not as important as other parts such as the waist belt, belay loop or attachment points. The leg loops can be fixed or adjustable. The former are the most common, although their elasticity allows them to be used for all kinds of activities.One of the main benefits of leg loops, in addition to their comfort, is that they prevent chafing that can lead to discomfort or injury. It is also easier to change clothes, which is very important when you take into account the different weather conditions that can occur during a climb.Material loops Material loops are placed on the belt of the climbing harness, which are usually used in outdoor modalities. It is common to have a minimum of 4 material loops to move all the material you will need during the ascent, although the number can vary depending on each climber's needs. It is important that you make sure that all parts work properly.Safety regulationsClimbing or mountaineering harnesses must comply with the safety regulations UNE-EN 12277. To ensure that the chosen product falls within the standards of national and international bodies, you must verify this on the label. This regulation divides climbing harnesses into four categories:Type A: Integral harness. For people who are quite heavy, have a very high center of gravity or are in bad shape. Type B: Integral harness. For users weighing less than 40 kg. Mostly used for children. Type C: Hip belt. It must have the right characteristics for any style of climbing or mountaineering practice. Type D: Chest strap. Usually used in rope progression activities where it is necessary to use a ventral blocker. They should always be used in conjunction with the Type C harness.Resume ∙ The belt is a product subject to certain safety regulations. This means that you will find its main features on all models on the market, although you should always read the label carefully before buying one. When using this device, it is always necessary to observe all safety precautions. You should also always check the belt/harness before each use. ∙ Finally, when evaluating the best belts / harnesses, you should pay attention to other aspects, such as the comfort or the use you will give them. The first point is very important, because you will spend several hours in a belt in different conditions. You should also look at the right size and whether the model is for women, men or children. Largely taken from https://www.fitforbeach.nl/klimgordel/#Wat_is_een_klimgordel_precies and http://www.upandunder.co.uk/Outdoor/Caving/Harnesses/Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back

What are suitable belts / harnesses for canyoning and / or caving?

Canyoning Seat Belts / HarnessCanyoning is pretty tough for the equipment. Many canyons involve rock-hopping, swimming, sliding down rocks and logs, and bush-bashing, so you'll need a harness that's up to the task. This is where a special canyoning belt is perfect. Canyoning hip belts have replaceable seat-seat protectors (Spanck Protects) designed to withstand the many rocks you encounter, so they will protect your wetsuit from damage and that large seat protector is much more comfortable than those thin leg loops on a climbing harness. If you are an avid canyoner, a standard canyoning belt such as the Rock Empire Canyon, Edelrid Irupu or Petzl Canyon Club Harness is a good choice. On the other hand, if you can't get enough of canyoning and hit the road every weekend, the Petzl Canyon Guide harness is the goldel for you.If you're an avid abseiler or caver it's likely you'll have a fairly robust harness that will suffice, but leg loops will be the first to wear out and fail. Caving harnessCaving harnesses come as two separate parts, a sit harness and a chest harness, and must be used together. Hip seat belts are lightweight, durable and simple. They meet in the middle using a D-shaped maillon that holds all your SRT gear, and crucially, the chest jammer close to your center of gravity meaning you're in the most efficient position to climb a rope . The Petzl Superavanti and the Petzl Fractio are highly adjustable and come in two sizes so will fit all cavers, with the fractio having an extra waistband for lower back support but keeping the chest jammer/chest ascender in a slightly less efficient position. Caving Hip seat belts should never be used for climbing. The low attachment point (maillon) means that you are more likely to end up upside down in the event of a fall and in this situation increases the risk of the belt coming loose because it is not around the narrowest part of your waist. If you're only using a ladder and lifeline (i.e. no SRT), it's wise to go for a simple alpine-style climbing harness instead. Your lap seat belt must be combined with a chest belt. These are usually not designed to be worn and come in a few different styles. They all sit over your shoulders and loop through the top hole in the Petzl roll. This allows the croll to move up the rope while standing upright in your foot loop. They are all highly adjustable - useful for different caving sizes and to adjust between loose (generally bimbling in the cave) and tight (going back up the rope). For a detailed description of belts and harnesses see: What is the difference between a climbing belt, canyon belt, caving belt, seat belt, hip belt and integral belt? Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back

Which climbing harness or belt is suitable for children?

For children up to about 12 years of age, the AV Muruck Kids is suitable for canyoning, caving and via ferrata. For canyoning you can then use an AV Barbaira Junior to protect the belt around them and their wetsuit. The closure of the AV Muruck Kids is with a delta as is the case with caving belts. For example, the belt can be easily adjusted and the integrated chest strap can be placed over the Delta maillon to prevent the belt from sagging. With these types of articles, many outdoor sports can be experienced safely and pleasantly in this way.Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

How do I choose the right helmet?

All canyoning, caving, outdoor sports helmets are intended to protect your head in the event of a sudden impact, but different models do this in different ways. A well-shaped helmet is the best protection you can buy for your gray matter. This, combined with a good rating for the various outdoor sports, offers the best protection against unwanted collisions.The design you choose will depend on the fit and the type of outdoor sport the helmet will be used for. Are you going ice climbing? Then you run a greater risk of stone chips and the insulation of the helmet is a nice bonus. Choose a sturdy helmet without too many ventilation holes, make sure a hat fits under the helmet. Do you mainly climb in warm weather? Then look for a model with many ventilation holes, these promote good air circulation. Check out CanyonZone's range of helmets. Models Outdoor Helmet ∙ Shell helmet Edelrid Ultralight Climbing Helmet This durable, traditional helmet offers a solid exterior supported by an interior that features a strap system of cross-tensioned straps – just like a construction helmet. The ventilation of shell helmets is generally good, because there is air between the shell and the head. Impact energy is primarily absorbed by elastic deformation, ie the exterior deforms on impact and then, in most cases, returns to its original shape. This absorbs the energy of a vertical impact, such as a falling rock. Scale models are particularly durable, but relatively heavy. ∙ ∙ Foam helmet This lighter helmet features a polystyrene or polypropylene foam base topped with a thin, hard shell. Energy is absorbed by plastic deformation, ie the foam deforms permanently when a serious impact occurs. This absorbs the energy and protects the skull. A strong point of foam helmets is that they offer relatively good protection against impact from the front, rear and sides. This type of impact is especially common in the event of a fall. Foam helmets are lighter than shell helmets and look more flashy. A foam helmet should be discarded after a serious impact because internal damage is not always visible on the outside. Foam helmets are on average the highest in price. Foam helmets are substantially lighter than shell helmets and hybrid helmets, making them extremely popular with alpinists on long mountain trips. ∙ Hybrid helmet This type of helmet combines the hard shell of the shell helmet with the shock-absorbing foam of the foam helmet. The weight of a hybrid helmet is in between the two previous types. This type of helmet is the most sold due to its durability, relatively low price and acceptable weight. Fit of outdoor sports helmetsOnce you know what you're looking for, fit is top priority. A helmet that fits well is easier to use, a lot more comfortable and also offers better protection. A helmet with a bad fit quickly becomes a burden, preferring to be left at home or in the car. It is important to put the helmet on properly. Make sure the front reaches to the center of your forehead. Avoid tilting the helmet backwards, which leaves your forehead unprotected. Adjustability: Many climbing helmets can be adjusted to optimize the fit. After customizing the fit, but before the chinstrap buckle is attached, you can shake the head from side to side to test if it is actually seated properly. The helmet should feel reasonably snug even without the chinstrap closed. Specifications for an outdoor sports helmet∙ Weight: Are you planning a long trip? When you have a lot of equipment to transport, the weight of your helmet can be an important consideration. Consider lightweight foam models, which sometimes weigh less than half the weight of the heavier hybrid and shell helmets. ∙ Headlamps: Heading out before dawn is no problem. Today, all climbing helmets are equipped with clips for attaching a headlamp. Test the helmet-headlamp combination before you go out, especially with older models it is important to check whether the lamp remains in position. ∙ Layers: Climbing in high mountains, in cold temperatures or on frozen waterfalls? Make sure you have a helmet that can also hold a hat. ∙ Chinstraps: When the chinstrap is properly adjusted, the front and back straps should form a “Y” on each ear. None of the straps should be slack. When carrying a fairly large to large backpack, it is important to have enough room to look up without the bag getting in the way. Hybrid helmets and shell helmets generally have good adjustment options. With foam helmets, the adjustment options in width are limited. ∙ Safety TestsAll helmets that I sell meet the CE standard in Europe. For climbing and mountaineering helmets, this means that the helmets have been tested according to European standard EN 12492. Helmets are tested with a falling weight, both on top of the helmet and at an angle of 60 degrees. In addition, the strength of the chinstrap and the resistance to impact from sharp parts are also tested against the standard. Only helmets that pass all tests may be sold as outdoor helmets in Europe. ∙ In addition to CE, many helmets have the optional UIAA mark, issued by Union Internationale des Associations d'Alpinisme. The UIAA requirements are higher than the mandatory CE standard in some respects. Helmet Life & Care∙ Outdoor sports helmets have a limited lifespan, in the best case they will last up to 10 years from the date of first use. The maximum life time is stated by the manufacturer in the manual. The production date is stated on the helmet by the manufacturer. ∙ The synthetic material of helmets is sensitive to ultraviolet radiation from sunlight, which can cause the material to weaken slowly. With a lot of outdoor use you should at least halve the estimated life of up to 10 years. ∙ According to most manuals, if a helmet is dented, cracked or damaged, the helmet must be replaced. Damage is not always clearly visible. Keep this advice in mind: When you take a hard hit and think "If I hadn't had a helmet on, I wouldn't be in good shape", then it's time for a new helmet. ∙ To increase the useful life of a helmet, the following steps should be followed each time before the helmet is stored:Test the efficacy of the chin buckle. ∙ Check the bands (near the ears). Are they in good condition and free of damage? ∙ Check whether the shock-absorbing foam layer is properly secured in the helmet. ∙ Store helmets in a bag to protect them from impact and prevent damage. Keep helmets out of direct sunlight. Edited from: https://www.klimwinkel.nl/keuzehulp/hardware/keuzehulp-hoe-kies-je-de-beste-klimhelm Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

How do I choose the right carabiners?

Carabiners come in many shapes and for many different applications. That requires you to make the right choice for use in canyoning, caving, climbing or via ferrata. Shape of the carabiner The shape of the carabiner largely determines how you can best use the carabiner. The shape also affects:∙ The main axis strength ∙ Weight distribution ∙ Closure opening and capacity ∙ Good luck in certain positions ∙ Ease of use Other less obvious features of the carabiner that can be taken into consideration are the functioning, balance and positioning of the carabiner. For example, a pear-shaped carabiner has more room to move when a self-locking device is attached to it. A D-shaped carabiner is a better choice here. See this page for different shapes and closures of carabiners Shapes of the carabiners and maillons∙ Snapper carabiners ∙ D shaped carabiners ∙ Oval-shaped carabiners ∙ Pear-shaped carabiners (HMS carabiners) ∙ Wide Opening Carabiners ∙ OMNI multidirectional carabiner Closure of the carabinerCarabiners are equipped with different closures, which can be divided into manual closures and automatic closures. ∙ With a carabiner with a manual lock, the user must lock the carabiner manually. Such a closure is useful when the carabiner only needs to be opened every now and then. A carabiner with manual closure is also recommended when used in an environment with a lot of dirt (sand, mud, etc.). The chance of the closing mechanism becoming clogged is then smaller than with a carabiner with an automatic locking mechanism. ∙ A carabiner with an automatic closure closes completely automatically, an advantage for carabiners that are often opened and closed, such as carabiners that connect a belay device to the climbing harness, for example. Carabiner close types:∙ Manual closing ∙ Screw closure; ∙ Semi permanent screw closure; ∙ Automatic closing ∙ Triact Lock ∙ Wire lock ∙ Ball lock For a detailed description to come to the choice of your carabiner see: CanyonZone's Knowledge Base What is the right carabiner for me? Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

Strength indications on carabiner

A carabiner is designed for climbing and made in such a way that it can withstand the forces that normally occur. You therefore do not have to worry about the load capacity of carabiners if they meet the European standard (EN 12275) or the UIAA specifications. You can recognize this by the CE and UIAA markings on the long side of the carabiner. According to these two standards, the minimum load capacity of a carabiner is:∙ in length: 20 kN ∙ transverse: 7 kN ∙ open: 6 kN However, some carabiners exceed standard requirements. That is why every manufacturer likes to engrave the values of the respective model in its carabiners. Three values are always given: longitudinal strength, transverse strength and open snapper strength. When choosing a carabiner, load capacity is usually not the most important criterion, as all climbing carabiners can carry much more than we normally expect from them. TECHNICAL FEATURES OF CARABINERS Breaking load major axis 24 kNBreaking load minor axis 9 kN Breaking load with open gate 7 kNWeight 60 gMaximum gate opening 17 mm ACL systemAccess Control List: A list of user rights to system resources or objects. Hot Forget Cartch free closure Individual tested STANDARD AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ∙ EN 12275:2013-B ∙ EN 362:2004-A/T European Standard specifies safety requirements and test methods: EN numbers are the European Norm standard that something has to meet for a particular job. There are two different regulations most items of this specialisation will meet.∙ Mountaineering (Adventure) or Industrial. ∙ Often the requirements equipment has to meet for adventure are higher than those required for industrial use. The letters CE stand for "Conformité Européenne", which means "European conformity". CE numbers only mean that an item has met the requirements the manufacturer has set for the product. Therefore products with this mark have not necessarily been assessed to the same standards as those with EN and UIAA numbers. Items with only CE numbers are not to be used for PPE.UIAA markings mean that an item has also been approved for use in mountaineering by the International Mountaineering and Climbing Federation UIAA. For information on the UIAA standards and the testing methods, please visit the UIAA web site. Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

Difference twistlock vs screwlock carabiners

The main difference between a twistlock and a screwlock carabiner is the way the lock works. A screwlock carabiner has a screw mechanism that you manually turn and tighten to open and close the lock. A twistlock carabiner, on the other hand, has an automatic locking system. You have to turn the lock to open it, but as soon as you release it, it closes and locks automatically. More detailed explanation: Screwlock carabiner:∙ Manual locking: The screw thread must be opened and closed manually. ∙ Visual indicator: Often there is a red indicator that shows when the carabiner is not locked. ∙ Suitable for harsh environments: They are less susceptible to blockages from dirt or ice than automatic systems. Twistlock carabiner:∙ Automatic locking: The lock closes and locks automatically when the gate is released. ∙ Easy to open: Requires a twisting motion and a pulling motion to open. ∙ Suitable for frequent use: Often used for connecting a belay device or at the end of a lanyard. Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

What are the differences between Petzl Freino carabiner models?

WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PETZL FREINO TWIST LOCK, PETZL FREINO Z, AND PETZL FREINO Z TL?The main difference between these Petzl Freino carabiners lies in their compatibility with descenders and the type of locking mechanism. Main Differences (2026) Model System Main FeatureCompatibility Freino Twist-Lock Twist-Lock (2-step) The "classic" model with the locking pin at the top. Suitable for older and standard descenders Freino Z Twist-Lock (2-step) The "Z" version is reversed; the locking pin is at the bottom near the opening. Specifically for the STOP and SIMPLE (models from 2019 onwards) Freino Z TL Triact-Lock (3-step) Same design as the Freino Z, but with a more secure triple locking mechanism. Professional devices such as the I'D (S, L, EVAC) and RIG. Detailed explanation: ∙ Freino Twist-Lock (Classic): This model is designed to add extra friction during descents. The brake pin is located on the side of the carabiner's locking mechanism. ∙ Freino Z: The "Z" refers to the new geometry that allows the carabiner to be rotated through the descender's eyelet. This prevents you from losing the device while transferring your gear loop to your harness. This version has a Twist-Lock (twist and open). ∙ Freino Z TL (Triact-Lock): This version is technically identical to the Freino Z, but uses the Triact-Lock system (push up, twist, and open). This is often required in professional work environments (e.g., Rope Access) for added security against accidental opening. Note: The Freino Z models are specifically designed to fit through the connection hole of modern Petzl descenders, which is not possible with the original Freino. Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

What is the right carabiner for me?

Different climbing tasks require different kinds of carabiners. To choose and use them properly, you must first understand the differences between them. There are four main areas to consider:∙ Shape ∙ Gate type ∙ Locking ∙ Size, weight and strength Once you understand the differences, think about your needs. What type of climbing you do and how you’ll use the carabiner will determine what carabiner you buy. Carabiner ShapesAsymmetrical D-Shaped Carabinerasymmetrical d-shaped carabiner By far the most popular design out there, asymmetrical D carabiners (also called offset D or modified D carabiners) work like regular Ds, but they are slightly smaller on one side to further reduce weight. Asymmetric carabiners generally have larger port openings than regular D's, making them even easier to clip. But they don't have as much interior space as D's or similarly sized ovals. Asymmetric carabiners make up the vast majority of carabiners that most outdoor athletes own. Benefits:∙ Large gate opening ∙ strong and light cons:∙ More expensive than other shapes ∙ Not as strong as the D-shape HMS CarabinerThe HMS (short for the German "Halbmastwurf Sicherung") is essentially a very large offset D. The extra size creates a wider and thicker top bar, allowing ropes to run very smoothly. For this reason, many people will choose to belay with an HMS carabiner. The extra width and larger gate opening also allow multiple ropes or knots (such as the Munter tow hook or two toe hooks) to be attached. Pear CarabinerPear-shaped carabinerLike the asymmetrical D-shape, pear-shaped carabiners have large port openings to easily cut ropes, knots and equipment. Pear shaped carabiners are mainly used for belaying and rappelling, but can also be used at anchor points for to roping or multipitch climbing.These are sometimes called HMS carabiners, and some are even marked with HMS on the back. HMS states that the carabiner is designed with a wide, more symmetrical top that works well with a Münter hitch. Benefits:∙ Large gate opening ∙ Specially designed for belaying and abseiling cons:∙ Heavier and more expensive than most other shapes ∙ Not as strong as D and asymmetric D shapes- D-shaped carabinerD-shaped carabiners are excellent for most types of climbing. They hold loads off-center to the stronger, non-gated side, so a smaller, lighter D carabiner can be just as strong as a larger oval. Benefits:∙ Strongest form ∙ Larger port opening than oval shape cons:∙ Smaller port opening and heavier than asymmetric D-shape ∙ More expensive than oval shape Oval carabinerOval carabiners are the original style. They are versatile and affordable, but not as strong as other shapes. Oval carabiners have smooth, uniform top and bottom curves to limit load movement. They offer more acceleration capacity than D-shaped carabiners and their symmetry allows them to be used for brake carabiners.They are ideal for climbing assistance as they center the loads on their curve; runners do not shift under load. Benefits:∙ Uniform shape limits load shift ∙ Holds more stuff than D-shape carabiners cons:∙ Smaller port opening and heavier than other shapes ∙ Not as strong as other shapes Gate Types Carabiners Straight Gate CarabinersStandard straight gates are strong, durable and easy to use. They are very common and used for different purposes. Straight port carabiners can be found on quickdraws and are often used for racking equipment, such as cams and stoppers. As the name implies, they are perfectly straight from the pivot point to the end. Like most other types, they are spring loaded to open easily when pressed, but close automatically when released.Some straight port carabiners are also key lock carabiners. A keylock carabiner has a smooth notch where the nose of the carabiner and the gate interact. This will keep the carabiner from snagging and snagging on the loop of your harness, bolt hangers and other slings, all of which can be quite annoying. You'll probably pay a little extra for this feature, but it's a nice upgrade.Benefits:∙ Durable and easy to use ∙ Can have a keylock nose for cutting without hooks cons:∙ Heavier than wiregate Bent Gate CarabinersThese strong, durable gates have a concave shape that makes cutting a rope quick and easy; they are generally reserved for the rope-end of quickdraws.Like straight gate carabiners, some curved gate carabiners are also key lock carabiners.Bent-gate carabiners typically have an asymmetrical shape.Benefits:∙ Make cutting the rope easy ∙ Sustainable ∙ Can be fitted with a key lock for hookless cutting cons:∙ Heavier than wiregate Wiregate CarabinersWiregate carabiners use a loop of stainless steel wire for a gate, reducing overall weight and eliminating the need for additional parts found with conventional gates. Wiregate designs also allow for larger port openings. They are less likely to freeze than other gate styles in cold, wet weather.While wiregates don't seem as strong as conventional styles, most are. Due to the lower mass in the gate itself, wire gates are also less likely to vibrate open during a fall. (This is called gate lash. See below for more information on gate lash.)Benefits:∙ lightweight ∙ Help reduce port lash ∙ Less chance of freezing closed cons:∙ May be less durable than solid straight and curved gates Locking of CarabinersLocking of carabiners have ports that can be locked in the closed position to provide additional protection against accidental port openings. They have a manual (also called screw lock) or automatic locking system. Screw gateScrewgate carabiner Snap ports (straight, curved, or wire) make sense for quickdraws where clipping speed is critical, but a locking carabiner adds security when belaying a partner or building belay installations. Screw gates are the most common form of locking gates and offer great value, but they do rely on the user to remember to pop the drive up every time. Keylock clean noses are becoming more common and help prevent snags.carabiner with screw closure Rotary lock Twistlock carabiner Automatic locking mechanisms like the Twistlock reduce the chances of forgetting to lock the carabiner. However, they can be trickier to open than screw gates (especially with one hand) and will usually cost a little more.twistlock carabiner MagnetronMagnetron carabiner Black Diamond's Magnetron gate is essentially an automatic locking mechanism, but the two magnetic arms represent a very different (simpler) approach to double or triple acting twistlock gates. Carabiners with screw locking ports require the user to manually screw the sleeve onto the port to lock it. Auto-lock carabiners lock automatically when the gate is closed. Locking carabiners, while heavier than non-locking models, are the only choice for use with a belay/descent device. Also consider using them at belay stations and critical shelters. They provide a more secure bond and increase your peace of mind. Benefits: ∙ Lock gate adds security veiligheid cons: ∙ Heavier than other styles Carabiner Size, Weight and StrengthCarabiner SizeCarabiners come in a variety of sizes. Large carabiners are typically easier to handle and easier to clip (they have larger gate openings), and they can hold more gear inside. They are commonly used with belay and rappel devices. Smaller carabiners are lighter and take up less room on your rack, but they can be harder to clip.Gate open clearance, provided in millimeters, is something you may want to pay attention to when looking at the size of a carabiner. This number refers to the width that the gate can open, plus the depth and shape of the bottom of the carabiner below the gate. Generally the smaller the carabiner, the less clearance it offers.Too little gate-open clearance may lead to your finger getting stuck between the gate and the carabiner body while clipping; too deep a clearance can also make the carabiner difficult to clip. An ideal amount makes clipping the carabiner easy. Carabiner Weight In general, the less weight you carry with you as you climb, the better. But lighter carabiners are not always best. Superlight carabiners are often smaller, which can make them harder to use when you’re clipping the rope or a bolt. Also, lightweight carabiners often use narrower rod stock, which can mean lower gate-open strengths and shorter lifespans. Narrow carabiners can also cause more rope wear, since the narrow ends can act like edges, biting into your weighted rope as it slides past.Carabiner StrengthCarabiners are rated for strength in three directions: lengthwise (major axis), sideways (minor axis) and while open (major axis open or "gate open"). These ratings are typically marked on the spine of the carabinerAll climbing carabiners pass UIAA and CE standards, which means they are plenty strong enough as long as you use them correctly. Gate-open strength and minor-axis strength are where you see the most variation. Here’s how you might use strength ratings: If you’ve narrowed your search to a few different carabiners that will work well for your style of climbing, look at the strength ratings as one of the final decision points. If one carabiner provides everything you need and is stronger than the others, then you might as well go with that one. Keep in mind that smaller and lighter carabiners are generally weaker than bigger, heavier ones, but not always. A note about gate lash: The dynamics of just about any climbing fall can cause gate lash, which can reduce a carabiner's overall strength to its open-gate strength, creating a higher likelihood that the carabiner could break. It can occur when: ∙ A gate's inertia overcomes the spring tension holding it in place ∙ A gate collides with another object To protect yourself against this type of carabiner failure, choose carabiners with specific gate designs (such as a wiregate) and/or stiff spring tensions. You can also opt for carabiners with locking gates and/or high gate-open strengths (REI provides both gate-closed and gate-open strength ratings on the product page Specs tab). Ask an experienced REI salesperson for recommendations. Which Carabiner To UseOnce you understand how shape, gate type, size, weight and strength affect performance, it’s helpful to think about how you’ll be using the carabiners. Features that make a carabiner great for one type of climbing might not make it so great for another. For example, small wiregate carabiners can be great for racking gear to keep your rack light or for making lightweight trad quickdraws, but they won’t be as easy to clip as larger, heavier carabiners. Most experienced climbers develop a preference for carabiners of a certain size and shape and with a certain gate type. If you’re just starting out, here are some general recommendations: Use type of Carabiner Belaying and rappelling: Large pear-shape locking carabinerOutdoor-climbing quickdraws: Asymmetric D carabiners with straight gates, bent gates and/or wiregatesTrad-climbing quickdraws: Asymmetric D carabiners with wiregatesRacking trad gear: Asymmetric D, D or oval carabinersSecuring HMS Carabiner HMS Carabiner When belaying it is important to use a carabiner with a generous top beam. Small, narrow-angled D-shapes can exert too much friction on the rope and make belaying catchy and unpredictable. An HMS carabiner is ideal, but it's important to remember that screw gates must be locked manually every time. This explains why auto-locking HMS options are also popular. One of the other belay hazards is that the carabiner will spin and load across the gate. Specific belay carabiners that catch the belay loop can prevent this. Belay Belay CarabinerBelay Carabiner Creating safe belay positions at the end of a field is a skill in itself. Locking carabiners (usually offset D-shaped screw holes) should be used to attach slings or the rope to the guard. You will often have to bring together a few slings and/or bends of rope in one hub. This central point often requires a large HMS carabiner. The key is to have multiple screw-lock carabiners on your harness to handle all eventualities. Carry Snapgate Karabiner Snapgate Anchors, hexes, cams, slings, and even approach shoes often need to be attached to your harness. Simple snapgate carabiners (straight, curved, or wire) are the best way to do this. An oval shape is ideal for storing nuts. If you have studied the carabiner versions, it may be useful to visit CanyonZone or another outdoor sports store. Grab a few models and feel how they fit in your hand, how easy they are to click and release, and how smooth the gates work. Before locking carabiners, try locking and unlocking the gate a few times (with one hand). Choose models that feel good, work smoothly and are easy to work with. Your safety is your responsibility. Make sure you practice the right techniques and safety guidelines before you practise (outdoor) sports See CanyonZone's full line of carabiners and quickdraws. Based on https://www.rei.com/learn/expert-advice/carabiners.html and https://www.ellis-brigham.com/carabiners/carabiner-buying-guide Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

Is it possible to connect 2 carabiners (or 2 snap hooks)?

Always avoid connecting 2 carabiners or a carabiner to the eye of another carabiner, this can be dangerous in the event of a fall or during use. Carabiners are also incorrectly referred to as snap hooks. The difference is that a carabiner does not have a sliding but a hinged part. You can clearly see the difference in the photo.

This is how you choose a climbing set / quickdraw!

Determining what your climbing set should consist of is an important point of attention. Are you going to make a canyon trip or into a cave and study which terrain you are crossing. Once you have an idea of this, you can then assess climbing sets on three points whether they fit well with your activity. What kind of carabiner/snapper am I looking for?What are the different slings and which length is convenient for me?How many climbing sets do I need?Check out CanyonZone's range of climbing Quickdraw. Type of carabiners or snappersThe carabiners used in climbing sets are actually always called snappers.Broadly speaking, there are three types of snappers that are used in climbing sets. Straight Curved Wiregate Straight snappers can often be found in a climbing set together with a curved snapper. The straight snapper is then at the top of the climbing set for clipping into the rock wall. The curved snapper is located at the bottom for easy clipping of the climbing rope. You can easily recognize a straight snapper by the closure because it is completely straight. Straight snappers are also regularly used in combination with a wiregate snapper. Curved snappers are curved as mentioned above to make it easier to clip in the climbing rope. You can recognize it by the curved closure. Both curved and straight snappers have a drawback. In the event of a large blow, such as with a lead climb, these can open very briefly. This almost never happens, but it can temporarily reduce the snapper's strength at that point. Wiregate snappers have a metal gate as closure. This closure is lighter and you have less chance of freezing at very cold temperatures than with the other two types of snappers. The disadvantage of a wiregate snapper is that you are dealing with a snapper without a snagfree closure or keylock closure. The metal gate rests in a notch in your snapper when closed. This notch can lead to frustration when you want to clip out the snapper. You can linger behind the anchor point or the rope lingers behind the notch. Some wiregate snappers are therefore fortunately equipped with a nose that should prevent you from getting caught behind the notch as you can see below. Dimensions and weight of a snapperWhen choosing a snapper, the dimensions and weight are also points of attention. Small snappers can save a lot of weight, but are also more difficult to use. Especially if you have big hands. Slings from a climbing setWhich slings and the length of slings are optimal for your activities. These slings are often also called express slinges or 'dogbones'. When climbing, the following length slings are usually used:10-12cm; This length is sufficient for relatively straight routes. A set of six climbing sets is often sufficient. 17-18cm; You use these length of slings more if the route is slightly more erratic. It is wise to always bring at least one climbing set with this length of sling. You also use this at points where a short climbing set cannot hang freely. If you are going to climb climbing routes of multiple rope lengths or for climbing the Big Wall, you probably already have some more experience in using climbing sets. With this experience, you may want to determine the length of the climbing sets yourself by purchasing two separate snappers and, for example, a separate sling of 60 cm. A longer sling is effective in reducing rope friction at the intermediate points, but is heavier and takes up more space when transporting.Material SlingsSlinges are mainly made of nylon, polyester or dyneema. Nylon slings are usually the cheapest of the three, stronger than polyester and more elastic. However, nylon is less resistant to UV radiation than polyester. Dyneema is the lightest, strongest and best against UV radiation. Dyneema only has a higher price. Width Slinges The width of a sling is often related to the material from which it is made. There are dyneema slings with a width of 8 mm, these are made as light as possible. The only drawback is that it is less comfortable to grip these thin slings when you want to hang out to read the route. The wider slings are available up to about 25 mm. Number of climbing sets Determining the number of climb sets depends on the route you are going to take. Therefore, always consult a climbing topo in advance. For safety, it is smart to take 1 or 2 more climbing sets with you than are described in the climbing topo. If you plan to use climbing kits for your anchorage as well, add them to the total. Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

Which rope clamps are there?

Rope clamps are indispensable when climbing on a rope. They make ascending and descending much easier and have become indispensable for many rope climbers. Without rope clamps, the ascent becomes a huge physical act. In addition, they also serve as a necessary safeguard against falls. Important to know A rope clamp is also called a rope clamp and is used as climbing equipment. It allows the climbing rope to slide in the climbing direction and blocks it in the other direction, thanks to built-in teeth. There are a total of four different types of rope clamps, which are distinguished:∙ Hand rope clamp, ∙ Chest ascender, ∙ Foot ascender ∙ Auxiliary rope clamp. They mainly differ in their different functions:Secure against falls: Hand ascenders and Chest ascenders Pure climbing aids: Foot ascenders and makeshift crampons. The areas of application of a rope clamp are very versatile. You can use them for “jümarn” (climbing with two rope clamps), as a belay for building a pulley or for solo climbing (only for very experienced climbers).este Rope Clamp: Shopping Guide and Recommendations (06/22)What is a suitable riser clamp for you?We help you find the perfect rope dock. To do this, we compared manual crampons, chest crampons, foot crampons and makeshift crampons and listed their respective advantages and disadvantages. Hand ascenderA hand rope clamp is now considered a "must have" for rope climbers. With the help of this rope clamp you can "jümarn", i.e. rope yourself up with two hands rope clamps. You attach one rope clamp to your harness and the other to the sling that you climb through with your foot. You can mainly use this rope clamp to ascend on the rope. It forms your “safety backup” and is therefore part of your chain of protection. It makes your ascent easier by ensuring that you can pull up with little effort. It's also easy to use. Advantages ∙ Part of the belay chain ∙ makes takeoff easier ∙ easy to handle Cons ∙ too uncertain as an independent belay chain ∙ its use requires practice A disadvantage is that an independent hand climber is too uncertain as a belay function. It is better to use a second rope clamp and/or a Prusik (special clamp knot) in addition to the hand rope clamp. Moreover, using such a rope clamp requires some practice, because you have to open it with one hand during use. Chest ascenderYou connect a chest rope clamp directly to your climbing harness. It gets its name from the fact that it sits exactly at the level of the chest. The main advantage of a chest climber is that it can protect you from falling, compared to a toe climber, i.e. it can be counted as part of the safety chain, just like the hand climber. A chest climber is not really necessary for the actual ascent, because you can also use your abseil device for it. However, it is much easier and faster with such a crampon. Advantages ∙ Part of the belay chain ∙ makes takeoff easier Cons ∙ Complex conversion of the descender ∙ The biggest disadvantage of such a rope clamp is that you have to convert your descender quite extensively to use a breast rope clamp. This is not easy, especially for beginners. Foot ascenderA foot climber is not part of a belay chain, but is attached directly to your foot and is used purely as a climbing aid. If you want to buy a foot ascender, you should always have a hand ascender, chest ascender or other means of protection with you when climbing. He can e.g. used as support on long climbs. It is also a good aid when using special climbing techniques, such as climbing stairs. Advantages ∙ Lighting on long climbs ∙ support in the use of special climbing techniques Cons ∙ Unintentional opening possible ∙ clumsy handling The disadvantage of foot climbers is that they can sometimes open unintentionally, which is why they should only be used by experienced climbers. The fact that the foot is attached to the rope in this type of rope clamp also generally makes it very clumsy to handle. Auxiliary rope clampAn auxiliary rope clamp is a rope clamp in minimal form. It can save you time in situations where you can feel safe as a lead climber, even if your lead climber is in trouble. This allows you to reach belays that are longer than the actual rope. This allows the second climber to continue climbing, even if the lead climber is at a critical point, without endangering him. On the other hand, if your second climber is in a tricky situation, you can use the makeshift rope clamp to secure the exit of a route. Advantages ∙ time savings ∙ reaching places longer than the rope ∙ securing the exit of a route Cons ∙ high risk of loosening slings or wedges ∙ not possible to secure the leader on the descent ∙ risk of rope wear A disadvantage of the improvised rope clamp is that its use increases the risk of slings or wedges coming loose. In addition, it is not possible to tie up the lead climber during the descent, i.e. the lead climber must never be put in a situation where he is forced to descend! As with any use of a rope clamp, the risk of rope wear eventually increases. Who is a rope clamp suitable for?With a rope clamp you can always pull yourself up on your rope without much effort, whether you are in an emergency situation or not. Rope clamps are particularly suitable, for example, as a belay for solo climbing, for climbing the big wall, for technical climbing, as a backstop when setting up a pulley and, last but not least, even as equipment for expeditions and caving. How can I save myself with a rope clamp?To free yourself from a crevice with a rope clamp, you must proceed as follows (this procedure is also called the pulley technique) ∙ First you have to educate yourself. To do this, attach a rope clamp to the climbing rope and arrange it with a 90 loop at arm's length. ∙ Then you set up a climbing prusik. To do this, place a pulley under the top rope clamp and hang a climbing sling from it. ∙ Now you start the ascent: you alternately push the self-binding clip up, follow the scaffolding with your foot and then climb up again. Repeat this until you reach the edge of the canyon again. ∙ At the edge of the crevasse you use the self-tying technique: you hook the pulley into the body and remove the ascender loop. Now reroute the rope at the top clamp. That is it! Now you can pull yourself up like a pulley. ∙ What alternatives are there to a rope clamp? ∙ Before the introduction of rope clamps, special knotting techniques were used to climb up the rope. Today, however, they are mainly used in mountain rescue, or are usually just used as an additional belay to the rope grab. The following knotting techniques are distinguishedPrusik knot: When taking off with a Prusik, two ascending slings, with a length of approx. 150 m, are pushed up the rope behind each other. Before the descent, the Prusik is used again as a securing aid on the brake rope. Garda sling: This is also called a Garda sling and is considered an alternative to a rope sling with a backstop. The Garda sling has the advantage that it can be made without much effort with the usual climbing equipment you have with you. To do this, a loop is tied through two identical carabiners in an express set.FAQ overview: Go back.

What do stainless steel types A2 and A4 mean?

We regularly get asked what the difference is between stainless steel types A2 and A4. Which is better? When it comes to fasteners, we also refer to stainless steel 304 (type A2) and stainless steel type 316 (A4). The difference between these two types is their degree of corrosion resistance. For example, stainless steel type A4 (316) has a higher corrosion resistance, making it suitable for use near seawater and chlorine.Both types of stainless steel are therefore suitable for outdoor use. Galvanized steel (steel bolts/anchor plates) is perfectly suited for indoor use and, to a limited extent, in slightly damp areas. Because galvanized steel is a pure steel, it is slightly stronger than stainless steel and can therefore handle a higher load. For a more detailed explanation of its use, see the Knowledge Base: Knowledge Base: General canyoning and caving equipment / Why do you use stainless steel materials in canyoning/caving? FAQ overview: Go back.

Which anchors do you use for canyoning and caving?

In canyoning and caving, choosing the right anchors is crucial due to the challenging and often dangerous(er) conditions. Safety depends on using anchors that are suitable for wet, rocky and sometimes unstable surfaces. Here we list the most commonly used anchors and their properties for these sports: DRILLED AND BONDED ANCHORS∙ Glued Stainless Steel Anchors: Widely used in both canyoning and caving due to their durability and resistance to corrosion in wet environments. This type of anchor requires drilling a hole into which the anchor is bonded with a special chemical substance. Adhesive anchors are durable under prolonged exposure to water and humid conditions. ∙ Expansion Anchors (such as Drilled Anchors): This type of anchor, made of stainless steel or galvanized steel, is firmly clamped into the rock. Particularly useful for hard rock types, but less suitable for soft or porous rocks. THROUGH BOLT ANCHORS / PARABOLTSThrough bolt anchors / parabolts are a type of mechanical anchor that is widely used in climbing, caving, and canyoning to create secure attachment points in rocks / hard rock and concrete. Through bolt anchors / parabolts usually consist of a metal shaft with a screw head and an expansion sleeve at the end. When installing a through bolt anchor / parabolt, a hole is first drilled into the rock, into which the through bolt anchor parabolt is placed. When the bolt is tightened, the sleeve expands, anchoring the bolt firmly in the hole. Often used as temporary or semi-permanent attachment points. Features and Benefits of Through bolt Anchors / Parabolts∙ Strong Anchorage: provide a very strong and reliable attachment, especially in hard rock such as granite and limestone. ∙ Easy Installation: They can be installed relatively quickly without the use of chemicals, unlike adhesive anchors. ∙ Removability: are often easier to remove than bonded anchors, which can be useful for temporary routes. ∙ Suitable for Semi-Permanent Installations: are often used for semi-permanent routes as they can withstand high forces and are suitable for heavy loads. Considerations when using through anchors / parabolts∙ Rust and Corrosion: It is important to use stainless steel parabolts in wet or damp conditions (such as canyoning) to prevent corrosion. ∙ Surface: Parabolts work best in solid, non-porous rock. In soft or porous rock, parabolts may be less effective. ∙ Inspection: Regular inspection is important to check for wear and corrosion, especially if they are used in a permanent route. Through bolt anchors / parabolts are a popular choice for adventure sports due to their strength and reliability. They provide climbers and cavers with a secure anchor point for descending, traversing and belaying. DROP-IN ANCHORS / SLEEVE ANCHORSAre ideal for durable and strong fixings in hard materials and situations where fast and secure anchoring is required. Drop-in anchors are anchors that are hammered into a pre-drilled hole in the rock / concrete, after which they are firmly fixed and can be loaded immediately. They are often used for fixing structures to concrete or hard stone surfaces and are suitable for situations where you need a strong anchor without having to tighten the anchor, such as with mechanical expansion anchors (Through Anchors / Parabolts). Applications of Drop-in Anchors∙ Climbing and Industrial Security: For permanent climbing routes and belays in hard surfaces, drop-in anchors are often used as an alternative security. They are less suitable for damp and changing weather conditions and must be checked for corrosion if used outdoors. ∙ Concrete and Hard Stone Surfaces: Drop-in anchors are particularly effective in solid concrete or hard stone types, where they clamp firmly once hammered in. They are less suitable for soft or porous materials. ∙ Fastening Heavy Structures: Drop-in anchors are ideal for permanent fastening of heavy structures, such as steel structures, railings, and heavy machinery, because they have a high load-bearing capacity. Considerations for Using Drop-in Anchors∙ Immediate Load Capacity: Drop-in anchors can be loaded immediately after being driven in, making them useful for situations where quick work is required. ∙ Material Choice: Use stainless steel versions for outdoor conditions or humid environments to prevent corrosion. ∙ Non-Removable: Drop-in anchors are difficult to remove without damaging the material, making them suitable for permanent fastenings. Using a Drop-In Anchor∙ A drop-in anchor with a metric internal thread is suitable for fastening bolts and threaded rods. The drop-in anchor is suitable for temporary fixings, the sleeve sits nicely flat against the substrate and is therefore no longer in the way. ∙ Pre-positioned installation. ∙ Drive in the anchor using a hammer. Then use the correct size drop-in pin and drive in the cone of the anchor so that the plug can fully expand. ∙ The drop-in pin must sit completely against the edge of the anchor to ensure correct expansion. RINGS AND CHAINSRings: Stainless steel rings are popular because they provide a smooth surface for ropes to pass through, which is useful for canyoning. These anchors are often combined with expansion or glue anchors. Chains: Chains are sometimes added to anchor points for added security and to maintain the correct direction of descent. Particularly useful in caving for difficult routes. GLUED HOOKS OR U-BOLTSThese are often used for permanent installations. Chemical Anchor Hooks: These are sturdy hooks that, when glued, provide a secure place for descents and transitions. U-Bolts are reliable and can accommodate multiple carabiners or ropes, which is useful in caving where multiple people need to descend. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS AND MATERIAL CHOICE∙ Stainless steel (SS) is the preferred material because of its resistance to rust, which is essential for canyoning due to the constant contact with water. ∙ Durability: In caving, anchors must withstand the pressure of heavy loads and often sharp, sometimes porous rocks. ∙ Maintenance and Inspection: For both canyoning and caving, it is important that anchors are regularly inspected for corrosion and wear. Anchors that are old or damaged can pose risks. By using the right anchors and taking the environment into account, climbers and cavers can descend safely and follow their routes in challenging conditions. Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

What is the difference between the Tebylon Ring hanger and Raumer Anellox hangers?

The new Tebylon Ring hanger has been developed for exploration purposes and that is the big difference with the Raumer Anellox hanger. For rescue, the Tebylon Ring is not the best hanger to use as it is not designed for that purpose. It is light in weight and compact and is not made for rescue and heavy operations. The Tebylon ring hangers are not recommended by Taiwan developer ShaWa and CanyonZone for rescue and heavy operations.

How do you choose the right belay device?

Climbing without a belay device is almost unthinkable. A belay device is therefore an essential part of your (climbing) equipment, but how do you choose it? With the help of this description we help you to choose a suitable belay device for your (climbing) activities. Before you read this article, it is good to ask yourself a few things, namely: ∙ Where do you climb the most? Do you mainly climb a lot in the climbing hall or do you practice lead climbing, canyoning or caving outside? Where you climb affects the minimum functions your belay device should have. ∙ Which climbing ropes do you use? This is usually related to where you climb the most, but it is still good to think about this. The thickness of the climbing rope you use limits your selection of belay devices available. Also think carefully about ropes in a climbing gym, because they are often a bit older, you can add a few millimeters to the thickness. Some semi-automatic belay devices therefore do not work well in the climbing hall. We will elaborate on this later. View our range of belay devices. Also check out the self-locking belay device. Type of belay devicesThere are three or four different types of belay devices, depending on whether you place cliches and tuber(like) belay devices in a category or separately. Figure 8 devicesFigure 8 devices is a classic belay device which has historically been extremely popular, but has since been superseded by the other types of belay devices. Correct use of the climbing rope is easy to visually check, but requires a lot of attention from the belayer. The braking function is completely lost if the belayer does not use the device correctly or releases the climbing rope. I therefore absolutely advise against this belay device for the novice climber. Benefits:∙ Simple rope release for lead climbing ∙ Suitable for almost any rope diameter ∙ Can also be used for abseiling Cons:∙ Using the climbing rope causes your climbing rope to curl up ∙ Does not automatically block in the event of a fall, making it very unsafe for the inexperienced climber ∙ Offers relatively little friction, so belaying a heavy person requires more force than other belay devices Tuber(like) belay devices Today one of the most common type of belay devices is the tuber-like, also called tubers. Tubers offer extra friction of their own accord because the climbing rope runs bent through the friction plate of the tuber via a carabiner. Just like with a climbing climb, you also have to pay a lot of attention when using tubers to perform the correct securing actions. If you let go of the climbing rope, the tuber loses all braking effect and this can be very wrong for the climber.You can still subdivide tubers into two types based on the functionalities. See below the examples of the functionalities that the two types of tubers have:Black Diamond ATC XP:As you can see in the picture, this is the most basic variant of a tuber. The functionalities that belong to this belay device are: - Top-rope belay - Securing the lead climber - Abseiling on single, double & twin rope Another example of this type of belay device is the Petzl Verso.Black Diamond ATC Guide: This is an extended version of a tuber. The extra functionality that comes with this belay device on top of the normal functionalities of a tuber is the possibility to belay one or two post climbers at the same time.Another example of this type of belay device is the Petzl Reverso, Benefits:∙ Friction plate helps to brake the climbing rope ∙ Very versatile ∙ Offers the possibility to secure two post climbers with a tuber ∙ Abseiling on single, double and twin rope Cons:∙ Does not automatically block in the event of a fall, so a tuber is still very error-prone ∙ With thinner climbing rope, the friction is less. We do not recommend using the tuber in these cases for inexperienced climbers ∙ If you use very thin twin rope, the choice of tubers is quite limited Semi-automatic Belay Devices (without braking assistance)Semi-automatic belay devices without braking assistance are among the safest belay devices available to both novice and experienced climbers. The extra safe operation is due to the automatic locking of the belay device in the event of a fall, provided the braking hand is held in the correct position (hence the lack of braking assistance). The effect is still most similar to the effect of the tuber and the usability for climbing activities is also almost the same.Many different models of these belay devices are available and we strongly recommend this type for novice climbers in addition to the semi-automatic belay devices with braking assistance.The most important examples of this type of belay device that are ideally suited for the climbing gym are the Black Diamond ATC-Pilot, the Mammut Smart 2.0 and the Edelrid Jul. Options that you can use better for outdoors due to the extra functionalities are the Edelrid Megajul, the Mammut Smart Alpine and the Climbing Technology Alpine-Up kit. Also take a look at the Edelrid Microjul, which is one of the few semi-automatic belay devices that is suitable for very thin climbing rope.Benefits:∙ Automatically blocks in the event of a fall if the brake hand is held in the correct position positie ∙ Simple design makes correct use easy to control ∙ Very versatile Cons∙ The correct operation of this type of belay device still depends on the position of the brake hand ∙ Smooth rope release when lead climbing or abseiling requires some getting used to the belay device Semi-automatic Belay Devices (with brake assist)Semi-automatic belay devices with braking assistance are without a doubt the safest belay devices for climbing. The belay devices are designed in such a way that even when you have your hands free of the climbing rope, the belay device will still automatically lock in the event of a fall (a warning here is that you should not let go of the climbing rope completely under any circumstances).The automatic blocking is achieved by a brake pad in the belay device that tilts and blocks the climbing rope when subjected to a lot of tension. Spending climbing rope with this belay device often requires some practice to prevent the belay device from blocking unnecessarily.An additional functionality that some of these belay devices have is an anti-panic function. This prevents the belay device from completely unblocking when the descent lever is opened too far (in the event of panic, for example). Take a look at the Petzl GriGri+ as an example.You mainly use this type of belay device when climbing in the climbing hall or when leading a single length of rope outdoors. In addition, with this type of belay device you can also abseil on a single rope.Benefits:∙ Helps make climbing a lot safer ∙ Automatically blocks in the event of a fall regardless of the position of the hands ∙ The anti-panic function on some models prevents you from accidentally unblocking the belay device completely in case of panic ∙ Easy in use Cons:∙ Only suitable for single rope ∙ Higher price (obviously, safety shouldn't have a price) ∙ Relatively heavy Advice for the novice outdoor athleteBecause there is a huge range of belay devices, here is my advice to the novice outdoor athlete. If you are just starting out with outdoor sports, we recommend that you invest in a semi-automatic belay device. Preferably with braking assistance such as the Petzl GriGri+. If the Petzl GriGri Plus is too expensive, take a look at the Petzl GriGri or the belay devices without brake assistance. The purpose of semi-automatic belay devices is to make climbing safer for you and, indirectly, to make climbing more enjoyable. If you have any doubts about the belay devices, feel free to visit CanyonZone in our showroom where we can advise you at the same time. Based on source edited: https://www.klimwinkel.nl/keuzehulp/hardware/keuzehulp-hoe-kies-je-het-beste-zekermachine Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

What does a spit kit consist of?

CanyonZone offers you the opportunity to put together your own spit kit. Look for this on the page Spit kits & accessories. Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

How do I choose the right rope for canyoning or caving?

In caving and canyoning, using the right ropes is an important (attention) point when choosing your equipment. I have included information on the Information about rope: choice and maintenance page to help you make the right choice.Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

What to pay attention to when ordering a rope length!

When you choose the length of the rope, you must first know what you will mainly use it for. When rock climbing, it's smart to watch the topo. How long is the route? Are there abseil points and if so, what length should you abseil over? Many climbing guides list the recommended length of the rope, but as a general rule for outdoor climbing you can use a rope of 60 - 80 m. Of course, the length of the rope also depends on the size of the rope group. In addition, a short rope can also be used for securing when via ferrata or for hiking. Ropes of 30 - 40 m are perfect here. Climbing halls are getting bigger and higher and that is why it is better not to choose a rope shorter than 50 m.When determining which length of rope you want to order, you should check the degree of shrinkage of the chosen rope. With (semi)static ropes you have to take into account shrinkage between 5-10%. If you would like more information about this, please contact us, see: Contact about Assortment.Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

Recommendation for rope marking

How much rope goes in a bag/backpack?

Indication of the number of meters of rope, 10mm, that fits in a backpack: Volume 22 l = approximately 70 m of rope Volume 27 l = approximately 90 m of rope Volume 36 l = approximately 120 m of rope Volume 37 l = approximately 120 m of rope Volume 40 l = approximately 130 m of rope Volume 45 l = approximately 150 m of rope Volume 55 l = approximately 180 m of rope Volume 60 l = approximately 200 m of ropeOverview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

What is semi static and what is dynamic rope?

Static ropeThe word static indicates that there is no stretch in the rope. (Not used in outdoor sports) Semi static ropeWith semi-static rope, the elongation is minimal (in accordance with EN1891) but is definitely noticeable, especially during activities on long lines (for example, climbing a line of 50 meters). Thanks to this stretch in the semi-static ropes, forces released during a fall are sufficiently absorbed. The semi-static lines are used for rope access activities, working on flat and/or sloping roofs, as a safety line in vertical structures, during rescues, as a descent line (abseiling), etc.For the difference between Type-A and Type-B ropes on semi-static lines, see: the CanyonZone Knowledge Base. Dynamic ropeDynamic ropes are mainly used in outdoor sports. These dynamic lines / climbing ropes contain so much stretch that they can often absorb the full fall of a climber without the intervention of, for example, fall dampers. Dynamic climbing rope consists of a nylon core, around which the actual rope is braided. The sheath (which is usually colored) is still around it, which protects the rope.Way of production of ropesRope is made by twisting or braiding (twisting) several strands of synthetic fibers together to get a stronger and more durable material. Nylon fiber will stretch. This property in combination with higher rotational speeds in the core bundles allows dynamic ropes to stretch and acquire their dynamic properties. Polyester/Dyneema/Technora fibers stretch very little or not at all and are used in combination with lower twist rates in the core bundles when little/no stretch is required. e.g. Dynamic rope = 100% nylon with multiple core bundles with high twist. Static/low elongation = low elongation fiber sheath around low elongation fiber, low twist rate core bundles.For more see: Information about rope: choice and maintenance Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

What is the difference between Type-A and Type-B lines of semi-static ropes?

With semi-static ropes there is a difference between the Type-A and Type-B ropes.The difference in Type-A and Type-B lines has to do with the quality/resistance. A type A-line has a higher resistance and is therefore tested with a weight of 100KG, while a Type B-line is tested with a weight of 80KG. Type-B safety lines are often cheaper in price but have a lower performance level than Type-A lines. When using Type-B lines, more attention should be paid to signs of wear.Below schematically the difference between the test results that Type A and B lines must meet as a minimum. Type A B Diameter 9-16mm 9-16mm Static resistance 2200kg minimum 2200kg minimum Static resistance with "double eight" knot 1500kg (3 minutes) 1200kg (3 minutes) Minimum number of rope break traps(interval 3 minutes) 5 x fall factor 1(test weight 100kg) 5 x fall factor 1(test weight 80kg) Force / impact on body, carabiner and/oranchorage (fall factor 0.3) < 6kN(test weight 100kg) Source: http://www.beal-pro.com *Before using a semi-static rope for the first time, it must be placed in a cold water immersion bath for 24 hours. This will cause the rope to shrink once and thus obtain its final length. Preferably, the rope is left on a roll during the dipping bath and also during drying. See also: Information about rope: choice and maintenance Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

What is the difference in the Korda's ropes Dana and Iris?

The main difference between the Dana and the Iris is the way how the mantle is woven. The Dana is still flexible to knot, the Iris is stiffer and by a tighter weave pattern much more abrasion resistant as the Dana model. Only with the stiffnes it is also more difficult to knot the rope. Two characteristics that fight against each other! Durability and easy / good handling.Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

What is prusik rope / reepschnur?

Auxiliary ropes such as prusik rope (reap schnur) can serve as a backup when abseiling or to make a station anchorage. The prusik rope is often static, so without stretch. You choose the right diameter depending on the diameter of the rope on which you will use the prusik rope. The prusiks are available in different versions: - Can be ordered separately per meter to tie yourself with the well-known Prusik knot - Prusik ropes are also supplied by Canyonzone in the desired size. - prusik with stitched rope ends.For your information: Prusikken is originally an American rescue technique within the sport of climbing in which you can climb up in a rope by means of two prusik ropes. For the technique, a short (approx. 40 cm) and a long (approx. 100 cm) prusik string are used, the ends of which are tied together so that two loose loops are created. Both loops are attached to the main rope with the prusik knot (the long one always above the short one). The climber is always secured to the short prusik and uses the long prusik (which runs behind the belt to keep him hanging upright) to push himself up with his legs. Once the climber hangs from the short prusik, the long one can be pushed up. Once the climber is in the long prusik, the short one can be pushed up. By constantly alternating weight from one loop to the other, you always end up hanging a meter higher or, if desired, lower on the rope. Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

CE4Y 6.0 mm slick rope vs adrena rope

The AdrenaLine is a further development of the SlickLine by CE4Y on request of the French caving association to make a more durable sheath around the 6mm rope to climb it up with ascenders. The SlickLine is made to use for descending. The AdrenaLine is for descending AND ascending up the line. To use for exploration in a cave, but also interesting for canyoneers / tree climbers etc.Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

What is a handy rope protector?

There are different rope protectors, a handy one is the Landjoff Rope Protector HEAVY. Rolled up is the way to transport the rope protector. Before use, unwind the roll lengthwise and you can fold it around the rope (up to 3 strands width possible). On one side is a 3mm string that you attach to the rope with an anchor stitch or prusik to keep the rope protector in place."Opportunity to enlarge the length and width" It means that with 2 rope protectors you can choose to connect them in length or width to make an extended or widened rope protector. This is possible because on both long sides of the Rope Protector is Velcro with which you can connect two protectors to each other. Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

How do I maintain my ropes?

By regularly maintaining your ropes you can extend the life of a rope. I have information about this on the page Information about rope: choice and maintenance under the heading Can you extend the life of a climbing rope? posted.Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

Ease of use rope spools!

For simple and convenient storage of your ropes, Canyonzone has used spools available in different sizes. See in the range: 2nd hand canyoning and caving articles / Spools for storing ropes. A coil is shipped disassembled. Assembly is simple: - if the type has a split center piece, assemble it - place a side wall on the center piece and turn until you hear a click. - repeat this with the 2nd side wall. - You can now wind the rope onto the spoolSuggestion to wind the (maintained) rope onto the spool: - use a "broomstick" and stick it in front of the center piece - ensure that the broom handle is secured, see example image - wind the rope onto the spool NB: for maintenance of jet ropes see: Ropes and slings / Information about rope: selection and maintenance If you need a different size or would like to know whether your rope would fit on a certain spool, please contact us atinfo@canyonzone.com. Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

Zipper broken? That's how it works again!

Canyonzone has 3 tips to make your zipper run smoothly again If the zipper no longer closes properly, does not open and close smoothly or is even completely stuck, you do not have to replace it immediately. Don't lash out at it either, because that never really works. With these tips, the zipper is completely kits again! Tip 1: Check the zipper Where is the zipper stuck? Are there loose threads between the zipper or maybe a piece of fabric? Then try to loosen the zipper by very gently moving the zipper up and down. Do not pull too hard on the zipper or on the fabric, because then the fabric will break.Tip 2: Lubricate the zipper Does the zipper open and close smoothly? Then grease the zipper. A Gear Aid Zipper Lubricant Stick has therefore been included in the Canyonzone range. Lubricating paste for TIZIP zippers can also be used for dry suits, among other things.Of course, you can also try using a household lubricant such as Vaseline or soap. Put some lubricant on a cotton swab and rub it over the zipper. Then open and close the zipper a few times so that the lubricant spreads well. Make sure that the lubricant does not stain. Have a cloth ready and place a cloth on the inside of the garment under the zipper. With the marker you have a better tool at your disposal. Tip 3: Check the zipper teeth Does the zipper not open or close any further? Check that all zipper teeth are straight. If this is not the case, you can straighten the zipper tooth with a pair of pliers. Lubricate the zipper for a while, then the zipper should open and close smoothly again.If these tips don't help, it might be better to put in a new zipper. FAQ overview: Go back.

Why do you use stainless materials in canyoning / caving?

Stainless steel, also called INOX, is an alloy of mainly iron, chromium, nickel and carbon. There are different types of stainless steel depending on the balance between these substances. The amount of chromium in the alloy is very important and determines the anti-corrosion properties of the stainless steel. One of the biggest advantages of stainless steel is the fact that stainless steel is waterproof. This means that stainless steel is very resistant to the influences of water. The strength and protective properties of stainless steel are not easily affected by water, so we do not see corrosion quickly. Advantages and disadvantages of stainless steel / INOX advantages ∙ waterproof and therefore resistant to the influences of water ∙ resistant to weather influences ∙ increased resistance to acids and corrosion ∙ wear-resistant and therefore has a long life (sustainable) ∙ recyclable cons ∙ more expensive than chromed steel or powder coated steel ∙ iron ore is not inexhaustible What should you pay attention to / take into account When the chromium comes into contact with oxygen, it forms an invisible layer of chromium oxide, which we call the oxide skin. This layer protects the underlying metal against further rust formation. Stainless steel can still rust. The oxide skin is maintained by oxygen from the outside. If this layer is damaged, it will repair itself. If a damaged area is closed off from oxygen – for example due to the accumulation of dirt – the underlying metal will become active and start the rusting process. Contamination of the surface of stainless steel can disrupt the formation of the protective oxide layer and thus adversely affect the corrosion resistance. Some substantive background information What exactly is stainless steel? Numerous stainless steel alloys are available, each with their own specifications. The most commonly used stainless steel shapes are stainless steel 304 (INOX A2) and stainless steel 316 (INOX A4). Stainless steel 304, also called the 18/8 alloy, 18 stands for 18% Cr (chrome) and 8 stands for 8% Ni (nickel). This offers good strength in relation to good formability of the material, making the alloy useful for many indoor and outdoor applications. ∙ Suitable for applications where weldability, polishability and very good deep drawing properties and wear resistance are required. ∙ The biggest 'weakness' of 304 is its sensitivity to chlorides and acids, which can cause (local) corrosion. More aggressive environments, such as seawater and coastal areas, may therefore be unsuitable for 304. Stainless steel 316 also contains 2% molybdenum, which makes the material more resistant to crevice and stress corrosion and pitting corrosion. The molybdenum in the alloy makes 316 less sensitive to chlorides and acids. This in combination with a higher percentage of nickel increases the corrosion resistance. These properties make 316 ideal for:∙ moist environments with regular exposure to salt. ∙ is often recommended when aggressive environmental factors are involved. The right alloy choice Choosing the right stainless steel alloy determines the success of the application. An incorrect choice of alloy can cause the application to start rusting and therefore last a lot less. However, if you choose an alloy that is too highly alloyed than is necessary for the application, then you will be considerably more expensive in costs and you will pay for properties that you do not need. To choose the right alloy, factors such as environmental factors, surface finish and budget must be taken into account. What exactly is stainless steel? Numerous stainless steel alloys are available, each with their own specifications. The austenitic stainless steel or the AISI 300 series, represents the largest group of stainless steel types. This group is derived from 18/8 composition. The most commonly used stainless steel shapes are stainless steel 304 and stainless steel 316, both types are austenitic stainless steels. The material is non-magnetic, has good corrosion resistance, has a high coefficient of expansion and is a poor conductor of heat and electricity. Austenic stainless steel is of course attractive due to its high corrosion resistance and is therefore extremely suitable for applications in aggressive environmental factors. Although both types of stainless steel are austenitic types, the types do differ from each other. So when do you choose stainless steel 304 or stainless steel 316? The differences between stainless steel 304 (INOX A2) and 316 (INOX A4) Stainless steel AISI 304, also called the 18/8 alloy, 18 stands for 18% Cr (chrome) and 8 stands for 8% Ni (nickel). This offers good strength in relation to good formability of the material, making the alloy useful for many indoor and outdoor applications. Suitable for applications where weldability, polishability and very good deep drawing properties and wear resistance are required. The biggest 'weakness' of 304 is its sensitivity to chlorides and acids, which can cause (local) corrosion. More aggressive environments, such as seawater and coastal areas, may therefore be unsuitable for 304 AISI 316 stainless steel also contains 2% molybdenum, which makes the material more resistant to crevice and stress corrosion and pitting corrosion. The molybdenum in the alloy makes 316 less sensitive to chlorides and acids. This in combination with a higher percentage of nickel increases the corrosion resistance of 316. These properties make 316 ideal for humid environments with regular exposure to salt. As a result, stainless steel 316 is often recommended when there are aggressive environmental factors. Note: For 316L, L stands for Low Carbon Can 304 stainless steel only be used indoors? In general, stainless steel 304 is usually used for indoors and stainless steel 316 for outdoor use. However, this rule certainly does not always apply. Stainless steel 304 can certainly also be used when an outdoor application does not have to deal with an aggressive environment and the risk of corrosion formation is less, such as in the case of e.g. screw foundations because it is not a problem that some flash rust is visible over time. The use of stainless steel 304 in screw foundations makes a considerable difference in costs and still gives the same desired result. Is galvanized steel stainless? What is the difference between galvanized steel and stainless steel? Galvanized steel steel has a coating of zinc on the metal's surface. The zinc layer builds up an oxide layer that prevents further corrosion. Stainless steel has a certain amount of nickel and/or chromium added to the steel alloy.Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

Care and maintenance of outdoor/pocket knives/scissors

Properly maintaining your knife/scissors not only extends their lifespan, it also ensures a safer and more enjoyable cutting/snipping experience. We recommend that you follow these five rules to keep the knife in top condition: 1. Keep your knife sharp. An accident can easily happen with a blunt knife. A general rule is that you should regularly touch up or sharpen the knife with a fine ceramic rod or a fine grit before the edge becomes too blunt. If you do this, you will no longer have to spend time with harsh abrasives and your knife will remain in good condition for longer.There are numerous methods to place a cutting edge on bladed tools. From whetstones, bench sharpeners, beveled ceramic rods, diamond stones, leather straps and fixed angle sharpeners, there is no shortage of excellent tools on the market to meet your needs. When sharpening, consider the purpose of the blade and the proper edge angle to get the best cutting performance for the job at hand. A low edge angle of 15° ensures high sharpness and is suitable for kitchen knives, while a high edge angle of 25° is more suitable for universal outdoor knives. Keep these guidelines in mind when choosing your corner:Outdoor knives: ∙ Hunting knife for light use and detail cutting: 20°Heavy duty hunting knife and cutting: 25° ∙ Heavy duty camp/survival knife, typical fixed blades: 30° ∙ Pocket knives for EDC:Heave use: 25° ∙ Light use: 20° Additionally, choosing the right abrasive grit will depend on how dull or damaged your knife edge is. The coarser the grit, the more material is removed. To re-profile or reshape an edge, start with coarse-grained materials, such as a 320-grit diamond stone, and gradually use finer abrasives to grind and then sharpen the edge. For general sharpening, a 600 grit diamond stone is suitable, followed by the use of fine ceramics to sharpen the edge. For a mirror finish, complete the process with a leather strap with a polishing compound. 2. Keep your knife clean. For average daily cleaning, wipe the blade with a dry or slightly dampened lint-free cloth or paper towel to remove dirt. If there is abrasive material on the blade, such as sand or gritty dirt, gently run the blade under water before wiping it off to avoid scratching the blade.You can also use a mild detergent such as dish soap to clean the blade and remove any caked-on material. Make sure you dry the knife immediately. If you notice that the knife is difficult to open or close, you may need to clean the inside of the handle and around the blade. While the blade is dry, use an old soft-bristled toothbrush to gently scrub away the grime wherever you can reach the toothbrush. For hard-to-reach areas, use a dry cotton swab, toothpick or fine-tipped brush. Compressed air can also help remove stubborn lint and dirt. For hard-to-remove areas, such as tree sap and tape residue, use rubbing alcohol on a cloth or cotton swab. Make sure to rinse your knife immediately after using rubbing alcohol and dry it thoroughly. 3. Keep your knife dry. A surefire way to get rust on your knife is to leave it wet after use or store the knife in a humid environment. After washing or using your knife, simply wipe the blade and allow the knife to dry completely before storing. This is especially important for fixed blades stored in leather cases, as leather tends to retain moisture and can cause rust to form on the blade.4. Keep your knife well oiled. There are some excellent lubricants on the market to keep your folding knife pivot running smoothly. Once your blade is dry, apply a small amount of oil to the pivot or other moving parts of the blade. Applying a thin layer of oil to the blade can also increase corrosion resistance. If you find that wet petroleum-based lubricants, such as the recommended 3-in-1 machine oils, attract lint and other debris, you may also consider using a Teflon-based dry lubricant. If you use your knife for food, consider using a food-safe lubricant such as vegetable or mineral oil.5. Keep your knife in good condition. A bent pocket clip or missing screw does not make your pocket knife unusable. There may be replacement parts for most and sheaths.Most simple adjustments, such as centering the blade or replacing a handle shell, can be done using a Torx bit screwdriver to make fine adjustments to pivot or handle screws. It is important not to overtighten the screws. You run the risk of damaging the screw head or misaligning the threads. For more serious problems where the blade does not open or close properly, it is best to contact our customer service for assistance. It is important to check the manufacturer's warranty before modifying or completely disassembling the blade; doing so may void the warranty. Scissor maintenance Scissors have four sharpening edges and are therefore sensitive to resistance.∙ Regularly apply a drop of oil to the pivot point of the screw with your scissors. ∙ Regularly wipe the cutting blades with a dry tea towel. ∙ Much of the above advice also applies to scissors. If you have any questions or comments please contact: For customer service see: CanyonZone Customer Service. Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

How do you use a whistle in (emergency) situations?

Sending out a sound of signals for communication in cases where there is no direct line of sight or when background noise prevents other communication. RECOMMENDED COMMUNICATION CODE: the whistles must be made energetic and keep enough separation between them.∙ A whistle: indicates STOP. Stop the maneuver we're doing. ∙ Two whistles: indicate LI-BRE. Free rope ∙ Three whistles: Indicate DES-CEN-DER Needed to untie the rope for the abseiler that means lowering it into the base or member that is blocked. ∙ Four whistles: indicates RE-CU-PE-RER. It is necessary to reel in the rope from above because of excess rope which can cause problems at the end of the abseil. Depending on the activities, other and/or additional arrangements can be made within the group. It is always important that there are clear agreements before the activity is started.Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

How to choose the right piton?

WHAT ARE PITONS?A piton (also called a pin or hammer) in climbing is a metal point (usually steel) that is driven into a crack or seam in the climbing surface with a climbing hammer and that acts as an anchor to protect the climber from the consequences of falling or to make progress in climbing. Pitons are equipped with an eyelet or a ring to which a carabiner is attached; the carabiner can then be connected directly or indirectly to a climbing rope. Classification of Pitons"S" for standing and anchor belays and "F or P" for intermediate belays. (S = belay pitons and F or P = runner pitons.) P Progression pitons S Safety pitons Pitons were the original form of protection and are still used where there is no alternative. Repeated hammering and pulling out of pitons damages the rock, and climbers who adhere to the clean climbing ethic avoid using them as much as possible. With the popularity of clean climbing in the 1970s, pitons were largely replaced by faster and easier to use clean protection, such as nuts and cams. Pitons are still found in place (as "fixed" pitons) on some established free climbing routes, as fixed belay station anchors, in places where nuts or cams will not work; and are used on some hard climbs. Most common pitons:Pitons are custom-made and manufactured to fit a wide variety of cracks. From small to large, the most common are: Blade Blade - also known as Bugaboos, are thin, straight hooks that work in thin, deep cracks.Lost Arrow - designed by John Salathé and Yvon Chouinard, is a hot-forged, tapered piton that performs well in medium-sized cracks.Corner - A piton made of sheet steel bent into a "U", "V" or "Z" shape; works well for larger cracks, where the steel deforms elastically as the piton is set.Bongs - The largest pitons are corners made of sheet aluminum, called bongs, named for the sound they make when hammered into place, or the sound they make when dropped. Bongs have become rare with the advent of cam units, chocks that protect the same wide cracks more easily, and without causing damage to the rock.Beaks - hooking hooks with the ability to hook, that can be set without a hammer. Often known as Birdbeaks named after Jim Bridwell whose nickname was "The Bird".RURP (Realized Ultimate Reality Piton) - a small piton about the size of a postage stamp used in thin, shallow seams. It was designed by Tom Frost and Yvon Chouinard in 1959 and was manufactured by Chouinard Equipment in the 1960s. It is not a strong piece and is mainly used for aid climbing, although it can be used as protection on extremely free routes (e.g. Rurp The Wild Berserk (E6 6b) at The Brand, Leicestershire, UK). More recent versions of the RURP include Bird Beaks and Peckers.Also based on source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Piton Canyonzone's range see: Anchoring & Accessories \ Pitons Overview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

How to Measure the Size of a Zipper?

Before you order your FixnZip, you will need to determine the size of your zipper.To determine the size of the replacement zipper slider you need, start by checking the back of your broken zipper slider. Most zippers have a size number (1-10) embossed on the back of the slider. Once you have found the number, the zipper sizing chart below will determine which size FixnZip replacement zipper slider is right for you. Small: Sizes 1-4 Examples: pants, skirts, fine garments, pillows, clutch bagsMedium: Sizes 5-7 Examples: jackets, sleeping bags, tents, handbags, duffel bags, golf bagsLarge: Sizes 8-10 Examples: wetsuits, boat covers, canvas tents, heavy clothing, jeep windowsHow to Measure the Size of a Zipper! If your zipper does not have a number on the back, you can simply measure the width of the zipper teeth in millimeters or inches. Once you have determined the size of your zipper, you can decide which zipper slider within the categories small, medium, and large will best suit your needs.Teeth/Coil Width 1 to 4.5 mm | 0.04 to 0.18 inches = Small 5 to 7.5 mm | 0.19 to 0.30 inches = Medium 8 to 10 mm | 0.31 to 0.40 inches = LargeOverview Knowledge base General canyoning and caving equipment : Go back.

Knowledge base Canyoning

Specific information regarding canyoning and the selection and use of canyon equipment.Where applicable, each article contains links to relevant pages/articles on the CanyonZone website. If desired, also see FAQ or report to us what information you are missing. The information is included as "items", see descriptions below.CanyonZone Overview Knowledge Base: Go Back.

What is canyoning exactly and what does it mean?

Canyoning is a mountain sport in which you descend through a gorge (the canyon) carved out by water by abseiling, sliding and jumping. You use special rope techniques to get everyone down safely and responsibly. Go with a guide / instructor who teaches you the techniques to descend independently with a rope. A slide, as the name suggests, is a piece of rock that we can slide down into a pool while sitting down. If the pools are deep enough you can also jump down if you wish. Rest assured though, you don't have to just jump or slide anywhere. If you prefer abseiling, that's no problem.What do we actually need to do a canyoning tour?You need quite a complete canyoning equipment before you can responsibly jump into the deep. For starters, a neoprene suit. Nowadays there are special neoprene suits on the market that are specially developed for canyoning. A neoprene suit protects you against the cold and against the hard rocks. It is important that the outside of your suit is made of tear-resistant material, as we scrape against the rocks, roam through the bushes and often enough slip if it was just a bit too slippery. The knees and elbows must be provided with a rubber coating that protects these areas of our suit from damage. Furthermore, shoes, climbing equipment, ropes, carabiners, etc. are required.A typical canyoning day, at canyonguide, goes as follows:– The day before we agreed on a clear meeting place near the canyon. – At the agreed time and place, your guide will be waiting for you to drive to the beginning of the canyon. – In the parking lot, all the material we need is distributed among the group (wetsuits, belts, helmets, ropes, backpacks, waterproof barrels). – We walk in our swimsuits to the entrance of the canyon where we change into our wetsuits. – Let's have a fantastic adventure together! During the canyons that last a day, we have lunch somewhere in the canyon in a nice sunny spot. – At the exit of the canyon we take off our wetsuits and walk back.What do you take with you on a canyoning trip?– Swimwear (if you already put this on in the morning at home or at the campsite, it is not necessary to change in the parking lot). – A pair of sports shoes (no sandals or other open water shoes). – A packed lunch (few sandwiches, some energy bars) if the canyon lasts 3 hours or more, otherwise a few energy bars (muesli bars). Not too much because it all has to fit in the watertight barrels. – If you wear glasses, think of a piece of string to tie behind your ears. If you have contact lenses, take a few disposable lenses with you instead of your expensive hard lenses. – We leave dry clothes and towels in the car.Largely based on text: http://canyon-guide.com/ If you want to go canyoning independently or purchase materials, we have an extensive range and are happy to advise you. See also: What material / equipment do you need for canyoning?Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

What material/equipment do you need for canyoning?

CanyonZone has made a short overview with explanations, especially for the novice canyoneer, to start practicing the canyon sport responsibly. For a more extensive overview see: CanyonZone / Canyoning (basic) material. What is canyoning? A canyon is a gorge through which a river flows. With canyoning you go through the gorge in a piece of mostly untouched nature. You come to a place where really few people come. That is possible with canyoning! Canyoning is a versatile way of exercising where you walk, climb, swim, slide and abseil! Every meter you move is different and that makes canyoning one big adrenaline rush!What do you take with you with canyoning?Canyoning is fun and exciting, but it is important to protect yourself well. ∙ You wear a wetsuit to keep warm. ∙ A helmet is for falling rocks or in case you fall down yourself. ∙ Sturdy shoes protect you from rocks and give you a lot of grip. ∙ A harness and descent system with rope help you with abseiling. ∙ And not unimportant: carabiners and a canyoning bag. You can take things with you in this bag, without it getting damaged or wet inside! Canyoning in a wetsuitA wetsuit is a suit that you put on in water activities. The suit protects you from hypothermia. A wetsuit is not so much made to keep your body dry. A wetsuit in the right size lets in a little bit of water. This water is heated by your body temperature, so that you stay nice and warm and cannot become hypothermic. That is very important during canyoning.Canyoning with a safety helmetThe necessity of a helmet does not even need to be explained. Of course you wear a helmet during canyoning. You want to avoid head injuries that can be caused by falling rocks, the currents of water that can drag you against rocks, material that can fall down and all other possible risks. Your head is sacred and it must be protected!Special canyoning shoesThere are special canyoning shoes, the use of which is really necessary. The special rubber on these shoes provides a lot of grip on wet rocks. In addition, the shoes partly consist of the same material as a wetsuit. In short, warm feet are almost guaranteed. And last but not least: the ankle protection. During canyoning, ankles can quickly turn, because you are continuously walking over uneven terrain. Ankle protection provides strength around the ankles to prevent tipping over.A seat belt and descenderYou stand there: high and dry on a rock. You look down a few feet and ask yourself, "How do I get down?" Of course you come down with a seatbelt and descender. Crucial for rappelling or jumping into deep water to follow the water. Of course, a belt and descender also includes a rope.A canyoning bagThere are special bags for canyoning. This allows you to take luggage and materials with you without it being damaged. If you do not want items to get wet, use special waterproof bags or barrels. That's just as handy!Good dose with guts and motivationIt often takes enough guts and motivation in the beginning to "take" a canyon. In the beginning it seems very exciting, but when you are swept along by your fellow travelers you do not want anything else. What an adrenaline rush when you jump down from high rocks between the gorges in the most beautiful mountains.Good canyoning instructorsAlways make sure that you go with people who are trained to make the desired trips. Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

Is there an explanation of what makes a wetsuit a canyoning wetsuit?

There are different types of wetsuits, all of which are used in different situations and different activities/sports. The most commonly used types of wetsuits: ∙ Shorty: covers the torso and has short sleeves and short legs. ∙ Shortarm: A shortarm has short sleeves and long legs. ∙ Full suit or steamer: covers the torso and the entire length of the arms and legs Thickness of the wetsuit: The thickness of the wetsuit determines to a large extent how warm the wetsuit keeps the body. The thickness of the wetsuit is indicated by two numbers, separated by a /. The number before the / indicates the thickness in millimeters of the part that covers the torso. This number is generally lower than the second number, which indicates the thickness in millimeters that cover the limbs. The first number is often thicker, because it largely determines the base temperature of the body. The area around the limbs is often thinner, because more flexibility and freedom of movement is required. Example: The number 3/2 indicates that the part covering the torso is 3 millimeters thick, while the parts covering the limbs are 2 millimeters thick. We have included an extensive(er) description in the Canyonzone Knowledge Base, see: How to choose a good canyoning wetsuit / canyoning suit? Don't forget accessories: Hood: a “hood” (headgear) serves to keep your head warm in (very) cold water. Your body cools down faster when you don't cover your head, so wearing a hoodie in cold water is definitely recommended. Boots and Socks: Choosing the best canyoning shoes is not an exact science, but given the environmental variables we encounter while canyoning, there are a few things to consider. We look at some variables: -How good the grip and adhesion is -The durability of the shoe -How comfortable are the shoes during approaches and descents Socks: Canyoning socks in neoprene provide insulation for the feet. Gloves: gloves are, of course, to keep your fingers and hands warm during cold conditions. Neoprene shirt. You have them with both short and long sleeves. Neoprene shirts are generally worn when the water is too cold for just a wetsuit. Sometimes also single and mainly serves to protect the skin on the chest and against burns.Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

What is neoprene in wetsuits?

What is neoprene? When we talk about neoprene, we usually mean the wetsuit we wear during canyoning, surfing, diving, or other water sports. This garment owes its name to the material from which it is made: neoprene. BUT WHAT EXACTLY IS NEOPRENE?Neoprene, or polychloroprene, is a synthetic, spongy material, a microcellular rubber produced by the polymerization of chloroprene. It was invented in 1930 by a scientist at DuPont and was the first synthetic rubber to be produced on an industrial scale. What is neoprene in wetsuits?Neoprene resembles natural rubber, but is lighter, more flexible, and water-repellent, and furthermore, has excellent thermal and insulating properties. It acts as a barrier between different environments, such as between cold and heat, or between air and water. Moreover, thanks to its spongy structure, it offers protection against vibrations and shocks. Neoprene is therefore used not only in water sports, but also in sectors such as the medical, automotive, construction, and electronics industries. One of the most recent innovations is pre-tensioned neoprene, also known as "broken-cell neoprene" or "shredded neoprene." Pre-tensioned neoprene is very elastic and strong, but heavier. Another material is SBR, which at first glance does not differ much from neoprene. It has a different chemical composition than neoprene, making it more economical, but also of lower quality. However, for certain applications, this material is more than sufficient: material protection, flooring, etc. What is neoprene in a canyoning suit?The term "neoprene" refers only to the rubbery part of the fabric from which the suits are made. To adapt this neoprene to the requirements of various water sports, it is finished with an outer and inner lining (laminate) to provide comfort or to protect the rubber from wear. On the one hand, there are different types of neoprene foam that, consequently, offer different technical properties: density, warmth, elasticity, and compressibility. It can even be perforated for breathability. Moreover, each type of foam is available in different thicknesses: 3 mm, 5 mm, etc. When we talk about the thickness of neoprene, we mean only the foam itself, excluding the lining.In addition, there is also a wide range of surface finishes available for neoprene, depending on the desired properties. For example: ∙ Rubber finishes: open cell, smooth, ribbed… ∙ Fabric finishes (laminates): nylon, polyester, lycra, terry cloth, more elastic fabrics such as Mflex or Xtend, more resistant fabrics such as Supratex or Kevlar… They are also available in a wide range of colors, although black is the most common color in the neoprene world. Neoprene is not dangerous to consumers of products made from this material. Although it is uncommon, some people may develop a hypersensitivity to neoprene, and it can cause an allergic reaction upon contact with the skin. Neoprene is primarily produced in China, Taiwan, Japan, and so on. The major instability in international markets is having an unprecedented impact. Can you imagine what consequences this could have for us? It appears that the market situation will worsen in the coming years and prices will continue to rise. Moreover, product shortages may arise in Europe. Therefore, repair, while important before, is now absolutely essential. Be sure to perform proper maintenance in a timely manner to prevent premature wear of your wetsuit and maximize its lifespan. Based on an article by www.reparaciondeneoprenos.es Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

What is a suitable beginners canyoning suit?

CanyonZone can provide you with excellent advice. The Seland Escalo canyoning suit, for example, is a universal model that is really a beginner's model and made of a piece of stiffer neoprene as the other models from Seland, as it is mainly intended for canyoners who only go canyoning for 1 week a year. Also suitable for commercial guide companies to let participants go canyoning. When choosing your canyoning suit, you need to take a number of aspects into account. If you want more background information, see: How to choose a good canyoning wetsuit / canyoning suit?Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

How to choose a good canyoning wetsuit / canyoning suit?

A wetsuit will keep you warm during canyoning and all other water sports.CanyonZone has indicated here what you should take into account when choosing your canyoning suit. See for the range Canyoning Neoprene clothing. Why do we wear a wetsuit in the water? It is important to choose a suitable wetsuit. The more heat you retain, the longer you can stay in the water and the more fun you can experience. Think of the thickness of the neoprene as a second skin that forms a protective layer against the cold water. This thickness is indicated by two or three numbers: 5/4 millimeters, 4/3 or 3/2 millimeters (the first number represents the thickness of the suit on the legs and the second number represents the thickness of the arms). A 2/2 millimeter wetsuit is not warm enough to wear in autumn and winterWhen you go into the water, water enters your wetsuit and your suit ensures that you stay warm because a thin layer of water remains between your skin and the neoprene. Very handy because the water warms you up with your own body heat. The ideal wetsuit for autumn: the 3/2 millimeter. These wetsuits are less thick at the arms so you can move more easily. At temperatures below 17°C, choose the 4/3 millimeter. In general, the thicker the neoprene of your wetsuit, the warmer it keeps you. The wetsuit 5/4 mm is the best protection against very cold water. Note: Sometimes you will find 5/4/3mm wetsuits (which is the case with our women's model). This is a combination between a 4/3 mm and a 5/4 mm wetsuit. If water flows through it, it won't stay warm, but it's fine if something flows through it. Wetsuits are designed to let water in and then retain that water, which warms up your body and thus keeps you warm. Dry suits or dry suits keep you warm and dry, wetsuits keep you warm and wet In addition, the neoprene that is in your wetsuit ensures the insulation of your body. Is your wetsuit too roomy? Then there is always (cold) water in your wetsuit.Wetsuits are available in the following thicknesses: ∙ 2/1mm ∙ 3/2 mm ∙ 4/3mm ∙ 5/3mm and 5/4mm A 4/3 wetsuit, for example, is made of 4mm and 3mm thick neoprene. The suit is then 4 millimeters thick on the chest and 3 mm thick at the legs. Water temperature is the deciding factor when choosing a wetsuit The table shows the appropriate thickness for each water temperature. However, the Feeling Temperature (wind chill factor) is also just as important. The longer your body will be above the water, the more important the windchill factor becomes. WATERTEMPERATURE WETSUIT THICKNESS BELOW 3° VERY COLD WETSUIT BETWEEN6/5MM AND 7MM THICK BETWEEN 4-7° VERY COLD WETSUIT BETWEEN5/4MM AND 6/5MM BETWEEN 8-11° COLD WETSUIT BETWEEN4/3MM AND 5/4MM BETWEEN 12-17° COOL WETSUIT BETWEEN3/2MM AND 4/3MM BETWEEN 18-20° WARM WETSUIT OF 2MM Between 21-25° NICE WARM WETSUIT OF 1MM BOVEN DE 26° TROPICAL WETSUIT WITHUV PROTECTION FROM LYCRA (UV LYCRA) Feeling temperature (wind chill) In the wind it can feel a lot colder than out of the wind. We express heat loss in an emotional value of the temperature: the perceived temperature. The difference between the measured air temperature and the perceived temperature is a measure of extra heat loss.Table for determining the perceived temperature according to the JAG/TI method used by the KNMI ©KNMI Material Neoprene Wetsuits are generally made of neoprene. Neoprene is the flexible rubber. A kind of foam, made from petroleum. In difficult terms, neoprene or polychloroprene is an elastomer or synthetic rubber obtained by the polymerization of chloroprene. The mini bubbles in neoprene provide the insulation of your body. The degree of elasticity and insulation make up the difference in the prices of wetsuits. The quality of neoprene can therefore differ greatly and cause large price differences. Neoprene is made from petroleum and widely varying in quality, an elastic synthetic rubber material that has good insulation properties. What do you actually wear under a wetsuit? In other words, are you naked under a wetsuit? It is not described anywhere but most people don't wear anything under their wetsuit. OK, if you're renting a wetsuit and you don't like the idea of your private parts rubbing where others have rubbed, wear a bathing suit or tight-fitting swimsuit under the wetsuit. There is limited chafing and the wetsuit feels like a second skin. Swimwear for women is perfect for under wetsuits. They are supportive and eliminate friction. Depending on your suit and the temperature, a neoprene shirt/shirt is recommended.Can water get into my wetsuit? Wetsuits are designed to let water in and then retain that water, which warms up your body and thus keeps you warm. Dry suits or dry suits keep you warm and dry, wet suits keep you warm and wet. Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

Can a pee zip be added to a canyoning suit?

You can add a pee zipper as an option to certain neoprene suit models in the Canyonzone range. Pee zip can be integrated in the Seland models Infierno VD Green, Infierno Red, Bitet VD, Bitet Plush, Verdon Quick Dry, Iguazu, Trasgu.See this link.

Can I order different sizes for long john and vest for 2-piece wetsuit?

CanyonZone supplies the sizes you need. So you can put together what suits you. If there are no suitable sizes, custom made canyon suits or caving suits and caving undergarments may be a solution. Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

What is the difference between the Seland ESCALO and Seland BIDET canyoningsuit?

The difference between the cheaper Escalo and the Bitet wetsuit is how they are build. The Escalo is a wetsuit that is most used for group use by guiding companies and for canyoneers that do not go often in a canyon (max 1 week a year). It is much more simple wetsuit build from 1 thickness neoprene all over the wetsuit, 5mm. The Bitet is much more flexibel to use. It has different thickness neoprene, especially on the moving parts as knees and armpits is thinner more stretchy neoprene used to have more flexibility and less fast tired in movement with the neoprene. The Bitet long john is also on the inside with extra insulation so that you keep it warmer. The jacket has some pockets on the chest and arm to carry items like a camera, knife and whistle with you. The Escalo model doesn't have that and is really a basic wetsuit. The Escalo is for customers who not many times a year go to the canyon. The Bitet is for canyoneers that go a lot into a canyon and developed for guides who go canyoning a few months long every day.Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

Can wetsuits be repaired?

It is possible to repair and adjust canyoning wetsuits. That is why a number of products are included in the repair and maintenance section to carry out your repair at home as a canyoneer / speleologist. Smaller repairs can also be carried out well with, for example, Tear-Aid repair material.If the damage is larger or you want to have it professionally repaired, you can do this via CanyonZone. I work with a professional repair workshop that specializes in repairing and customizing neoprene wetsuits for canyoning and rafting. Through trial and error I have learned that not every wetsuit repair workshop knows how to repair a canyoning wetsuit for further use in the canyons.The shipping costs for a return to the workshop will be around € 45. As CanyonZone I always collect wetsuits to be repaired and entertained to be able to divide the shipping costs among the canyoneers so that these shipping costs are a lot more favorable for everyone. This always depends on whether a canyoneer is not in a hurry to receive his/her wetsuit back. If you are not in a rush it can be done through CanyonZone.Usual wetsuit repair:∙ Ripped sleeves/legs ∙ Hole/tear in a wetsuit ∙ Broken zipper ∙ Replace Velcro ∙ Narrowing or widening of pipes or arms ∙ Re-glue and stitch torn seams ∙ Replace knee pads For the possibilities see: Repair, adjustment and tailoring material Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

How do you glue neoprene correctly?

How to glue your neoprene correctly and avoid the most common mistakes.It is perfectly normal to wonder how to do it; it is not something you do every day, or perhaps it is the first time. Gluing neoprene, although very simple, has its own art... and science. And there are also typical mistakes. But don't worry, in this article we will tell you about the most common mistakes and the right way to do it, so that you can repair your neoprene with confidence and guarantee a durable and strong bond. Then you can say: "Yes, it turned out perfectly, and I did it myself!" Before we begin: Can it be glued with any type of glue? The answer is simple: NO. Not just any glue is suitable; you need a glue specifically designed for wetsuits that is elastic, flexible, and waterproof. Beware of industrial glues! Even if they claim to be suitable for neoprene (the stiffer, industrial variant), they lack these properties and do not work properly. The most common mistakes. ∙ Mistake 1: Sew first, then glue This is a classic. However, the order of operations is indeed important. Glue the cut first, and then sew it shut to reinforce the seam. If you do it the other way around, you cannot glue the surfaces properly: the thread prevents the two sides of the neoprene from making full contact, gaps appear, and the repair is not watertight. The result: water gets in, it tears again… ∙ Mistake 2: Sticking something on it… solves nothing Another common mistake is trying to cover the hole by gluing something on it: a piece of fabric, Lycra, or even another piece of neoprene. But unfortunately, this does not solve the original problem. If the cut or tear is not properly sealed on the inside, water will continue to seep through that opening because the repair area is not watertight. ∙ Moreover:The thickness increases and the elasticity decreases, which can even worsen the damage. Neoprene glue is designed to glue rubber to rubber (on the clean sides of the neoprene). It is not suitable for gluing textiles or other materials. ∙ The correct way is to glue the two sides of the neoprene directly together, without sticking anything on top. If the damage is severe, it is best to replace it with a new piece of neoprene with clean, glued edges. No improvised "bike" repair patches: it is better to do it right and ensure it lasts a long time. ∙ Mistake 3: Choosing the right glue As we indicated earlier, not every glue is suitable. For a flexible and durable repair, you need a glue specifically designed for neoprene. In the Reperacion de Neoprene workshop, they have tested many glues in over 15 years of professional neoprene repairs, and the glue that always lets us down is the one we use daily. That is why they have packaged this glue in a 30-gram tube, so that you too can achieve a safe and reliable result. It is the same glue they use for all their repairs. Neoprene Glue 30 g – Repair tears and seams How to repair a torn wetsuit in 3 stepsThoroughly clean the area to be repaired. Ensure it is free of salt, sand, and moisture. Dry it completely. Apply the glue to both sides of the cut. Let it dry for a few minutes according to the instructions on the packaging (usually between 5 and 10 minutes).Carefully join both parts together and press them firmly to ensure no air bubbles form.Let it rest for a few hours before use. At least 24 hours.(Optional) Reinforce with a seam. But only if it is already well glued. Finally Not sure how to repair your wetsuit? Then don't improvise. Here you will find reliable information and you can also make use of free personal advice from Reparacione Neoprene: use the form to send photos and they will guide you step by step to the most suitable product and the right technique. This ensures a simple, effective repair without surprises. See FINAL ADVICE on this page for more information.Based on an article by www.reparaciondeneoprenos.es Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

Repair your neoprene wetsuit with Melco

How to easily repair and reinforce your neoprene wetsuit with Melco A first tear or scuff mark on your brand-new wetsuit… Ouch, that hurts! The good news is that it isn't serious and can be repaired, but if you don't address it quickly, it could be the first step toward greater damage. It is best to repair your wetsuit as soon as possible. Be warned, this happens fast! As soon as the outer fabric of the wetsuit tears, use, water, and sun accelerate wear and tear, and a large hole appears in no time. So don't wait any longer. We always emphasize how important it is to properly maintain and repair your wetsuit, and to take immediate action as soon as you discover damage, no matter how small: scuff marks, small holes, worn seams… We will show you how to quickly and easily repair these minor damages to your wetsuit with Melco. What is Melco and how does it help you repair your neoprene wetsuit? Melco is an elastic, wear-resistant fabric, designed and manufactured in Japan, for repairing and reinforcing neoprene products laminated with textiles (nylon, polyester, etc.). The surface, reinforced with polyacrylic dots, is extremely wear-resistant. How do you easily repair and reinforce your neoprene wetsuit with Melco?It is an all-in-one product that requires no additives or supplements, as it contains a hot melt adhesive that ensures a strong and secure bond. You can therefore apply it directly to the surface to be reinforced or repaired. Moreover, it respects the elastic recovery properties of neoprene, as it is specifically designed for this use. How do you easily repair and reinforce your neoprene wetsuit with Melco by adding protective padding?It is the perfect solution for applying to worn areas and protecting against cuts and holes. It is also ideal for protecting friction-prone areas, such as knees, elbows, seat, gloves, booties, etc. With Melco, you make your own protectors to prevent wear and tear on your wetsuit. Application is very simple using an iron, resulting in a professional, flexible, and durable finish. Melco anti-slijtagepatch voor neopreen – 30×50 cm HOW TO REPAIR YOUR NEOPRENE WITH MELCO:STEP 1: CLEAN THE NEOPRENE ∙ The key to a successful Melco repair is that your wetsuit is thoroughly clean and dry: rinsed with water after use, free of mud, salt, sand, etc., and completely dry. If that is not the case, you know what to do first: put it in the water! ∙ Rinsing well is usually sufficient, but using a neoprene cleaner like Wetsuitcare ensures a perfect result. ∙ A Wetsuitcare neoprene cleaner. STEP 2: CUT OUT THE MELCO PIECE Let's get started! ;)) You will need paper, a pen, scissors, and Melco abrasion-resistant technical textile. You can cut the Melco textile directly, but we recommend using a paper template first. This ensures a neat repair and that the Melco piece perfectly covers the area to be repaired or protected. How to easily repair and reinforce your neoprene wetsuit with Melco by adding extra protection TIP: For a good repair, the piece you apply must be larger than the damaged area so that it adheres to the intact neoprene beyond the damaged spot.Once you have drawn the required piece, use the template to trace it onto the adhesive side of the Melco fabric with a pen. Once the fabric has been traced, all you have to do is cut along the line. IMPORTANT TIP: Melco fabric shrinks slightly when ironed, leaving a thin layer of melted glue around it. We recommend removing the pen line while cutting to prevent it from transferring onto the neoprene along with the glue. Otherwise, the ink will be visible and look unsightly, especially on light-colored neoprene. STEP 3: IRON THE MELCO PIECE The final step to repair your neoprene with Melco! For this, you need an iron and a cotton cloth. The cotton cloth is ESSENTIAL to prevent the heat from damaging the outer fabric of your neoprene. Depending on the damage, it may be necessary to pre-treat the area with liquid neoprene glue: to repair a tear, fill a small hole, etc. Lay the area to be repaired flat on a sturdy surface and heat the iron to 150°C. This is usually the temperature for ironing cotton (check your iron's instructions). Melco hot melt glue melts when you iron it for 20 seconds at 140-160°C (approximately). IMPORTANT: the order is as follows: neoprene, Melco piece, cotton cloth, and iron. How to easily repair and reinforce your neoprene with Melco iron-on protectionStart ironing with the steam function turned off, and be careful not to shift the Melco patch. Tap the iron in several places to secure the patch before fully ironing it. Lift the cloth to check if everything is in place. Once the Melco patch is partially attached, you can iron normally, without risk of shifting, ALWAYS with the cotton cloth over the neoprene to prevent the outer fabric from burning. We recommend ironing for a few seconds at a time to check how the adhesive hardens. It is best to proceed gradually for optimal results. A question you might have when applying Melco patches is how to tell if they are properly attached. When you see a very thin, shiny edge appear around the Melco patch—this is the melted adhesive—you can assume that the application is complete. How to easily repair and reinforce your neoprene with Melco adhesive cord. See the EXPRESS Neoprene Repair Kit.TIP: Allow the cord to cool completely before moving the neoprene so that the glue can cure. VERY IMPORTANT: ALWAYS place a cotton cloth between the iron and the neoprene to prevent damage to the outer fabric of your suit. THIS IS ESSENTIAL! Now you know how to quickly and easily repair minor damage to your wetsuit, such as scuffs, cuts, or small holes, so that they no longer stand in the way of premature wear. Just like you, we want your wetsuit to last a long time so that you can enjoy it to the fullest during your favorite activities. Long live your wetsuit! Based on an article by www.reparaciondeneoprenos.es Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

How to patch small holes in your neoprene!

You have probably wondered at some point if you can repair those small holes that appear in your wetsuit over time. Those holes appear almost unnoticed. You are in a canyon wearing your fantastic wetsuit, a branch or a sharp stone crosses your path during the descent... and bam! A hole in your wetsuit. Sounds familiar? Fortunately, you can repair them, and it is best to do so immediately, because as soon as a hole appears in your wetsuit, no matter how small, it seems to take on a life of its own and grow exponentially. We always recommend repairing it as soon as possible – it really makes a world of difference. WHY SHOULD YOU SEAL THE HOLES IN YOUR NEOPRENE? The outer nylon layer protects the neoprene, the rubbery part. Unprotected neoprene is fragile and can easily be damaged, even by your fingernails, when putting it on, as is often the case with swimming wetsuits. That is why most wetsuits are double-layered, meaning they are lined with fabric on both sides. And in suits like those used for canyoning, the neoprene in wear-prone areas, such as the elbows and knees, may be laminated with Supratex. This is the type of neoprene that Reparacion Neoprene uses in their workshop to repair protective gear. When the nylon lining of the neoprene gets punctured—when a small hole appears—the rubber becomes exposed. Through use, the rubber will wear down, causing the hole to enlarge, and after just a few uses, the damage can become significant. Sealing these holes is the way to prevent the initial minor damage from expanding into a hole that goes completely through the neoprene and lets water into your wetsuit. Water, cold... no! In this tutorial, Reparacion Neoprene shows you how to glue small holes to make your neoprene wetsuit look perfect. How to repair small holes in your neoprene suitYou will need the following: neoprene glue, a brush to apply the glue, a universal solvent, and an old cloth to clean the brush after use. Do not use any glue other than one specifically designed for neoprene to ensure a good result. STEPS TO GLUING YOUR NEOPRENE1. PREPARATION First, ensure your wetsuit is clean and dry for a good result. Inspect your wetsuit, look for small holes or damage, and simply repair them with a little neoprene glue so they do not get bigger. I know we keep repeating this, but it is really important. I assure you that your wetsuit will last longer if you perform this maintenance. Really! 2. APPLYING THE NEOPRENE GLUE Apply the neoprene glue to the spot to be repaired using a brush. Start by applying a first layer, making sure not to go too far beyond the area to be repaired, and gradually fill the hole. 3. CONSECUTIVE LAYERS For a good result, you must apply multiple layers of glue. Do not apply too much; you are probably familiar with the saying "haste makes waste!". Leave about half an hour between each layer to allow the neoprene to absorb the glue. You will see that the hole appears full after applying the glue, but the level will drop as the glue dries. Apply as many layers as necessary until the hole is completely filled. 4. DRYING Wait 24 hours before using your wetsuit again; this is the time the glue needs to reach its maximum hardness. In the photo above, you can see the development of a hole until it is repaired and completely filled after applying multiple layers of neoprene glue. Based on an article by www.reparaciondeneoprenos.es Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

How to seal the seams of your neoprene suit.

How to seal the seams of your wetsuit and prevent water from getting in.Are you worried about sealing the seams of your wetsuit? And rightly so. The seams are one of the most vulnerable parts of your suit, and it is of great importance to keep them in good condition. If you neglect them... prepare yourself for leaks, the cold, pieces coming loose, and increasingly damaged neoprene. And then, yes, it is time to say goodbye. We explain step-by-step how to seal neoprene seams so that they are strong, waterproof, and professionally finished. Why is it so important to seal neoprene seams?Because improper maintenance can cause the protective coating (the outer layer) to peel off, exposing the thread. Without protection, this thread wears down and eventually comes loose. The result: the neoprene pieces separate and water seeps incessantly. But don't rush! Before applying a coat of varnish to seal the seams of your neoprene, make sure they are properly glued and stitched. Otherwise, you will only be masking the problem instead of solving it. And then it will be much harder to repair. The 3 most important steps to sealing your neoprene seams With a little patience, you will achieve ultra-strong, waterproof, aesthetically pleasing, and watertight seams. How to seal your neoprene seams? To make it easier for you, a COMPLETE neoprene repair kit has been put together that you can use for these repairs together with Aquaglutene soft varnish for neoprene or Polyglutene liquid rubber 250ml.STEP 1: GLUE THE PARTS CORRECTLY ∙ First, ensure that the parts are glued together properly. If you notice parts coming loose or detaching completely, it is time to glue them! Neoprene glue is essential. Gluing is the first and most important step; it ensures that the pieces stay together and prevents water from entering. ∙ Apply an even layer of our neoprene adhesive to both surfaces to be joined and wait 10-20 minutes for the solvents to evaporate (this depends on ambient conditions). ∙ Join the pieces together and press them firmly to prevent air bubbles, ensuring they adhere well and are sealed. STEP 2: SEW THE NEOPRENE FOR REINFORCEMENT After the pieces have been glued together, you must sew the neoprene. Sewing is a very important step; do not skip it. Although the pieces are glued, the stitching provides extra strength and prevents the nylon from separating from the rubber, which would make the neoprene very fragile. A hole is guaranteed! To sew your neoprene, you need a needle of the correct thickness and thick polyester thread that is resistant to damp conditions and is not too thin, as it would cut through the neoprene during movement. Use the following for this: ∙ Gutermann twist thread 30 meters ∙ Curved needle for sewing neoprene To ensure your seam is neat, durable, and waterproof, watch the video tutorial by Reperacion Neoprenas which explains in detail how to sew your neoprene by hand. STEP 3: SEAL THE NEOPRENE SEAMS Now we are ready! It is time to seal the seams of your neoprene with a protective lacquer, although you now know that more factors influence the waterproofing of the seams. For this project, you only need a brush and polyurethane lacquer, also known as polyglut. This product is not glue; it is not intended to glue pieces together. Its function is to protect and seal the seams. Using a brush, apply two or three coats of lacquer to the seams you want to protect. If you are afraid your hands will shake, you can use masking tape to delineate the area where you will apply the lacquer. Remove the tape before the lacquer dries. IMPORTANT: Work in a well-ventilated area and be patient. The result is reinforced, waterproof, and wear-resistant seams... almost indestructible (although, as you know, rocks almost always win). And what about the inner seams of the neoprene?Never forget the inside of the wetsuit. Check that the seams are well stitched and the parts are firmly attached to each other, but do not apply polyurethane lacquer, as this can cause chafing. Use special heat-resistant tape to seal the inner seams of the wetsuit. This tape is easy to apply with an iron and is ideal for extra reinforcement. This type of tape is mainly used in surf and triathlon wetsuits, but you can use it on any type of wetsuit with a textile lining. It is ideal for reinforcing seams where multiple parts meet, or when a seam requires extra strength. 20 mm wide heat-resistant tape for seams. Conclusion: If you are going to do it, do it right. Now you know how to properly seal the seams of your wetsuit: gluing, sewing, and lacquering, in that order. Only in this way will you achieve a durable and effective repair. The seams will no longer be a problem or a cause of premature wear of your wetsuit.Based on an article by www.reparaciondeneoprenos.es Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

Is it possible to renew/repair the rubber on the knees of a wetsuit?

You can add extra rubber to your wetsuit yourself with the Poly glutène liquid varnish or Aquaglutene soft Varnish for neoprene that CanyonZone sells for it. This is liquid rubber that you can apply yourself to the places you want to protect/reinforce. Polyglutene is: ∙ an extremely elastic and resistant coating for repairing or reinforcing neoprene. ∙ the perfect protection for wear zones and seams of suits (knees, elbows, buttocks). Application: Make sure you mix well. Do this until a homogeneous, even color is created. You can then apply the liquid rubber with a brush or roller. For the best result, apply 2 layers with 10 minutes drying time in between. If desired, see also: How to apply Polyglutene liquid rubber to neoprene?Always repair wetsuit damage immediately, if you postpone your wetsuit repair it can get worse, which makes it more difficult to repair the suit. For more resources to prevent or repair damage, see: Repair & Maintenance Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

How to apply Polyglutene liquid rubber to neoprene?

Polyglutene is an extremely elastic and resistant coating for repairing or reinforcing neoprene and therefore the perfect protection for wear zones and seams of neoprene suits (knees, elbows, buttocks). Also suitable for application on leather (shoes, etc.), canvas, jeans.Polygluten can be diluted with acetone to apply. The polygluten is then more fluid to apply, whereby the acetone will evaporate over time. However, it is not necessary to do this. Application: stir the polygluten, with or without acetone, thoroughly. Continue doing this until a homogeneous, even colour is obtained. You can then apply the liquid rubber to a clean, dry and grease-free surface with a brush or roller. For best results apply 2 coats with 10 minutes drying time in between and is fully cured in 48 hours (time indication also depends on thinning). Curing time can vary depending on temperature and relative humidity. Poly glut has no expiration date. As long as the bottle remains tightly closed after use it cannot dry out and can be stored for a long time. Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

When do you use a Canyoning Dry suit?

Drysuits are for canyoning and rafting mainly for the colder wet conditions that they are used, in other words in the fall, winter and early spring. Not all drysuits are suitable for canyoning. This is mainly because the freedom of movement is very important for use in the canyons and also the abrasion resistance of a number of places (knees, elbows mainly). Standard drysuits can severely limit this. See CanyonZone / Canyoning Drysuit / Undersuit. I can't recommend a drysuit to use in the summer. Instead of not getting cold, you will overheat in the dry suit. For the summer if you want to go through the canyon quickly on an adventure racing method, it is best to use a one-piece wetsuit (see for example the Seland Infierno) that is normally built 3-4. That is, 3mm neoprene on the arms and legs and 4mm on the torso. This way you have optimal freedom of movement and yet the necessary insulation to quickly go through the canyon. To find a canyon suit that suits you, consult CanyonZone / Knowledge Base / Canyoning: How to choose a good canyoning wetsuit / canyoning suit?Canyoning Knowledge Base Overview: Go Back.

What is the difference between Seland's and Vade Retro's drysuits?

A comparison between Seland and Vade Retro drysuits is difficult as it is a very different suit build between the two. Seland makes dry suits like you also see in the kayak / rafting world: a sturdy outer fabric where the whole is closed with waterproof zippers. The Seland suits are made in standard sizes (S, M, L, ...)The Vade Retro suits are dry suits that consist of two suits on top of each other. An outer suit from Cordura with an inner suit of waterproof, semi-breathable fabric inside where you wear two suits on top of each other, making the suit super robust. Characteristic of the Vade Retro suits is that they are not available from stock, but are custom made for the buyer. There are options to add extra items to your drysuit, such as latex socks, and you can make the color composition of your drysuit yourself. In terms of dimensions, both the Seland and the Vade Retro will fit well for your build. Both brands are wide enough (to also be able to wear a fleece / thermal undersuit). Canyoning dry suits must meet different criteria than other outdoor sports, for example a kayak suit, in order to be used sustainably. Just like a wetsuit, reinforcement on the knees and elbows is essential to prevent these areas from chafing quickly during use. Something you don't have to take into account with kayaking. For example, the design of a canyoning drysuit has been adjusted and it takes more time to manufacture it. Example of the construction of a Vade Retro drysuit. The colors are my choice. The outside that is the outer layer is orange-blue, the inner suit is done in yellow. The torso part of the yellow inner suit is sewn together with the outer suit, so it stays in place. The outer suit of the arms and legs has been pushed up so that you can see that they are two separate suits on top of each other. Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

To decide on Seland Iguazu vs CE4Y Fluaz wetsuit

The comparison Seland Iguazu vs CE4Y Fluaz wetsuits is that the Iguazu is thicker in used neoprene, less flexible and standard integrated with a hood. The CE4Y Fluaz has an entrance where you don't have to open a zipper like at the Seland Iguazu. Just put aside the neck collar and stretch the head opening to get in with your body. At the end you put the neck collar over your head to close it for the waterflow. The other difference is the fit:∙ The Seland Iguazu is good for canyoneers with a normal to bit bigger build. ∙ The CE4Y Fluaz is for athletic to normal build canyoneers to fit in. The Fluaz has on the inside a plush insulation that makes it warm and so usable for spring-summer-autumn usage. Let me know if you have any other questions. E info@canyonzone.com Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

What is the difference between a Seland Phuket shirt and the Seland-Onis?

With the long arms of the Seland Phuket it can sometimes be a struggle to put on the jacket of your wetsuit. The Phuket shirt is warmer than the Onis. The Onis shirt is more for warmer times and gives more flexibility than the Phuhet shirt. When it's really hot you can unzip the upper for more ventilation. Another option to be warmer is to use the Elastane and Polyamide 3 mm neoprene vests from Seland, for example in colder times. This also works great and no hassle with putting on and taking off your vest/jacket (much less friction).Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

What is a good canyon shoe?

The Canyonzone knowledge base lists the most important canyon shoe selection factors that can help you make a choice. See: How do I choose the best canyoning shoes?CanyonZone Overview Knowledge Base: Go Back.

What should you take into consideration when choosing a canyoning shoe?

When choosing a (sports) shoe, it is important what kind of foot you have. A normal foot width or a narrow or wide forefoot, high instep, narrow heels? On the basis of this, we can already reasonably estimate which brands and models are suitable for you. If you have any questions after viewing our range of Canyon shoes, please feel free to contact us so CanyonZone can advise you properly.CanyonZone Overview Knowledge Base: Go Back.

How do I choose the best canyoning shoes?

Looking for the best canyoning shoes? CanyonZone will help you choose which canyoning shoes to invest in, along with a comparison of the most popular canyoning shoes available on the market today. HOW TO CHOOSE CANYONING SHOESChoosing the best canyoning shoes isn't an exact science, but given the environmental variables we encounter while canyoning, there are a few things to keep in mind. Let's take a look at some of the variables: -How good the grip and adhesion is -The durability of the shoe -How comfortable are the shoes during approach and descentWe will take a closer look at each of these points ∙ CANYONING SHOES GRIP Grip is arguably the most important feature of canyoning shoes, and the canyoneers normally base their decision on which canyoning shoes to invest. Canyoning shoes that provide good grip reinforce a canyoneer's confidence in their ability, especially in trickier sections. Technology has evolved and today the materials used are specifically designed for wet environments, increasing adhesion to rock surfaces.The sole design also aids with traction on muddy terrain, especially when approaching.∙ CANYONING SHOES DURABILITY Durability is another measure of canyoning shoes: the harsh conditions of use demand extraordinary durability and resistance as we walk through the canyons. The stitching and gluing must be of good quality to withstand the constant hitting that we expose the shoes to; the tongue has to go through countless descents to make it worthwhile.The last construction of the canyoning shoes must also protect the canyoneer's feet from impacts against rocks and also in technical maneuvers, such as protecting the rope from wear and tear with the feet.∙ CANYONING SHOES COMFORT Comfort may be overlooked, but on demanding approaches and long descents, choosing the most comfortable canyoning shoes should be part of your decision making. Comfort does not only mean cushioning, but also protection and insulation: you are likely to descend a canyon with fresh and cool water, so these factors should be considered when choosing canyoning shoes.Shoes that are not too heavy also help us conserve energy as we progress up the canyon.Canyoneers in subtropical regions can benefit from shoes that provide more insulation, while in tropical and warm regions canyoning shoes that dissipate heat well and keep feet cool may be the best choice.CANYONING SHOES: A COMPARISONWe have selected the most popular canyoning shoes in the market: the Adidas Terrex Hydrolace, the Fiveten Canyoneer 3, the Bestard Canyon Guide and the Mont Bell Sawer Climber. ADIDAS TERREX HYDROLACE CANYONING SHOES By far the most balanced of any canyoning shoes currently in the market, the Adidas Hydrolace 2023 is a favourite amongst professional & recreational canyoneers around the world. Adidas has invested considerably on the development of these shoes, with testing held in multiple locations from New Zealand to Bali and USA. Since acquiring FiveTen in 2011, Adidas has also held the patent for the Stealth© rubber compound, a favourite amongst climbers. The main feature of the Adidas Hydrolace canyoning shoes is the use of the Stealth© rubber for the outsole: it is a variation of the same Stealth C4© rubber used on FiveTen climbing shoes and provides superb grip in any condition. The Adidas Hydrolace shoes are extremely comfortable benefiting from Adidas’ expertise in the sneakers industry; they are also built to last through extensive testing and Terrex adventure footwear knowledge. The shoes provide excellent insulation even in the coldest of waters. The downside is its weight when wet: it becomes heavy due to the lack of drainage and water absorption by the neoprene used in the lining. BESTARD CANYON GUIDE CANYONING SHOES Bestard’s main canyoning boots are designed with the canyoning guide in mind. Featuring an integrated gaiter to keep rocks & sand from coming in and an orange fabric on the body, it provides excellent ankle protection and is super lightweight. THe Bestard Canyon Guide’s outsole is a Vibram™ Idrogrip, which works well in wet environments but is sub-par in some rock types such as schist. We find that the grip improves after a bit of wear. Bestard offers a free resole of the shoes when worn out: you must cover the shipping costs to their workshop in Europe. The laces tighten all the way from the ankle to the toes, providing excellent fit according to your taste. It is worth mentioning that Bestard has some new additions to its line of canyoning shoes, namely the Wildwater Pro which seems to follow the trend of black and red canyoning shoes. MONT BELL SAWER CLIMBER (Not standard in our range). The Mont Bell Sawer Climber is little known in the canyoning community: a good explanation is that it is not marketed as canyoning shoes, but as shower climbing shoes. Shower climbing is quite similar to canyoning, but instead of descending a canyon, shower climbers go up, climbing waterfalls and traversing sections. It is a popular sport in Taiwan and Japan. The Sawer Climber is super lightweight and fits snugly on the feet due to its lace system, providing a climbing shoe feel. Its body construction is in mesh which provides excellent drainage but poor insulation, therefore it is a nice option for tropical climates. The Sawer Climber uses Mont Bell’s Aquagrip outsole, which provides excellent grip in all conditions, in and out of the canyon. Mont Bell also offers a felt sole which works great when walking on rocks but wears quite quickly: we’d go for the Aquagrip sole any day. One of the downsides of these canyoning shoes is that they provide little protection for the feet, and can deteriorate quite quickly if subject to harsh & abrasive environments. Fitwell brand footwear, the result of skilled craftsmanship that each worker performs with passion and rigor at the Pederobba (TV) factory, capable of producing handmade shoes characterized by the quality of the Made in Italy, an element that recognized all over the world. The design taking into account the needs of the reference market and the careful research of materials are the basis of the complex production process that leads to the creation of the first prototypes, entrusted to a team of highly qualified athletes who are committed to testing them and developing the company. provide valuable ideas for perfecting shoes. As an international guarantee of quality, functionality and safety, Fitwell footwear is purposely built on different lasts, specific to use and with anatomical fits that deliver a very high level of comfort and reliability. La SportivaThe main goal of La Sportiva S.p.A. and the basis of its activities is customer satisfaction with respect for the environment. The R&D department is constantly looking for innovative and targeted solutions, to guarantee a product that meets your most demanding and advanced technical requirements, offering you safety and comfort in use, also thanks to the latest equipment. All processes necessary to run production undergo periodic checks, and for each of these processes we establish performance indicators that set continuous targets for improvement, providing our company with the essential resources in terms of quantity and quality, personnel, information and training, infrastructure and working environment. Our driving force is passion, our passion is the mountainsWe are committed to complying with environmental, quality and occupational safety regulations and sensitive data, as required by current regulations. As a final recommendation and summary. Using the above factors to choose the best canyoning shoes for your canyoning practice will give you more confidence as you progress in the canyon. Did we miss any shoes? Please contact us. Hydrolace 2021 Adidas or the latest modelGrip Comfort Durability Heavy when wet Cumbersome 4.5 / 5Sawer Climber Mont-Bell Lightweight Fit Grip Durability Foot protection Poor insulation 4/5Canyon Guide Bestard Durability Comfort Ankle support Grip Weird style 3.8 / 5NB: Taken from BASECAMP If desired, see also: Which shoe size do I need? How do I break in my shoes properly? How do I choose the best canyoning shoes?Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

How do I maintain my canyoning shoes?

With good canyoning shoes you can enjoy the best of your trips. But how do you keep your canyoning shoes in good condition? With regular maintenance of course! However, it differs per material how you clean the shoes and which maintenance product you need. Here Canyonzone has included a number of tips on how to maintain your canyoning shoes! We first show you how to clean leather canyoning shoes and then how to clean your synthetic canyoning shoes. This way your shoe gets the care and attention it deserves. Are your shoes not only dirty, but also broken or do they need a new sole? Canyonzone works with a master cobbler who can often make the necessary repairs. See: Repair, adjust and tailoring material. NB: Minor repairs may be able to be carried out yourself with eg: Gear Aid Aquasure + SR shoe repair glue.Cleaning and maintaining leather Canyoning shoesIt is very important to properly maintain your leather canyoning shoes. It keeps your leather shoes supple, beautiful, dirt-repellent and prevents excessive wear and thus expensive repairs. It extends the life of your shoes, which is better for the environment. Supplies In addition to a shoe brush, you also need a good professional cleaner for cleaning. For example Nikwax Maintenance Footwear Cleaning Gel. ∙ Soft (shoe) brush for cleaning the top of shoes ∙ Hard (shoe) brush for cleaning the sole of the shoe ∙ Nikwax Maintenance Footwear Cleaning Gel ∙ Clean cleaning cloth Step 1: Remove dirt and mud To start, remove the laces from your shoes. You can then easily reach everything and do not lubricate your laces with the cleaning and maintenance wax. Also remove the insoles from the shoes. Then remove as much mud and dirt as possible. Use a stiff brush for the soles and a softer brush for the uppers of your shoes. If your shoes are very dirty, you can rinse them with lukewarm water. Step 2: Cleaning the shoe The best way to clean the leather shoes really well is with Nikwax Cleaning Gel. Shake the vial well before use. Then squeeze the vial firmly and run the gel over the shoe. With the brush on the bottle you can clean the shoes in no time. Then rinse the shoe under the tap with lukewarm water until all foam and gel residue is gone. Then let the shoes air dry thoroughly. Do not place them on a radiator, near another heat source or in direct sunlight to dry. This dries out the leather and the sole. Step 3: Applying the wax You can only apply the wax when the shoes are dry. Apply the wax sparingly and not too thickly. Make sure that you also include the lip and all seams and stitching in the treatment. You get the best result if you apply two to three thin layers of wax. In between you always let the wax dry. Here too you let the wax dry in the air and not on or near a heat source. Grangers G-wax is suitable for smooth leather and oiled nubuck. Please note that after applying the wax to nubuck, the matt appearance of the leather will disappear. That is not a problem for the leather, it just looks a bit different. So be prepared for a slightly different 'look' of your shoes. Advice: prevent the sole from drying out To prevent dehydration, it is useful to lubricate the bumpers and the side of the sole with something greasy. This can be done with Vaseline, for example. Cleaning and maintaining synthetic canyoning shoesSynthetic canyoning shoes are best maintained by cleaning them thoroughly with a special cleaning agent and then treating them with an impregnating agent. Taking good care of synthetic shoes keeps them supple, beautiful and protects them from dirt. There are a few things to keep in mind when cleaning your synthetic shoes. We give you step-by-step instructions on how to maintain your shoes. Supplies In addition to a shoe brush, you also need a good cleaner for cleaning. For example, the Nikwax Footwear Cleaning Gel. Impregnation is done with Nikwax Fabric & Leather Proof Spray On. ∙ Nikwax Fabric & Leather Proof Spray Maintenance Product ∙ Nikwax Maintenance Footwear Cleaning Gel ∙ Soft (shoe) brush for cleaning the top of shoes ∙ Hard (shoe) brush for cleaning the sole of the shoe ∙ Clean cleaning cloth Step 1: Remove dirt and mud Before cleaning the shoes, remove the laces from the shoe so that you can reach everything properly. Then you remove mud and dirt with a shoe brush and by rinsing the shoes well with water. With synthetic shoes it is important that sand is properly removed from the material of the shoe. Residual sand can start to chafe, causing your shoes to wear out faster. Advice: rinse off your shoes after a trip If your shoes are very dirty and covered in mud after a trip, rinse them immediately with lukewarm water. This prevents the sand from penetrating into the material on the next trip and causing the shoe to wear out faster. Step 2: Cleaning the shoe The best way to clean synthetic shoes really well is with Nikwax Cleaning Gel. Squeeze the bottle firmly and run the gel over the shoe. Shake the bottle well before use. With the brush on the bottle you can clean the shoe in no time. Then rinse the shoe under the tap with lukewarm water until all foam and gel residue is gone. Then let the shoes air dry. So do not place them near a heater or another heat source: this will dry out the material. Step 3: Impregnating the shoe Shake the bottle of Nikwax Fabric & Leather Proof Spray On well before use. Spray the shoes, keeping the bottle at a distance of +/- 5 cm from the shoe. Let the impregnation soak in for about two minutes and then wipe the shoes with a clean and dry cloth. Finally, let the shoes air dry, so don't put them on or too close to a heater. Once dry you can put the laces back in the shoe. This is how you store your canyoning shoes Store your canyoning shoes in a dark and well-ventilated place and let them dry at room temperature. A shoe tree is useful to keep the shape before you put them on again for the next adventure. The leather remains taut and the nose does not collapse. If you don't have a shoe tree, use a wad of newspaper. Please note: never dry your shoes on a heater, as this will cause small cracks in the material. Advice: test your canyoning shoes before use Have you not used your shoes for a while and are you planning a long trip? Then make sure you test your canyoning shoes first. Then you know for sure that they still function properly and you will not be faced with unpleasant surprises.Overview Knowledge base Canyoning: Go back

Is there a "safety shoe" for canyoneering?

The Bestard Canyon Guide SAR are the shoes with a reinforced toecap for the toes and also supplied with an impermeable shoe sole for safety so that the shoes can be used as safety shoes by Search and Rescue teams. The Bestard Canyon Guide SAR is slightly wider in shape than the Adidas and much wider than the La Sportiva TX Canyon boots. If desired, see also: Which shoe size do I need? How do I break in my shoes properly? How do I choose the best canyoning shoes?Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

Being able to resole the Bestard shoes is an advantage!!

Bestard shoes are relatively light and retain much less water due to the open structure. In my opinion and with the experience of many canyoneers and cavers, the shoes are durable shoes. A big advantage of the Bestards is that they can be resoled when the soles are running out, so you can use your pair for much longer. They run quite large. Bestard shoes are slightly more durable compared to Adidas shoes. In addition to Bestards, Fitwell shoes are also very nice and durable shoes for canyoning.NB: Canyonzone is in the final stages of consultation with Bestard to have the resoling of the shoes done in the Netherlands, as I come from a shoemaker's family and can have this done by family members who specialize in mountain shoe repair. Previously, we always had to send them back and forth to Mallorca, where the shoes are made traditionally. Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

What are entry level affordable canyoning harness?

A few entry level affordable canyoning harnesses are: - Beal Hydro Team harness - AV Fast Canyon harness - Petzl Canyon Club harnessThis are basic harnesses, that is just by beginner canyoneers and for use as group harness for commercial guiding. When you gonna use it without a wetsuit on (for dry canyons or technique training) I can recommend to add the Petzl Comfort Foam to the harness to make it much more comfy to use on just wearin a short and tshirt. And another point to think about is that these 3 harnesses are having just one gear loop on one side of the harness. For commercial use this is more then enough. If you gonna canyoning yourself it can be annoying. So I can recommend to buy a second gear loop to add to your harness, like the Petzl Equipment Holder or AV Porte Matos. Let me know when you have further questions.Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

CANYONING HARNESSES High anchor point and low anchor point

What usage criteria do you prioritize❓ High or low attachment point❓ The eternal question when choosing a canyoning waist harness! In the world of canyoning, the location of the attachment point can make a big difference in comfort, performance, and safety. It’s not just about preferences—it’s about goals, difficulty, technical maneuvers, and the type of descent.⬆️ High attachment point (pressure and balance zone: mid-abdomen): ✔️ Better balance control during vertical downward progression ✔️ Lower risk of flipping (especially for beginners) 🔸 Ideal for athletes who prioritize greater comfort and safety in vertical descending maneuvers. ⬇️ Low attachment point (pressure and balance zone: lower abdomen): ✔️ Greater range of motion in technical maneuvers ✔️🔸 Designed for experienced athletes seeking performance in all directions 🎯 At the FIC, they promote technical knowledge and conscious selection of the technical gear that makes up your progression system. 👉 Know your style, assess the terrain, understand and visualize the technical maneuvers you'll face, and choose what best suits your body and your adventure. *Informative content compiled and illustrated by the FIC (Federation Internationale de Canyonisme) technical department. The harness models shown in these sheets are for illustrative purposes only.Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

What is the difference between the Petzl Canyon Guide and Canyon Revolution harness?

The Petzl Canyon Guide Harness and Canyon Revolution are both very comfortable harnesses to hang in. Both belts have some advantages. The Petzl Canyon Guide has a metal attachment point (which can be a plus) that you can remove to place your lifeline directly in the hole behind it. The belt is made in two sizes. The disadvantage of the Petzl belt is that the leg loops are equipped with double back buckles, just like your old model has. Many canyoneers find that the leg loops release themselves with a lot of sliding and jumping and you have to tighten them every time. The Canyon Revolution has the great advantage that with 2 rings it has a short bridge and an attachment point that both can be fully used. This gives you a very flexible belt that is extremely comfortable to hang in for a longer period of time. The advantage here is that the spank protect / sliding pants are made of polytec, a much more wear-resistant material than the standard TPU / PVC protective seat from Petzl (up to 5 times longer life) and that it is attached at the top with Velcro to be able to adjust the height. (so that your leg loops are at the right height). For seat belts, it is always best to be able to hang in them so that you experience how it hangs for you. Your physique determines whether or not it is comfortable for you. So it is wise to try this out, Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

Difference between NRS Co-Pilot Knife and NRS Pilot Knife

The main difference between the NRS Co-Pilot Knife and the NRS Pilot Knife is the size. The Co-Pilot Knife is more compact with an overall length of 6 inches and a blade length of 2.8 inches, while the Pilot Knife is larger with an overall length of 7.25 inches and a blade length of 3.6 inches. Both knives are designed for use in a marine environment and have a blunt tip to prevent injury. Here is a more detailed comparison: NRS Co-Pilot Knife: Compact design. Contoured handle for better grip. Three different usage modes. Stores in the low-profile Thumbs Up™ Sheath. Can be quickly and easily pulled out with one hand. Suitable for freshwater use. NRS Pilot Knife:Larger than the Co-Pilot Knife. Blade is longer, which can help with faster cutting. Can be worn on a life jacket and is easy to pull off. Blunt point to prevent injuries. Suitable for fresh water. Ultimately, the choice between the two knives is a matter of personal preference, based on desired size and blade length.Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

International whistle communication system in canyoning

In order to increase safety in canyoning, the FIC (Federation for International Canyoning) advise to use this system. It is important to coordinate among all group members, before the start of the descent, the communication system used. For good outdoor sports whistles see: Safety in outdoor sports / WhistlesSee also: International Phonetic Alphabet. Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

Self-rescue in canyoning, what does that mean?

"Self-rescue" in canyoning means being able to get yourself to safety without (or with minimal) help from others if something goes wrong during the trip. It's an important part of canyon safety, as conditions can change quickly—water levels, slippery rocks, cold, or equipment problems can pose unexpected hazards. Specifically, self-rescue in canyoning means that you: 1 🧗‍♂️ Master basic rope techniques ∙ You can safely lower yourself (abseil) and correct yourself if something goes wrong. ∙ You know how to free yourself from a rope or knot if you're stuck. 2 🌊 Manage currents and water safety ∙ You can free yourself from an eddy or strong current. ∙ You know how to navigate a natural slide or waterfall safely. 3 Troubleshoot equipment problems ∙ You can set up a simple rope system (such as an emergency anchor point). ∙ You know what to do if a piece of equipment breaks or is lost. 4 🚨 Stay calm and act in emergencies. ∙ You can help a fellow canyoner without endangering yourself. ∙ You know how to signal for help or initiate a rescue. In short: self-rescue means having enough knowledge, technique, and confidence to respond safely if something goes wrong—before professional help arrives. Overview of the most important self-rescue techniques for canyoning, divided into themes: 🧗‍♂️ 1. Rope techniques (Vertical self-rescue) These are essential for abseiling and rope descents.Basic skills: ∙ Correct abseiling: correct position, speed control, braking technique. ∙ Stopping and continuing independently: using an autoblock or prusik knot. ∙ Getting free if you get stuck: learning to get free if the rope or braking system jams. ∙ Rope climbing: for example, with a prusik knot or ascenders (emergency climbing). ∙ Creating an emergency anchor point: create a temporary, secure attachment point if the fixed anchor is missing. 🌊 2. Water Techniques (Hydrological Self-Rescue) Because water currents in canyons can be treacherous, you will learn to deal with currents, waterfalls, and eddies.Key techniques: ∙ Defensive swimming position: on your back, feet forward, to avoid obstacles. ∙ Active swimming position: facing forward to reach the edge. ∙ Exiting an eddy or undercurrent: using body position and correct timing. ∙ Jumping or sliding with control: correct position to avoid injury. ∙ Using a rope in water: for example, a "handline" or "rescue line" to pull someone out of the current. 🧰 3. Equipment Management and Improvisation Self-reliance also means being able to work with limited resources.Examples: ∙ Field repairs: temporarily resolving a torn neoprene, broken carabiner, or damaged rope safely. ∙ Using rope techniques with limited resources: for example, a Münter hitch instead of a descender. ∙ Setting up emergency systems: improvising with rope, bags, or harnesses for extra safety. 🚨 4. First Aid and Emergency Situations Self-rescue doesn't stop at technique—it's also about responding effectively to incidents.Key aspects: ∙ Basic first aid: especially for hypothermia, bruises, or cuts. ∙ Emergency signals: whistle signals, visual cues, communication within the group. ∙ Situation assessment: deciding whether to continue, turn back, or call for help. 🧠 5. Mental self-reliance Remaining calm under stress.∙ Pre-assessing risks: weather, water level, team capacity. ∙ Team communication: clear agreements and gestures in noisy or wet conditions. Table of the most important self-rescue techniques for canyoning — ideal as an overview or learning card 👇 🧩 Category⚙️ Skill / Technique🎯Objective🏞️Practical Application Rope techniques Correct abseiling Safe descent via rope Maintaining control of speed and position Stopping and resuming (autoblock, prusik) Safety during unexpected stops Remaining still or correcting during descent Rope ascent (prusik/ascender clamp) Climbing out of trouble Correcting a stuck descent or faulty anchor Creating an emergency anchor point Building your own belay point Replacing a damaged or missing anchor Getting free from getting stuck Preventing entrapment Freeing from a tangled knot or line Water techniques Defensive swimming position Protection when floating in currents Waiting for the current, avoiding obstacles Active swimming position Choosing your own direction Swimming to a safe side or calmer water Escaping from eddies/undercurrents Exiting a dangerous current Freeing yourself from "Washing machine" effect Jumping/sliding safely Preventing injuries Correct posture on natural slides Using rope in water (rescue line) Assistance or self-help in currents Pulling someone out of a strong current Material management Carrying out emergency repairs Keeping equipment usable Temporary fix for harness or neoprene Using alternative knots Redundancy in case of equipment failure Münter hitch instead of abseiling device Setting up emergency systems Flexibility in rescue Handline, geïmproviseerd harnas, enz. First Aid & Emergency Situations First Aid in Canyoning Injuries: Environment Treating Cuts, Hypothermia, and Bruises Emergency Signals & Communication: Coordinating Help Quickly: Whistle Signals, Hand Signals, and Call Signs Situation Assessment: Deciding on Next Steps Stopping, Turning Back, or Calling for Help Mental Skills Maintaining Calmness Under Stress: Reduces Errors and Panic Making Better Decisions in Case of Problems Risk Analysis Recognizing Hazards Assessing Weather, Water Level, and Team Level Team Communication Efficient Collaboration Clear Agreements, Visual Signals Self-Rescue in Canyoning: Preventing Search and Rescue Calls. This can prevent search and rescue calls if the group had been able to rescue themselves. Therefore, training is essential, especially for guides and independent canyoneers.Lack of Leadership This should be a key focus in canyoning communities.The leadership concept of facilitation, risk management, and self-rescue has been replaced by a leader who is a "human GPS" who knows where the canyons are, and little else. Autonomous Canyoneer A few years ago, a version of the Canyoneering Skills List focused on this concept: The Autonomous Canyoneer. The idea behind this initiative was to train canyoneers to take more responsibility for their own safety and to be less dependent on incompetent leadership to get them out of trouble. Therefore, more emphasis was placed on individual self-rescue to resolve rope-related problems, such as snagged gear, a short rope, knots running through the rope, etc.The Trend and the Pitfall Of course, people need to actually take the training for this to work, and the trend is the opposite: more newcomers, less training. Instructors are very reluctant to teach and assess full individual self-rescue, limiting themselves to weak approaches instead of the aspects described above.Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

International Phonetic Alphabet

Dear canyoners. one day you may need these tools for international communication in a canyon. ∙ International Alphabet / (NATO phonetic alphabet) ∙ Morse Code ∙ Ground / Air code (This is not international. We can work on it at meetings for International Communication in Canyoning) We recommend that you save these documents in your phone or your camera. Taken from: Federation for International Canyoning - FIC See also: International whistle communication system in canyoning. Overview Canyoning knowledge base: Go back.

Knowledge base Caving / Potholing

Specific information regarding caving and the selection and use of caving equipment is included here. Caving, exploring caves and caverns can be a fun exciting hobby and valuable for scientific discoveries. However, the hidden world of caves can be as dangerous as it is fascinating and even the most experienced cavers can easily get injured or get lost in a cave. When something goes wrong underground you are in a survival situation before you know it. See what you need to safely descend into a cave under CanyonZone Caving (Basic) Equipment. Many items that you need for caving can also be used for canyoning. If desired, also see the knowledge bases General canyoning and caving equipment and Canyoning. Where applicable, each article contains links to relevant pages/articles on the CanyonZone website. If desired, also see FAQ or report to us what information you are missing. The information is included as "items", see descriptions below.CanyonZone Overview Knowledge Base: Go Back.

What is Caving / Potholing?

Caving is a branch of earth science that deals with the study of caves. Speleo is derived from the Greek word spelaion (σπηλαιοv), meaning cave. While caving is a serious science, cave exploration also involves an element of sportsmanship, adventure and bravery. Exploring caves, especially if they are still incompletely known, is certainly not without danger and requires skill and training. Sometimes the speleologists have to follow subterranean rivers where sections are completely submerged so that diving equipment is necessary. We can compare caving as a sport with mountaineering, because the same techniques and materials are used to a large extentThree types of caves can be distinguished:The largest and most common are limestone caves. These caves are created by the action of water in small hairline cracks in the limestone soil. Carbon dioxide has dissolved in rain and river water. This produces carbon dioxide through a chemical reaction. The calcium carbonate in limestone combines very easily with carbonated water. Due to this succession of chemical reactions and the erosive effect of water, small cracks in the soil can grow into immense tunnel systems. The chemical and eroding effect also creates various forms of lime deposits such as stalactites/stalagmites and lime curtains. To give an impression of how big caves can be, we mention: the Flint-Mammoth Cave in the United States. This cave contains 485 km of tunnel systems. The deepest cave measured is in Georgia; the Voronja - Krubera, which has a height difference of 2190 m. Limestone caves are also common in Belgium. The second type of cave forms in volcanic rock. When a flow of lava cools, the outside solidifies while the inner core, liquid lava, continues to flow. This can create long, even corridors. This type is common in the Canary Islands and closer to home; in the Sauerland. The last type, the sandstone cave, is formed by erosion, through the action of wind and water. This does not result in extensive corridor systems, but is limited to the formation of small cavities. These are widely found in the US state of Utah. Caving / Speleology as a sport There are a number of caves where it is possible to practice caving as an outdoor activity under supervision. Due to the damage that caves incur due to larger-scale tourist use, more and more caves are closed for tourist use. Caves in the Ardennes that were (and are) often exploited by amateur speleologists and as an outdoor activity include the caves of Sainte-Anne, the Trou de l'Eglise and the Trou d'Haquin. If you want to purchase materials when following a course or (independently) as a speleologist on a voyage of discovery, we have an extensive range and are happy to advise you. See also: What is the function of your (basic) equipment in Caving?Overview Knowledge base Caving / Potholing: Go back.. Source: https://nl.wikipedia.org/wiki/Speleology

What is the function of your (basic) equipment in Caving?

For caving activities, good equipment is important to have and keep it comfortable for longer trips, especially if you do it more often. Here we have listed the articles and their function.∙ Helmet - Essential protection for your head and where you mount your headlamp. Always wear a helmet during caving! ∙ Headlamp - Essential for caving so you can see in all those dark places. Do not go underground without a flashlight or headlamp. Avoid headlamps with elastic headbands that can break. Instead, place the headlamp on your helmet. ∙ Backup Headlamp / Helmet Lamp - Essential to place a spare light / headlamp and other light sources so that you don't get stuck underground in the dark. ∙ Footwear - You will need sturdy caving boots with good rubber soles as you will encounter underground rock climbing areas, with the added excitement of darkness and wet, slippery and possibly muddy rock! ∙ Undergarments - A good fleece undersuit will keep you warm and dry. ∙ Wetsuit - Wear a wet suit if you are going underground for an extended period of time where it is damp. ∙ Oversuit - A one-piece, hardwearing coverall is essential if you do a lot of crawling in tunnels and tight passages. ∙ Belt - Carry a small waist belt or fanny pack for batteries, spare bulbs or other personal items. ∙ Socks - Wear neoprene socks if you cave regularly, otherwise wool socks will suffice. ∙ Head covers - Bring a thin balaclava to wear under your helmet. ∙ Knee Pads - Essential when it's rocky. ∙ Elbow Pads - Not essential, but they protect your oversuit elbows on long crawls. ∙ Gloves - Wear rubber gloves when going into wet and slimy passageways. ∙ Tackle Bag - Bring a PVC bag to keep equipment, first aid kit, camera and other items dry. ∙ Harness / Caving Sit Harness - If you need a harness, buy a special caving harness that can be combined with a chest harness. Avoid using climbing harnesses; they are not made for caving. ∙ Chest harness - A special caving harness that fits around your chest. In combination with your caving waist harness, it is essential to go up fixed ropes underground. ∙ Ascenders - Use two climbers like the Petzl Croll, which are made for caving. ∙ Descenders - Buy a special caving descent such as the Petzl Stop. ∙ Lifelines (Cow's Tails) - Use two lanyards with carabiners to attach to anchors and ropes. ∙ Food and Drink - Have some water or a hot drink and energy bars for a quick feed. For an extensive overview with links to the relevant articles, see: Speleology (basic) material Overview Knowledge base Caving / Potholing: Go back.

That's why no cotton clothing at Caving!

Wear warm clothing (NO COTTON), such as polypropylene or polyester, and bring a rescue blanket / emergency blanket in your caving bag and pack. It is important that all layers of clothing are made of synthetic material, even underwear and socks. Cotton absorbs and retains much more water than synthetic fibers. Wearing cotton clothing in a cave will cool your body very quickly. If cotton is worn make sure it is above the synthetic layers If you do the opposite, you draw heat from your body, because the wettest layer comes into direct contact with the skin. Also make sure your flashlight or headlamp is in good condition (and bring an extra light source and batteries) Caves are often cold and hypothermia is one of the most dangerous risks you can face. If your clothes get wet and you don't have replacements, wring them out thoroughly and wear them so your body heat can dry them Try to keep moving, even if it is just moving in the place, if you get too cold but avoid sweating.Overview Knowledge base Caving / Potholing: Go back.

Is there a size difference in caving suits?

CanyonZone has, among other things, the caving under suits and over suits / overalls from Adventure Vertical (AV) and Landjoff. In terms of fit, the AV suits are based on the southern European / French physique of the speleologists. These are just a lot slimmer than the northern European physique / Dutch and Belgians. The Landjoff suits, manufactured in Bulgaria, are more based on a northern European physique. A tailor made caving suit can be an option if your legs / arms really do turn out to be a lot shorter / longer than standard lengths used.The same applies to an undersuit. AV suits are tighter. A few options for your build and height could be the Rodcle and Warmbac undersuits. It is best to try on caving (under) suits to see what best suits your build and height.The above mainly applies to persons from the Netherlands, Belgium, Germany. The above is less applicable to persons outside Europe. The size tables of various brands carried by Canyonzone are included in the various sections. An option is that CanyonZone can see which (under) suits are in stock and send them to you to try on at home. If there is something that fits well, you can keep it, otherwise it is returned with the same box. This option can be coordinated if you cannot (come) fit and is probably cheaper than driving back and forth. Please contact us for this: see Contact about Assortment.Overview Knowledge base Caving / Potholing: Go back.

What are the requirements for a caving suit for the tropics?

A caving suit for use in the tropics must meet specific requirements due to the challenging and unique conditions you can encounter in these regions. The right suit should provide protection, comfort, and durability in hot, humid, and often wet environments. Here are the most important requirements: 1. Breathability ∙ Why: Tropical caves often have high humidity and heat, which can lead to excessive sweating. ∙ Solution: Use breathable materials such as coated nylon or other fabrics that allow for ventilation without losing their water-repellent properties. 2. Water Resistance ∙ Why: Tropical caves often contain water features, such as underground rivers and waterfalls. ∙ Solution: The suit should be water-repellent or quick-drying so that it does not weigh the wearer down and minimizes heat loss. 3. Abrasion Resistance ∙ Why: Caves can have sharp rocks, mud, and rough surfaces. ∙ Solution: The suit should be made of durable materials, such as reinforced nylon or Cordura, with extra reinforcements at the knees, elbows, and seat. 4. Freedom of movement ∙ Why: Tropical caving often requires climbing, crawling, and swimming. ∙ Solution: The suit should have an ergonomic fit and provide stretch zones where needed. 5. Ventilation options ∙ Why: In tropical heat, even breathable materials may not always provide sufficient cooling. ∙ Solution: Zippers or vents in strategic places, such as under the armpits or along the legs. 6. Lightweight design ∙ Why: Tropical expeditions often require carrying heavy equipment. ∙ Solution: A lightweight suit reduces strain and makes movement easier. 7. Insect and infection protection ∙ Why: Tropical caves can harbor insects, leeches, and other threats. ∙ Solution: Tight seals around the wrists and ankles to keep insects out. 8. Fungus and bacteria resistance ∙ Why: Tropical humidity promotes fungus and bacteria growth. ∙ Solution: Treated fabrics with anti-fungal or anti-bacterial properties. 9. Color and visibility ∙ Why: Visibility is important for rescue operations or recognition in a group. ∙ Solution: Use bright or contrasting colors such as red or orange, combined with reflective details. With these properties, a caving suit for the tropics offers the necessary protection and functionality in challenging environments. See the Canyonzone range for example the Warmbac Warm Expedition Oversuit Overview Knowledge base Caving / Potholing: Go back.

Caving suit in wet environment

For wet caving environment is most times a PVC suit in combination with neopren socks in rubber boots the best solution. See the linked articles or the categories of these articles to make a choice. Overview Knowledge base Caving / Potholing: Go back..

Caving suit for use in dry, warm caves.

The Rodcle Cueto is a good choice. Good workmanship and comfort. Breathable and reinforced in the areas most exposed to friction. Designed to withstand the most extreme conditions. The fabric is breathable and not coated at all. So if you go into semi-wet caves, the water will run straight through the outer layer of the caving suit. So a perfect caving suit for tropical, warm caves in southern Spain, the Canary Islands, South America and Asia, normally.

Are there wear-resistant knee pads?

A Neoprene knee pad is made for normal adult thighs to wear mainly under the caving suit, over your undersuit. The adjustable version is for those who have thinner legs or want to apply halfway. The protectors with Velcro are often used as outer protectors on the caving suit as they are one stroke thicker. If you really want to use the protectors for rough cave work, the neoprene protectors are not the best choice. These are for cushioning so that the rough floor is not felt, just not wear-resistant for long use. When it really comes to crawling over long pieces or sharp rock, the Kevlar version is e.g. the Warmtex protectors, the most durable, wear-resistant variant for knee protectors. For the protectors in the range see: Caving Gloves & Knee- and Elbow Pads. Overview Knowledge base Caving / Potholing: Go back.

Via Ferrata / Klettersteig sets. Knowledge base contains the various aspects to practice this outdoor sport. Canyonzone has the equipment for you.

This knowledge base contains the various aspects to practice this increasingly popular outdoor activity in a responsible and safe manner. Various materials required for this sport also belong to the equipment for canyoning and caving, but a correct Via Ferrata set is an absolute necessity to make a responsible trip. The Canyonzone range includes a separate section with Via Ferrata / Klettersteig sets. Complete equipment, or parts thereof, can also be rented.The following aspects are further explained / described in the following pages: ∙ What is Via Ferrata and where can you practice it? ∙ What does a Klettersteig Equipment consist of? ∙ How does a Via Ferrata set work? ∙ How to start with Via Ferrata? ∙ Via Ferrata with children? ∙ Risks at Via Ferrata! ∙ How to secure yourself at Via Ferrata / Klettersteig? Useful reading ∙ Books: See: Books Via Ferrata / Klettersteig Where applicable, each article contains links to relevant pages/articles on the CanyonZone website. If desired, also see FAQ or report to us what information you are missing. The information is included as "items", see descriptions below.CanyonZone Overview Knowledge Base: Go Back.

What is Via Ferrata and where can you practice it?

Via Ferrata is a mountaineering term. Originally Italian it means "iron road" and thus gives a good definition of the term. A via ferrata is a route laid out with steel cables along a rock face. This steel cable is attached to the rock at regular intervals (maximum 6 m) by means of hooks and is primarily intended to protect the user. In addition, people often use the cable to keep themselves in balance or to pull themselves up on it. In addition to the steel cable, you will also find other aids on a via ferrata (especially on the more difficult parts), such as supports for hands and feet, (suspension) bridges and descent ropes, but also death rides and rappels. In French one speaks (also) of Via Ferrata or chemin câblé. In German from Klettersteig. In a via ferrata, the route is set out with steel cables that are anchored to the rock wall every 2-8m. The steel cables are intended as a self-belay for the mountaineer, because he will click the carabiners of his via ferrata set (braking system) onto it. The mountaineer can also use the cables to climb up or to keep his balance. Often other aids such as U-irons, markers (with or without foot plates), steps, (suspension) bridges, tyroliennes, etc. are provided on the more difficult passages. This also makes it possible as a 'regular' mountain hiker to conquer steep rock walls and jagged mountain peaks without having to be a mountain or sport climber. In fact, it is a discipline between mountain hiking and climbing, for which you need limited specific equipment, but above all the necessary judgment is a must. In both the Dolomites and the Alps there are many great routes to follow, taking you on a tour of some of the most breathtaking mountain ranges in the world. From the Sella Ronda to the high Alps, there are some of the best Via Ferrate Routes in Italy. See: Via Ferrata / Klettersteig books. A via ferrata was also built in the Netherlands, which has become known beyond the national borders as Via Ferrata Fliegerhorst Venlo.Where applicable, each article contains links to relevant pages/articles on the CanyonZone website. If desired, also see FAQ or report to us what information you are missing. The information is included as "items", see descriptions below.CanyonZone Knowledge base Via Ferrata / Klettersteig: Go Back.

What does a Klettersteig Equipment consist of?

Klettersteigen is walking / climbing along a secured route. The Italian designation 'Via Ferrata' literally means 'iron road'. At the via ferrata you wear a climbing harness with a large cable. This cable is attached to the iron tools by two fuses (karabiners) throughout the route. Via Ferrata equipment consists of at least: You need at least basic equipment to safely do a Via Ferrata. Apart from the mountain boots with a good profile, the basic equipment consists of a climbing harness, a so-called ViaFerrata set (or absorber) and a helmet. In addition, it is recommended to wear special fingerless climbing gloves. Depending on the terrain, other materials may be required as a minimum (e.g. axes and crampons in snowfields, headlamps in tunnels, etc.). As with every trip in the mountains, taking along a rescue blanket, first aid kit and a whistle is not an unnecessary luxury. Of course you also provide enough water and snacks.Rent a complete via ferrata set Climbing Harness You must secure yourself on the passages where steel cables are mounted in the rock wall. To attach yourself to the steel cables, you must initially have a climbing harness. If the harness is used for both indoor and outdoor activities, or if climbing is involved in both hot and cold times of the year, it is ideal to have adjustable leg loops. The width of the leg loops can then be adjusted to the thickness of the clothing. If only used for Via Ferrata, a lightweight basic model may suffice.If you go out with a large / heavy backpack, you can also opt for a combination of a seat belt with a loose chest belt, so that you can increase the attachment point. In the event of a fall with only a seat belt and a heavy backpack, there is a risk that you will end up hanging upside down. Via Ferrata Set (Absorber) The connection between the climbing harness and the steel cable is done with a special ViaFerrata set, which includes a shock absorber. Also called 'Klettersteigset', and these come in different types. The traditional V-shaped via ferrata sets are no longer used. Nowadays almost all sets are in Y-shape and using a band that has been stitched together many times. In the event of a fall, the stitching will slowly tear loose, breaking the fall.Helmet Via Ferrata's often run along steep rock walls, or even under overhangs. There is a danger of falling stones here, so a good climbing helmet is indispensable. A helmet also offers protection in the event of an uncontrolled fall. When purchasing a helmet, you should pay particular attention to a good fit… the lightest helmets are not necessarily the most durable in terms of lifespan.Via Ferrata gloves Gloves protect the hands when holding the steel cable, which sometimes has sharp frays. You also have more grip on the steel cable with the gloves. Most climbing gloves leave the fingertips free, allowing you to move more freely.Carabiners Specific carabiners are used on a via ferrata. These carabiners have an extra large opening to fit even the thickest cables and an adapted locking mechanism for easy disconnection and reconnection. Klettersteig carabiners are usually made of steel rather than other alloys common in mountaineering, as steel is more resistant to abrasion caused by the iron belay cablesGood (mountain) shoes. A shoe with a good profile is recommendedA rest sling / webbing with an HMS carabiner for extra attachment in locking positions also helps when resting. CanyonZone Knowledge base Via Ferrata / Klettersteig: Go Back.

How does a Via Ferrata set work?

Via Ferrata Set (Absorber) Nowadays almost all sets are in Y-shape and using a band that has been stitched together many times. In the event of a fall, the stitching will slowly tear loose, breaking the fall.Shock absorption system Black Diamond Easy Rider Via Ferrata setVia Ferrata set Due to the possibly high fall factor, a shock absorption system is mandatory on a via ferrata, so that the impact of the impact is reduced in the event of a fall. If a system without a shock absorber is used to absorb a long fall, either the system or the wearer's back will break.A shock absorption system is traditionally made by braiding a rope in a certain way so that it only slips under heavy load. The force developed by the fall is lost in the friction. In another system, a strap sling is stitched in such a way that it will tear under load. The force developed by the fall is lost in tearing through the stitching (not the webbing). A via ferrata set is attached to the belt using an anchor stitch or Delta maillon. A via ferrata set only holds one fall.Technology Each via ferrata set, regardless of its shape, has two carabiners. However, its use varies:∙ Y-shape: The climber attaches to the cable with two carabiners. When she/he hits a hook that secures the cable to the rock, she/he first attaches one carabiner above the anchor point before transferring his second to re-hook with two carabiners. ∙ V-shape: A climber attaches herself to the cable with one carabiner. Arriving at a hook, she will first attach her second carabiner above the hook before releasing the lower one. Important: the free carabiner must never be attached. CanyonZone Knowledge base Via Ferrata / Klettersteig: Go Back.

Danger of a via Ferrata fall!

A via Ferrata fall can be more dangerous than a fall in sport climbing. This is mainly due to the fall factor, cushioning, and belay technique. 1. Very high fall factor In via ferrata, you usually climb above the last anchor point of the steel cable. If you fall: ∙ you first fall down to the previous anchor point, ∙ then the via ferrata set becomes taut. This can cause the fall factor to be almost 2. The fall factor is a term from Fall Factor and means: fall factor = fall distance / length of the system In via ferrata: ∙ short arms of the set ∙ relatively long fall distance Therefore, large forces. For comparison: in sport climbing, the fall factor is usually lower than 1. 2. No dynamic rope In sport climbing, the energy of a fall is absorbed by a dynamic climbing rope, such as a Dynamic Climbing Rope. That rope: ∙ sometimes stretches 30–40% ∙ gradually absorbs the fall. On a via ferrata: ∙ there is no long dynamic rope ∙ only a short energy absorber in the set. The energy absorbency is therefore much more limited. 3. Hard structures around On a via ferrata, you are close to: ∙ rock ∙ iron steps ∙ ladders ∙ cable anchors During a fall, you can therefore hit the wall or metal parts. 4. Possible fall distance For example, if the anchor points are 3–5 meters apart: ∙ you climb above the anchor ∙ you fall to the previous anchor ∙ plus the length of the set The total fall can be 5–8 meters before the energy absorber fully activates. 5. That's why three things are crucial on a via ferrata: ∙ a modern set according to EN 958 ∙ always two carabiners on the cable ∙ never climb above an anchor point without being secured. CanyonZone Knowledge base Via Ferrata / Klettersteig: Go Back.

How does the fall protection via ferrata set work?

A fall on a via ferrata can be extremely powerful because you're usually climbing above the last belay point. Without shock absorption, that force would be dangerous for both your body and the equipment. What's inside the shock absorber? Inside the shock absorber is a rolled-up webbing loop with special stitching. In the event of a fall, these stitches tear open gradually, absorbing energy and significantly reducing the force on your body. Main components: Folded webbing A strong textile webbing that folds compactly.Control stitching Special seams that tear in a controlled manner in the event of a fall.Protective cover Keeps the webbing protected from dirt, UV rays, and wear.The shock absorber works as follows: A fall occurs You fall and the carabiner gets caught on the cable.The shock absorber is loaded The force pulls on the sewn-in webbing package.The strap tears open in a controlled manner. The seams tear gradually. The strap rolls or pulls out of the pack. This absorbs the energy of the fall.The fall is decelerated. The maximum force on the body is limited (normally < ~6 kN according to the standard). After a fall in which the shock absorber is opened, the entire via ferrata set must be replaced. Important to know A via ferrata set only functions properly when used with a climbing harness and helmet. The set is designed according to the EN 958 standard. Modern sets are tested for users weighing approximately 40–120 kg (including equipment).CanyonZone Knowledge base Via Ferrata / Klettersteig: Go Back.

How to start with Via Ferrata?

Although Via Ferrata is quite accessible for experienced mountain hikers, some skills and a portion of extra knowledge must be acquired to be able to safely navigate more vertical terrain: ∙ Climbing technique (saving energy) and safe use of the material ∙ Some basic rope techniques such as rope securing from an insecure fellow ferratista or descending in rappel. ∙ Tour planning, especially for longer and more involved climbs (topo guides, maps and current information) ∙ Risk management: learn to estimate potential hazards, taking into account local conditions and weather forecast ∙ How to act if things go wrong? (thunderstorm, accident, …) Through some clubs of the Climbing and Mountain Sports Federation you can take the first steps under supervision (mostly on the Ardennes climbing massifs), such as with Hiking Advisor there is a training weekend to become an independent Ferratista and a summer internship to gain experience under supervision. You can also gain foreign experience in the commercial circuit via, for example, Poco Loco Adventures or Mountain Network. Or on site through a local guide agency. Without any experience and knowledge of climbing and securing techniques, it is not recommended to set out on your own. CanyonZone Knowledge base Via Ferrata / Klettersteig: Go Back.

Via Ferrata with children?

Yes amazing! A great experience for you and your children, more adventurous than hiking and more accessible than rock climbing or alpinism. But pay attention... in addition to the risks, traveling with children requires extra attention, both in preparation and during the ascent. You must therefore have sufficient knowledge and experience (also in belay techniques with rope) to set off without extra guidance or a mountain guide! You can do an easy - family oriented - Via Ferrata with children from the age of 7 to 8, provided that they are additionally secured to a rope. At that age you cannot assume that they have sufficient insight into their own safety and that hanging the carabiners is always safe. From about 10 years old, a trained child can progress independently, but supervision remains important - just like a good estimate of what is feasible.Also be careful with the choice of Via Ferrata set or fall absorber, because most are only really activated with a minimum weight of 40 kg! Edelrid has a model specifically for children from 30 kg and Mammut also has VF sets that qualify. Preferably each child is accompanied by an adult.CanyonZone Knowledge base Via Ferrata / Klettersteig: Go Back.

Risks at Via Ferrata!

Choose the right level of difficulty for the via ferrata Types of via ferrata and degrees of difficulty Via ferratas can be found in all types of terrain. From the former Dolomite classics to the (often family-oriented) practice routes in many mountain valleys. Tourism offices and local governments are now often taking the initiative for new routes, often with easy accessibility and connecting to regular walking routes or close to cable cars and catering establishments. But it can also be a tough high mountain tour that requires crossing the glacier or 'Sport-klettersteig' that tends to physically challenging sport climbing, sometimes demanding the utmost technically and physically.A Via Ferrata is classified according to approach, length, duration, number of altimeters, terrain, type, ... The information you find in tourist information, on the internet or in topo books, as well as orally, must always be interpreted in relation to your own knowledge and be able to. It goes without saying that a Via Ferrata can be easy for one person but extremely difficult for another, depending on one's own physical condition and technical baggage. The difficulty of a via ferrata is influenced by a number of important factors that are included in the guide (also called topo) of that via ferrata, after which a general statement is made about the difficulty of that via ferrata. This general statement is usually abbreviated. Make sure you know what it stands for before starting a via ferrata. The most commonly used are the alpine abbreviations in French. Comparison: FrenchSchallHüslerDescription F A K1 Easy (facile) PD B K2 (K3) Little difficult (peu difficile) AD C K3 Fairly difficult (assez difficile) D C (D) K4 Difficult (difficulous) TD D K5 Very difficult (très difficile) ED E K6 Extremely difficult (extrèmement difficile) In Italian, TD becomes MOD and MD is a cross between PD and AD. There are different difficulty notations in use, not only per country, but also because multiple scales are used. Here is a comparative table that gives a little more clarity: Weather: respect for thunderstorms When you climb to a mountain top along a Via Ferrata (or on a rock face lower in the valley), there are certain risks involved. Proper preparation can significantly limit these risks or make them manageable. Below are a number of risk factors that you should take into account:The weather can change very quickly in the mountains. In the morning it can still be beautifully clear weather, which can quickly turn into rain and in the worst case thunderstorm in the afternoon. The steel cables to which you secure yourself are an excellent conductor if lightning strikes them: so life-threatening. Make sure you are well informed in advance about the weather forecasts on site and also inquire just before you leave. This information is often also available in mountain huts. When a thunderstorm comes on faster, don't hesitate to turn around or choose an escape route…Stone chips A specific danger in the mountains is crushed stone. Because there are often climbers above you in the route, stone chips can be caused and you cannot jump too far away. A helmet is a must for safe climbing. Warn other climbers if stone chips occur by saying “Stein!” (Austria), “Caillou!” (France) or in Italy “Sasso!” to call. With such a warning, stay as close to the wall as possible and do not look up to check whether there are really stone chips!Preparation Make sure you are well prepared, both in terms of information and your own abilities and fitness ... and that of your fellow travelers! Consider carefully how difficult a certain route is and how long it will take you. Rather do something shorter and easier than immediately over galloping. Overestimation can be a big problem, it is no use to anyone if halfway through the route it turns out that it was too difficult or that you couldn't handle it conditionally... with a greater chance of falling as a result.As with any trip in the mountains, taking along a rescue blanket, first aid kit and a whistle is not an unnecessary luxury. Of course you also provide enough water and snacks. Fall Remember that a ViaFerrata set or absorber is made to reduce the risk of a fatal fall, but that doesn't mean you won't get hurt. You can best compare this with an airbag in the car... it's not because you have that that you want to crash, right?CanyonZone Knowledge base Via Ferrata / Klettersteig: Go Back.

How to secure yourself at Via Ferrata / Klettersteig?

In addition to having good equipment, you also need to use it correctly! How do you properly secure yourself to the steel cable?The steel cables are attached to the rock wall every few meters. The moment you reach such a hook with your carabiners, you will have to release the carabiners one by one and put them back on the steel cable on the other side of the hook. It is of the utmost importance that one carabiner is first attached to the other side of the hook around the steel cable before the 2nd carabiner is detached from the steel cable. If there is a moment when both carabiners are detached from the steel cable, you are not secured at that moment and a fall can be fatal! If you climb up along a steel cable, it is wise to secure yourself as high as possible. In the event of a fall, the number of fall meters is therefore smaller than if you secured yourself lower. So don't wait too long before hanging, but hang your carabiners above the next hook as soon as you can. And also make sure that you leave at least 2 anchor points between two climbers - so don't climb too close together in vertical passages. CanyonZone Knowledge base Via Ferrata / Klettersteig: Go Back.

Knowledge base Specific for companies

Who can order business? Anyone who has a company and works with ropes and hardware for the practice of Canyoning and Speleology and other outdoor sports companies can order business. You should however be registered with the Chamber of Commerce and have your own VAT number. These may be for example: - Outdoor companies - Outdoor Instructors (self-employed without employees) - Campsites - Theme Parks - Education / Schools - Climbing Associations - Scouting - (Semi) public bodies such as police, firebrigade, etc. - NGO, non-governmental organizationWhat are the benefits? The advantages of ordering for business are: CanyonZone's specific knowledge of the selected range, the price and service.CanyonZone Overview Knowledge Base: Go Back.

Business / B2B purchases at CanyonZone

We also have a wholesale function for part of the CanyonZone range. This means that we can supply large numbers for a competitive price. For those who can order for business and how this is possible, see: Business ordering at CanyonZone. Overview Knowledge base Specific for companies: Go back.

Which material is suitable for (outdoor sports) companies?

Canyonzone has collected equipment that is also very suitable for (outdoor sports) companies on a separate page. All articles are collected here. If you, as a company, have good experience with articles that are not listed here, I would appreciate it if you would report this to us. See: Contact about assortment.Overview Knowledge base Specific for companies: Go back.

How can I save on shipping costs?

Sea transport can certainly result in considerable cost savings for larger orders, which are placed on time. If the weight is more than 30 kg or the volume is large, sea transport can provide considerable cost savings. The table gives an indication of the shipping time to foreign ports in number of calendar days. The departure times from the Netherlands are weekly. Note: Transport to the destination will be added. Other countries and destinations in the countries can be coordinated (indicative) per order.Country days Australia 40 – 49 New Zealand 38 – 48 Indonesia 31 Japan 37 – 47 Taiwan 23 – 29 Jordan 27 – 39 Qatar 23 – 25 Greece 9 – 16 Portugal (islands) 20 – 24 Israel 12 – 15 Cyprus 10 USA 12 – 32 Brazil 16 – 30 Costa Rica 20 – 17 Mexico 19 – 25 Puerto Rico 30 – 37For further information about deliveries see: ∙ Customer service / Ordering and delivery ∙ Customer Service / Shipping and pickup ∙ Outside the EU see: Customer service / Ordering and delivery / VAT and import duties Overview Knowledge base Specific for companies: Go back.

Are there canyoning suits that are suitable for outdoor sports companies?

CanyonZone can give you excellent advice. The Seland Escalo canyoningsuit, for example, is a universal model that is really a beginner's model and made of a piece of stiffer neoprene as the other models from Seland as it is mainly intended for commercial guide companies to dress participants and for canyoneers who only spend 1 week annually go canyoning. Overview Knowledge base Specific for companies: Go back.

Knowledge base Technical terms for canyoning and caving

CanyonZone has included Canyoning and Speleology technical terms here, which can partly be used for other outdoor sports. Correct use enables fast and unambiguous communication with outdoor athletes who are also familiar with the professional jargon. Are you on the road in a "new" group, check what the level of knowledge is in this area. Otherwise, explain what is necessary for your outdoor trip.Where applicable, each article contains links to relevant pages/articles on the CanyonZone website. If desired, also see FAQ or report to us what information you are missing. The information is listed as "articles", see descriptions below. Knowledge base continues to be developed.CanyonZone Overview Knowledge Base: Go Back.

What is a contingency anchor?

In short: Emergency Anchor.A contingency anchor is a temporary, adjustable anchor system that is widely used in canyoning, caving, and rescue work. It provides a safe and controlled way to set up ropes for descents, with easy and quick rope release in the event of an emergency. A contingency anchor allows rescuers or guides to quickly and safely lower someone who is trapped or in distress without having to resume or reset their descent. FEATURES AND BENEFITS OF A CONTINGENCY ANCHOR∙ Quick Release: One of the most important features of a contingency anchor is that the rope can be released quickly. This provides a quick way out in the event of an emergency, such as a trapped participant. ∙ Adaptability: The system can be adapted to different situations. By hooking in or positioning the rope differently, the system can provide both a belay and an immediate release. ∙ Safety in Difficult Sections: In canyoning and caving, where you often have to deal with water currents, slippery rocks and narrow passages, the contingency anchor makes it easier to intervene in unexpected situations. MATERIALS YOU USE WITH A CONTINGENCY ANCHOR∙ Ropes and Carabiners: A static rope is often used, together with carabiners, to attach and secure the anchor. ∙ Descenders (such as a Petzl I'D or Petzl Rig): These allow the rope to be tensioned and provide a braking system that can be quickly released if necessary. ∙ Webbing loops or Slings: Used to attach the rope to an anchor point, such as a tree or rock, without having to wrap the rope directly around the anchor point. APPLICATIONS OF A CONTINGENCY ANCHORA contingency anchor is ideal for situations where guides or rescuers want to maintain full control and be able to intervene immediately if a participant becomes stuck. It is often used: ∙ In Rescue Operations: To safely and quickly bring an injured climber down. ∙ In Canyoning Routes: In strong currents or waterfalls where rapid intervention is required. By using the contingency anchor, guides and rescuers have a flexible and quickly adaptable system to respond safely and appropriately to emergency situations. HERE’S AN OVERVIEW OF WHAT AN EMERGENCY ANCHOR MIGHT LOOK LIKE, ALONG WITH INSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO SET ONE UP:Basic Setup of a Contingency Anchor∙ Anchor Point: Secure a loop of static rope around a solid anchor point, such as a large rock, tree, or metal anchor. ∙ Figure 8 or Overhand Knot: Tie a Figure 8 or overhand knot on a bight to create a loop, which will serve as the main anchor point for the contingency system. ∙ Carabiners: Attach a locking carabiner through the loop. Make sure the carabiner gate is closed and locked for safety. ∙ Descending Device: Clip an adjustable descending device (such as a Petzl I'D) to the carabiner. Run the rope through the descending device so that it can be controlled from above. ∙ Quick Release: For quick release, loop the rope back into the descending device in such a way that it holds the weight but can be quickly detached if necessary. Advanced Setup with a Backup∙ Backup Knot: Tie a backup knot (like a prusik knot or autoblock) a short distance down the rope. This will catch the rope in case the primary descending device needs to be detached. ∙ Adjustable Release Line: Attach a secondary line to the backup knot and secure it to the anchor point. This line can act as a controlled release if the primary descending device needs to be detached. ∙ Secondary Carabiner Attachment: Use a second carabiner to clip the backup line to the anchor point, allowing for controlled release under tension. Conclusion While contingency rigging is probably not necessary in all circumstances, it is a great tool to have in your toolkit. You should know how to rescue someone using mechanical advantage or a pick-off if you consider yourself proficient in the vertical environment.Overview Knowledge base Technical terms for canyoning and caving: Go back

What is debraying?

Debraying is a technique used in canyoning and caving when descending. It involves lowering yourself in a controlled manner using a descent device that can be released in an emergency or to allow someone else to descend without physical effort. Debraying allows the descending function to be taken over by someone else, so that that person can safely lower you if, for example, you get stuck or have no more strength. APPLICATION OF DEBRAYINGDebraying is useful in situations such as: ∙ Rescue: If someone is stuck or injured, another person can take over the descent process. ∙ Guided Descent: It allows controlled and guided descent of beginners or children, with someone at the top maintaining control. ∙ Safety in Difficult Sections: In complex, slippery or flowing water sections, an attendant can exercise additional control for a safe descent. Equipment you use for debraying For debraying, you need special equipment that allows for a controlled and safe descent:∙ Descenders (such as Petzl I'D, PetzlRig): These descenders have a brake or stop function that allows an attendant to stop or resume the descent at any time. ∙ Rope brakes: A simple rope brake can be added to the rope below the descender, so that the rope remains locked unless it is pulled. This can be especially useful if you want to stop the descent without the device being used. ∙ Carabiners and Pulleys: Carabiners are used to set up the system and anchor it securely to a belay point. Pulleys can also be used in more complex rescue systems to reduce the effort required of the attendant. ∙ Rope management aids (such as prusik ropes or autoblocs): A prusik or autobloc can be used as an additional backup to automatically block the rope if the descender lets go for any reason. ∙ Ropes suitable for canyoning and caving: Canyoning and caving ropes are static and do not stretch, which is important for controlled descents and rescue situations. Important Considerations ∙ Training: Debraying requires good technique and experience, especially in rescue situations. Make sure everyone in the group is familiar with the system. ∙ Situation: Determine whether debraying is necessary based on the descender’s experience, weather conditions, and the difficulty of the descent. By using the right equipment and mastering the technique, debraying can provide a safe and controlled descent. Overview Knowledge base Technical terms for canyoning and caving: Go back

What does it mean to install a debrayable setup?

Debarking a debarking rig is the setting up of a rope rig using a debarking anchoring technique. The rig allows for controlled lowering or releasing of ropes without endangering the person or object on the rope. ∙ Setting up an anchor:A sturdy anchor point is chosen (for example a natural rock formation or a placed anchor such as a bolt). ∙ The rope is attached to this using carabiners, rappel rings or another suitable connection. ∙ Integrating a debarking technique:The rope is secured in such a way that it can be easily released or adjusted during use. ∙ A popular method is to use a contingency anchor, where a rope loop (often with an HMS knot or half-mast hitch) is in the anchor and is easily debarkable. This means that you can "unlock" the system by releasing or letting out the rope remotely. NB: For contingency anchor see: What is a contingency anchor? ∙ Hanging the rig:The free end of the rope is carefully controlled and hung down so that it is ready for use. ∙ This includes, for example, creating a rappel route that participants can descend. ∙ Control and safety:The system is tested to ensure that it safely supports the weight of the person or equipment. ∙ A backup (such as a second anchor or a safety line) can be added. ∙ Advantages of the debrayerable rig:Quick release: In case of emergency or if the rope gets stuck somewhere, you can safely and quickly release the anchor. ∙ Flexibility: Users can be adjusted without having to completely dismantle the anchor. ∙ Safety: Reduces the risk of someone or something getting stuck during rappel. ∙ Materials often used:Climbing and canyoning rope (static rope). ∙ Carabiners (usually with locking). ∙ HMS knot or similar systems. ∙ Anchor points (such as bolts, rocks, or artificial anchorages). ∙ Possibly a rope bag or tools to keep the system organized. Hanging a debrayable scaffold requires training and experience to ensure the setup is safe and reliable. Overview Knowledge base Technical terms for canyoning and caving: Go back

What is a Etrier?

An etrier (often called an aid ladder or aider) is a piece of climbing equipment used primarily in aid climbing and big wall climbing to help climbers ascend steep or difficult rock faces by stepping up on gear rather than relying on natural holds. Made of a series of webbing loops or steps sewn together, the etrier is attached to protection points like cams, nuts, or bolts placed in the rock, allowing the climber to progress by stepping into the loops. KEY FEATURES OF AN ETRIER∙ Material: Typically made from durable, lightweight webbing or nylon, etriers are designed to hold weight securely while being easy to carry and store. ∙ Steps or Loops: Etriers have multiple steps or loops, usually arranged vertically, so climbers can step up from one to the next. These steps are often reinforced to hold their shape, making it easier to find and place a foot even when hanging on steep walls. ∙ Attachment Point: The top of the etrier has an attachment point (often a loop or carabiner) that can be connected to protection gear placed in the rock, such as a cam or piton, allowing the climber to ascend. HOW ETRIERS ARE USED IN AID CLIMBING∙ Attach to Anchor: The climber attaches the etrier to an anchor point or a piece of protection gear, such as a cam or nut. ∙ Step Up in Sequence: The climber steps into the lowest loop, gradually moving to higher loops, lifting themselves up to the level of the placed protection. ∙ Shift to New Protection: After reaching the highest step, the climber places another piece of protection above and attaches a second etrier. They then repeat the process, using the new etrier to progress. ∙ Use of Multiple Etriers: Aid climbers may use one or two etriers to alternate between placements, making it easier to balance and maintain upward movement. Advantages of Etriers ∙ Progress on Steep or Blank Surfaces: They allow climbers to ascend rock that lacks adequate hand- and footholds. ∙ Efficient on Long, Multi-Pitch Routes: Especially on big walls, etriers enable climbers to conserve energy, avoiding the intense physical demand of free climbing. Etriers are an essential piece of gear for climbers tackling aid routes, big walls, and any situation where relying on gear placements for upward movement is necessary. Overview Knowledge base Technical terms for canyoning and caving: Go back

What is a kit boule?

A kit boule is a specific bag or pouch designed for caving (cave exploration) and canyoning, usually used to keep ropes, carabiners, and other essential climbing gear organized and secure. The characteristic of a kit boule is that it is round and compact, often cylindrical in shape, which can be easily carried into tight spaces and through narrow passages. This makes it ideal for the often cramped and wet conditions of caves and canyons. KEY FEATURES OF A KIT BOULE∙ Robust Material: Kit boules are made of tough, hard-wearing, and often water-repellent material to withstand abrasion, sharp rocks, and damp environments. ∙ Waterproofing: Many kit boules are waterproof or water-resistant, which is essential for canyoning, where the bag often comes into contact with water. ∙ Comfortable Carrying Straps: Kit boules usually have carrying straps or handles to make carrying easier, sometimes even with shoulder straps like a backpack. ∙ Ventilation holes: Some kit boules have small holes or a ventilated bottom to allow water to drain, so that wet rope can dry and water does not accumulate in the bag. ∙ Contents and layout: The kit boule has a spacious interior without many compartments, making it easy to store and retrieve long ropes and carabiners without them getting tangled. Using a Kit BouleA kit boule is specifically designed for storing rope and belay equipment for canyoning and caving. It ensures that the rope remains well organized, is quickly available, and the equipment is less likely to be damaged. Canyoning and caving require quick access to equipment, and the kit boule is a convenient and efficient solution that is specially adapted to the challenges of these sports. Overview Knowledge base Technical terms for canyoning and caving: Go back

What is kit bag?

In a cave it is difficult, or even impossible, to transport your equipment in a backpack as it gets in the way far too much and gets stuck behind everything. A kit bag, on the other hand, is designed to be dragged, pushed or hoisted and is therefore ideal for transporting your materials through the cave. A distinction is made between 'normal' caving bags and canyoning bags. A caynoning bag is designed in such a way that water drains out quickly, to prevent you from having to carry kilos of water at a certain point. In contrast, water remains in the caving bags for a long time. For background information see below. Backpack, knapsack, small model head bag ANW 2018: (mainly) in Belgium (obsolete) cylindrical, waterproof travel bag that was closed with a drawstring; was usually used by soldiers, sailors and dockers, the bag was usually slung over the shoulder but “kop” indicates that the bag was also pulled over the head to free the hands. Overview Knowledge base Technical terms for canyoning and caving : Go back

What is a canyon quickdraw / canyon climbing set?

A Canyon Quickdraw is a climbing set. The canyon quickdraw combines powerful, compact locking carabiners with a (quick-draw) sling to get an essential tool/equipment with a variety of outdoor applications. CanyonZone believes it is important that you can put together your own canyon climbing set according to your own needs. The choice of carabiners and the sling length are important aspects in this respect. Which Karabiners do you use in a Canyon QuickDrawIn general, any regular non-locking carabiner can be used for a quickdraw. Classic variations have an all aluminum non-locking carabiner on both the "fixed point" (the end that connects to the hook) and the end of the rope (the end that connects to the rope). Screw-lock carabiners have been used almost exclusively in recent years. The advantage is that the nose of the carabiner cannot get caught in the hook. This greatly improves the "action" of quickdraws. Quickdraws can also be made with wire port carabiners. The advantage of this composition is that the closure does not freeze together at icy temperatures. They are also safer as they are less prone to whiplash if the carabiner hits the rock meaning they are less likely to undergo an "open gate" loading scenario. Some quickdraws feature wire carabiners with a keylock-like system, which combine the benefits of both carabiners. Other quickdraws use a combination of different carabiners. Whatever your personal preference, it's easy to put together the right quickdraw for you.Special Composition of a Canyoning QuickdrawIn addition to the quickdraws mentioned above, there are some other special designs. For example, quickdraws with locking carabiners on both ends. This design is ideal for particularly important intermediate fuse points, as the danger of an open gate is greatly reduced. Dyneema or Nylon dogbones / slingAnother question that inevitably arises when buying quickdraws is that of the sling/dogbone material. Dyneema has the advantage of being much lighter and is used for quickdraws where the weight is kept to a minimum. Nylon is heavier, but less sensitive to UV radiation. Nylon slings are also slightly wider and therefore often preferred by beginners, they are much easier to grip than thinner Dyneema quickdraws. Another practical detail to look out for are rubber retainers on the quickdraw. They prevent the carabiner from twisting on the rope in the dogbone. This further improves safety and makes cutting the rope in the quickdraws even easier.For more detailed advice for putting together your set, see: This is how you choose a climbing set / quickdraw! Check out CanyonZone's range of Canyon quickdraw. Ask for advice if you are not sure what is recommended for your use. Overview Knowledge base Technical terms for canyoning and caving: Go back

What is main courant?

Main courant is a term from rope engineering, specifically canyoning and caving, that refers to the main climbing rope or main working line. It is the main rope used for descents, climbing, and securing participants. This rope must be able to withstand the stress of descent, friction, and sometimes also water currents in canyoning. Characteristics of a Main CourantStrong and Durable: Main courant ropes are usually made of materials such as nylon and have a high tensile strength to withstand heavy loads and repeated friction.Static Rope: For canyoning and caving, a static rope is usually used, which does not stretch much. This provides control and stability during descents, where the rope does not give much.Suitable for Wet Conditions: Because the main courant often comes into contact with water in canyoning, it is resistant to water absorption and retains its strength and flexibility in wet conditions.Diameter and Length: Typically, the rope is slightly thicker and longer to allow for safe descents and to be suitable for different routes.Purpose of rope The main courant rope is used as the main safety line for descents, climbing, and in rescue situations. It is essential for the safety of the participants, as this rope carries the greatest load and often supports several people.In summary, the main courant is the most important line for descent and belay in activities such as canyoning and caving, designed to be strong and reliable in challenging conditions. The ropes in the CanyonZone range can be found under: Rope & webbing slings Overview Knowledge base Technical terms for canyoning and caving: Go back

What does SRT (Single Rope Technique) mean?

Single Rope Technique (SRT) For ascending a rope you will need two ascenders. One (the hand ascender / hand jammer) loosely attached to the harness to prevent it being dropped but not restrict movement, with a footloop attached. Standing in the footloop allows a second jammer attached between the sit and chest harnesses on the caver's chest (the chest jammer or croll) to move up the rope. Sitting back in the harness and weighting the croll allows the hand jammer to be moved up the rope and so on. Ascenders An ascender is any device designed for moving up a rope. They work by allowing the rope to move freely when they are moved upwards, but by locking into position when weighted so they cannot move down the rope under load. In general this involves a cam with thin teeth which bite into the rope to fully lock the ascender in place. These teeth are designed to pass between the fibres of the rope sheath and so do not damage the rope. Other devices and their uses The basic devices used in SRT are the Petzl Croll and either the basic or the ascension. They are also usful in hauling and rescues as progress capture devices. Also in this category fall the Petzl pantin foot jammer, the Petzl tibloc emergency ascender and the shunt abseil backup devices. Overview Knowledge base Technical terms for canyoning and caving: Go back

Case study comparing solutions for short lifts

Case study comparing improvised versus planned solutions for short lifts Adolfo Isassi, Oct 24, 2025(Originally published in Instructional Canyoneering Resource FB Dec 2023) (Scenario: Rappel rope is short, and rigged with a static block. Solution: Biner block needs to be unloaded with a short lift, removed, and replaced with a releasable system. A short lift was improvised with a cordelette and a stitch plate. Multipurpose There are two factors at the core of canyoneering, that are a great incentive to minimize the amount of gear that we carry into canyons:∙ Long approaches and/or exits ∙ Moving water, were excess gear makes swimming difficult, and dangerous. Because of this, there is continuous effort in canyoneering practices for a multipurpose approach for gear: How to assemble a tool/solution with gear that we already have, and avoid carrying an extra specialized tool. But, specialized tools exist for several reasons. They are more efficient, less prone to mistakes and they are easier to teach. With this in mind, let’s take a look at a comparison of Improvised (multipurpose tools) vs. Planned (specialized tools). Case Study: Short Lift Across ropework disciplines, there seems to be this common task: Short liftUsually it’s used to transition from a compromised rope system to secondary/rescue rope system. For this reason, you can find a range of solutions and techniques to perform Short Lift(s). Planed: Dedicated specialized gear One side of the spectrum, the pre-assembled haul systems, like the the Petzl Jag, Sterling Mini Hauler, etc.Pros: ∙ Super efficient ∙ No assembly required ∙ No special maneuvers or dexterity required. Cons: ∙ Heavy ∙ Not multipurpose for canyoneering ∙ Requires dexterity to release and lower Petzl Jag: Improvised: Assemble your own 4:1 / 5:1 Kit If you take a close look at the Petzl Jag, you may recognize some of its components. Like the Petzl Micro traxion. Chances are that as a canyoneer, you may already have one or some similar PCD (Progress Capture Device). So, all it takes is some Mechanical Advantage (MA) knowledge, plus understanding gear specs, and you can assemble your own kit. In this case, you can assemble a 4:1/5:1 kit as long as you use a cord that has enough load rating and is ok with the specs for your PCD of choice.Pros: ∙ Light ∙ Multipurpose gear Cons: ∙ Requires MA know-how ∙ Requires assembly ∙ No MA efficient unless you carry high efficiency pulleys ∙ Requires dexterity to release and lower Blue Water CRT 7mm Canyon Cordelette kit Watch: Video of Canyon CordeletteImprovised: Reverse Mariners Hitch The mariners hitch and radium hitch are Load Releasing mechanisms that we can assemble with light basic gear. 2 HMS carabiners and cord or slings. The way is widely used is in its retracted state, and untied to release a load. But in some canyoneering rescue tasks, we can use in reverse mode to create MA and perform very short lifts. Usually we can easily do 2:1/3:1, and with enough care 4:1/5:1Pros: ∙ Lightest ∙ Multipurpose gear ∙ Very easy to release and lower Cons: ∙ Requires MA know-how ∙ Requires assembly ∙ Requires the most dexterity to retain gain and lock off ∙ Not MA efficient Reverse Mariners Hitch These are just 3 examples to cover the range of Dedicated to Improvised solutions for a specific task. If you moved from passenger or autonomous canyoneer to Leader or Guide, take a look at your rescue kit and see where does it fall in this spectrum. Thanks to Brent Roth for his white paper on this subject. Table by Brent Roth: Full post on the origin of that table hereOverview Knowledge base Technical terms for canyoning and caving : Go back

What is harness suspension trauma and how do you prevent it?

Falling from heights is still one of the (most) common causes of fatal accidents in outdoor sports. When you have the right fall protection and have it maintained regularly, you are protected against a possible fall. But after a fall, there is another danger that is often forgotten: harness suspension trauma. It doesn't happen often, but it can be life-threatening for those hanging in the air.We go deeper into the cause of the suspension trauma, prevention and what to do after rescuing a victim. What is harness suspension trauma?Harness suspension trauma is the medical effect of not being able to move in a vertical position. The official term is orthostatic intolerance. The term often occurs in discussions about fall protection. When someone hangs vertically in the air after a fall, the leg straps of the fall harness exert pressure on the thighs. This causes the blood vessels to tighten, causing too much blood to build up in the legs. This means that the rest of your body and your brain does not get enough oxygen. The consequences can quickly be fatal if not acted quickly enough. An important nuance: immobility is the determining factor. The danger only occurs when someone does not move or forgets to move because of the shock.To understand what happens to your body when you are in the air, let's assume a normal situation:∙ Your heart pumps blood to all organs and parts of the body, including your legs. Meanwhile, gravity also helps to keep the blood there. But only blood in your legs, you don't want that. ∙ In addition, your heart has one major disadvantage: it can only pump blood, not suck it up. ∙ So the blood has to go back up to your heart through the lungs. Fortunately, we have developed a method that pumps the blood back up. Those are the muscle pumps ∙ The blood vessels in your legs lie between muscles. When you move your legs, the muscles squeeze your blood vessels and pump the blood back up. These blood vessels contain valves that work in one direction. With every movement or contraction of the muscles, the blood gets a little closer to the heart. With suspension trauma, there are 3 factors that disrupt your normal circulation:∙ Lack of movement ∙ Closing the blood vessels ∙ Accumulation of toxic substances Lack of movementIf you don't move or can't move (due to the harness, fatigue or injury), your muscles can't pump the blood back up either. In this way you lose blood, as it were, and you go into shock. Getting yourself moving is a temporary solution, but over time, fatigue will also set in.Closing the blood vesselsBlood vessels are very pliable. As a result, they can quickly shut down. That way, more and more blood builds up in your legs. Because your brain does not get enough blood and oxygen, you will pass out after a few minutes. At this point, your body says STOP and you fall over. That trap is important because it allows blood to flow back to the brain.Accumulation of toxic substancesWhen your blood vessels close off, liters of blood accumulate. This means there is less available to supply oxygen to the rest of your body. The result: your organs and muscles produce bad, toxic substances to survive. If the toxicity becomes too high, this will eventually also be fatal for the victim.SymptomsIf the muscles no longer pump upwards, you lose blood. In a first phase you will become dizzy, you will start to sweat, you will have anxiety attacks and general shock symptoms. Your heart rate and breathing will gradually increase. Eventually, so little blood will flow to your brain that your heart rate and blood pressure suddenly drop rapidly. You will lose consciousness in no time. Your brain will eventually suffer irreversible brain damage due to the inadequate supply. If you cannot save the victim quickly enough, it is therefore in danger of life due to closed airways, too little blood or thrombosis.Prevention How can you prevent the harness suspension trauma? What things should your employees know before they start working at heights? First and foremost, it is important that you have a good rescue plan and that you are. It is often a matter of minutes and seconds that are crucial and can save a human life. The rescue team must always be present and use the correct materials. Working alone at height is not a good idea. Staying in touch with your team is very important. The next step is to choose a suitable fall harness. Harnesses with integrated relieve straps (suspension straps) are preferred. You use these straps as a support point to stay upright. For instance The AV Muruck. Investing in good equipment is very important here. The faster you get to the ground, the better. Do everything you can to rescue the victim from his situation as quickly as possible. A descent system is the ideal way to quickly get the victim to the ground.After the rescue It's not over after you rescue the victim. There is one more thing to keep in mind. The blood that has accumulated in the legs is of poor quality. It is low in oxygen and saturated with CO2. If you lay the victim in a supine position, the bad blood would flow back to the brain in one go. We call this the reflow syndrome. To avoid this, hold the victim in a sitting position with the torso upright and the legs bent at the knees (W position). For example, a small amount of blood can go to the brain, but the large part remains in the legs. If the person is unconscious, keep them in an upright sitting position but make sure to keep the airway clear. If you have to resuscitate, you should always stretch the victim. Without a heartbeat, the blood stays where it is. In any case, you should always call in expert help after a rescue.Conclusions ∙ The suspension trauma is very complex. Medical, but also practical. Even though it is rare, it is important to include it in your risk and rescue plans and to implement preventive policies. ∙ Whether you work at an altitude of 3, 10 or 100 meters, you must encourage your fellow athletes to work safely at height. ∙ Correct use of harnesses, ropes, rescue system is one piece of your rescue plan. ∙ Training and awareness are just as important. Overview Knowledge base Technical terms for canyoning and caving: Go back

What is hypothermia?

One of the things that can happen to you while canyoning, caving and vai ferrata/mountain climbing is hypothermia. So it is better to know more about it: Hypothermia is a medical emergency that occurs when your body temperature drops from 37°C (98.6 degrees Fahrenheit) to below 35°C (95°F). Lowering body temperature to 32°C (89.6°F) or less can be fatal. This condition can be caused by prolonged exposure to temperatures below 10°C (50°F), or by prolonged immersion in cold water below 20°C (68°F).If left untreated, hypothermia can eventually lead to complete heart and respiratory failure and ultimately death. In which cases can you get hypothermia?You can get hypothermia if you are exposed to prolonged cold, outdoors or in a very cold environment. You are at greater risk if you are elderly or very young, or are underweight or in poor health. Babies can also develop hypothermia by sleeping in a cold room. The temperature regulation is disturbed in the elderly and makes the elderly susceptible to hypothermia. Older people and very young children are at risk for hypothermia even in the summer heat, even when exposed to excessive air conditioning. Hypothermia can make you sleepy, confused, and clumsy. Because hypothermia occurs gradually and affects your mind, you may not realize you need help, which makes hypothermia even more dangerous. A body temperature below 35°C (95°F) is a medical emergency and can lead to death if not treated in time. The overall death rate from hypothermia is almost the same between men and women. But because men are more exposed, men are responsible for 65% of hypothermia-related deaths. Despite the large temperature difference outside your body, your body is well adapted to work in a temperature range inside the body. The body temperature in the "neutral heat zone" is perfectly regulated between 36.5 and 37.5 ° C, outside it usually the temperature-regulating reactions are activated. You have several mechanisms — such as adjusting the size of small blood vessels and chills — to help you maintain a healthy body temperature. But the elderly and young children are sensitive to the effects of temperature changes outside.Hypothalamus regulates heat by increasing heat conservation (vascular contraction and environmental behavior) and heat production (shaking and increasing thyroxine and epinephrine levels). Changes in the central nervous system can disrupt these mechanisms. The cold threshold is 1 degree lower than vasoconstriction and is viewed by the body as the last mechanism to maintain temperature. The body maintains a stable core temperature by balancing heat production and heat loss. At rest, people produce 40-60 kcal of heat per square meter of body surface area through production through cellular metabolism, which puts the greatest strain on the liver and heart. Heat production increases with muscle contraction. Shivering increases heat production. Heat retention mechanisms may increase under cold stress and core temperature may decrease after fatigue or glycogen depletion. When your body temperature is above this range, your body functions poorly and can cause health problems such as heart attack, kidney, liver damage or worse.Hypothermia reduces the depolarization of heartbeat cells and causes bradycardia (slower than normal heart rate ~ less than 60 beats per minute). Atrial and ventricular arrhythmias can be caused by hypothermia. Asystole and ventricular fibrillation begin spontaneously at a core temperature below 28-25°C. Hypothermia gradually collapses the central nervous system (CNS) and linearly decreases CNS metabolism as core temperature falls. At a core temperature of less than 33 degrees Celsius, the electrical activity of the brain becomes abnormal. Between 19 and 20°C, an electroencephalogram (EEG) can correspond to brain death. Tissues have a lower oxygen consumption at low temperatures. It is not known whether this is due to decreased metabolism at low temperatures or increased desire for hemoglobin for oxygen associated with decreased oxygen supply to hypothermic tissues.When the cold affects your body, you may have trouble thinking, speaking, or moving properly. You may not realize what is going on, or you may not be able to warm up or ask for help. Signs and Symptoms of Hypothermia 3 phase of hypothermia: mild, moderate and severe. In practice, it is important to recognize the first signs of hypothermia before it becomes severe. The most common symptoms (in order of occurrence): ∙ Shake ∙ Fatigue and impaired judgment ∙ Clumsiness / Loss of Skill ∙ speech disorder ∙ conduct disorder Early signs of hypothermia:∙ Cold hands and feet ∙ Swollen or puffy face ∙ Pale skin ∙ Shivering (in some cases, a person with hypothermia does not shiver) ∙ Speak more slowly than natural speech or vague words ∙ It works sleepy ∙ being angry or confused Other symptoms of hypothermia:∙ Slow movement, difficulty walking or clumsiness ∙ Stiff movements of the arm or leg ∙ slow heart rate ∙ Slow and shallow breathing ∙ Blackening or loss of consciousness Symptoms of hypothermia include fatigue, numbness of the skin (especially of the toes and fingers), chills, slurred speech, irrational or violent behavior, lethargy, slipping, dizziness, muscle cramps, and severe loss of energy. A person with some irrationality in behavior can be in the form of victims who claim to be hot and try to dress up. What to do after the above factors have occurred: ∙ Try moving the person to a warmer place. ∙ Wrap the person in a blanket, towel or warm coat - whatever is convenient. Even your own body heat will help. Lie close to the person, but be calm. ∙ Give hot drinks, but avoid alcoholic or caffeinated drinks such as coffee. ∙ Do not massage the person's legs or arms. ∙ Do not try to warm the person with water. ∙ Do not use a heating pad. Who is at risk for hypothermia? Hypothermia can affect anyone, the people most at risk are:∙ People over 75 years old ∙ Babies and young children - they lose heat faster than adults ∙ Excessive consumption of alcohol and drugs - their bodies lose heat faster ∙ People with poor blood circulation or diabetes. ∙ People with a chronic physical or mental disability. ∙ People with underlying infections. ∙ People who are very thin and have little body fat. ∙ People who work outside. ∙ People who are homeless. ∙ People who are in very humid environments. What causes hypothermia?Hypothermia occurs when your body loses heat faster than it produces heat. If you stay in air below 50 degrees Fahrenheit (10 degrees Celsius) or in water below 68 degrees Fahrenheit (20 degrees Celsius) for a long time, you may experience hypothermia. Some medical conditions can also predispose people to hypothermia. But if you don't dress properly or have the situation under control, prolonged exposure to an environment colder than your body can lead to hypothermia.Risk Factors for HypothermiaRisk factors for hypothermia include: ∙ Fatigue: Your tolerance to the cold decreases as you get tired. ∙ Old age: The body's ability to regulate temperature and feel cold can decline with age, and some older people may not be able to communicate with others when it's cold or move to a warm place when they're cold. ∙ Very young age: Children lose heat faster than adults. Children may also ignore the cold because they are too busy to think about it, and they may not be able to make the right decision about wearing warm clothes in cold weather. ∙ Mental health problems: People with mental illness, dementia, or other conditions that affect judgment may not be suitable for the weather or may not be aware of the risk of cold weather. People with dementia can wander away from home or get lost easily, leaving them trapped outside in cold or damp weather. ∙ Alcohol and drug use: Alcohol can warm your body from within, but it widens blood vessels, quickly dissipating heat from the skin. The body's natural response to chills is reduced in people who have consumed alcohol. In addition, the use of alcohol or energy drugs can influence your judgment about the need to help or wear warm clothing in cold weather. If a person gets drunk in cold weather and dies, he or she may have hypothermia. ∙ Certain medical conditions can also affect your body's ability to regulate body temperature. Examples include hypothyroidism (hypothyroidism), malnutrition or anorexia nervosa, diabetes, stroke, severe osteoarthritis, Parkinson's disease, trauma, and spinal cord injury. ∙ Medications: Some medications can alter the body's ability to regulate temperature. Examples include antidepressants, antipsychotics, analgesics, and pain relievers. Prevention of hypothermia∙ Follow some common sense tips you've probably all heard. Try to be more careful when wearing clothes in cold conditions. Choose the right clothes and wear them layer by layer, from the basics to the outerwear. If you expect to be exposed to wind, rain or cuts, wear a jacket with a waterproof and windproof outer layer. ∙ If you're outside/working in cold weather, or planning to travel, camp, or hike in the cold, you can reduce your risk of hypothermia by:Pay attention to weather forecasts and conditions ∙ Limit your time outdoors in the cold ∙ When you work outside, you need to plan your warm-up well ∙ Please wear warm clothing, including windproof jackets, gloves and hats. Dress in layers with synthetic fabrics such as polyester fleece or base layers. ∙ Avoid alcohol, caffeine and cigarettes, which can make you sensitive to cold ∙ Make sure your house is warm enough. ∙ Make sure to cover children's heads when they come out of the cold - children can lose heat faster than adults. ∙ Use socks, slippers and a hat to keep you warm at home. ∙ If it's cold outside, set your temperature to 68 degrees Fahrenheit (20 degrees Celsius) or higher. Lock off rooms you are not using to save on heating costs. Cold water safety Hypothermia can occur a few minutes after exposure to cold water, but symptoms generally develop gradually. When the water temperature is 40 degrees or lower, serious damage can occur within minutes. Even at water temperatures around 50 degrees, death can occur in the first hour of cold water immersion. While body fat, protective gear, and many other factors affect how long a person lives in cold water, Here are some general guidelines for when hypothermia occurs in cold water: It should be noted that water does not have to be very cold to cause hypothermia. Any water that is colder than normal body temperature will cause heat loss. If you accidentally fall into cold water, the following tips can extend your survival time in cold water: ∙ Wear a compact and light weight aid or a life jacket. If you are going to be in the water or going for a swim for a long time, it is better to use a life jacket. A life jacket can help you survive in cold water by helping you float without the use of energy and by providing some insulation. Also attach a whistle to your life jacket as a sign of help. ∙ Get out of the water if possible. Get out of the water as much as possible, try to find a dry spot and stay out of the wind. In these cases, it is better to have a rescue blanket with you, which acts as insulation and prevents the wind from hitting you directly. Having an alcohol pill can also be essential, and your friends can help your body temperature return to normal faster by lighting a fire. ∙ Do not attempt to swim unless you are close to safety and a safe place. Or stay in place unless the boat, other person, or life jacket is near you. Swimming takes energy and can shorten survival time. ∙ Position your body to minimize heat loss. To reduce heat loss while waiting for help, use a body position known as a heat loss position (HELP). Keep your knees toward your chest to protect your body. If you are wearing a life jacket, your face will be down. Keeping your legs close together, bring your hands to your sides and your head back. ∙ Get together with others. If you are in cold water with other people, warm yourself up by looking at each other in a small circle. ∙ Do not take off your clothes when you are in the water, this will help insulate your body against water. Lift your buckles, buttons and clothes with a zipper. Cover your head if possible. Only remove clothing after you have safely stepped out of the water and you can take drying and heating measures. To treat hypothermia, remove the victim from the wind or rain, remove wet clothing, and replace with warm, dry clothing. Give them hot liquids -- no alcohol -- and some energy-dense, quick-digesting foods. Do not massage hypothermia victims, but let them warm up gently. These are the first steps to prevent severe hypothermia. Hypothermia can create an uncomfortable situation.Several symptoms of severe hypothermia:∙ Vibration stops. ∙ Mental functions are affected.(The person becomes irritable, anxious, or numb, has difficulty speaking, and slows down their response to external stimuli.) ∙ Inability to support, muscle weakness. ∙ Inability to see or concentrate. ∙ Forgetfulness, lethargy. ∙ Loss of consciousness, lack of response to external stimuli. ∙ It is difficult to detect breathing and heartbeat at this stage. How To Treat Hypothermia:∙ We can do everything to warm the "victim".Protect the person from the wind. ∙ Hot drinks and foods rich in carbohydrates. ∙ Non-alcoholic drinks and coffee. They amplify heat loss. ∙ Place the person on an insulation such as a mat or blanket to prevent the body from absorbing more moisture. ∙ If possible, remove wet clothes and wear dry clothes. ∙ If possible, place the person in a sleeping bag. ∙ Using a hot water bottle or any other bottle we have, we make hot water, wrap it in a cloth and place it under the armpits, in the sternum and in the groin.As we said before, we avoid massaging the hands and feet of a hypothermic person. ∙ If the person is semi-conscious or unconscious, we do not give him any fluids. ∙ We need to protect a person's head and neck from the cold and possible stone surfaces. ∙ We monitor a person's breathing and heart rate. How to prevent hypothermia in canyoning? ∙ Always use the correct material. ∙ Eat regularly and drink plenty of fluids. ∙ Provide extra food during the cold days / winter months. ∙ Avoid carrying unnecessary burdens. ∙ Have read the canyon/valley map, route and entry and exit times. ∙ Know when to give up and use any emergency exits marked on the map and route. ∙ Take care of yourself and practice systematically. ∙ Good mental and psychological preparation. ∙ Try to keep your body warm as much as possible Finally, it must be said that canyoning is one of the best water sports! You can experience great moments of fun, joy, excitement and adventure with your friends. You just have to master all the technical aspects and not underestimate the power of nature. It is also good to know that hypothermia in the canyons/valleys cannot be prevented by wearing only warm clothes. Proper nutrition, hydration and adaptation of the body to low temperatures are just as important as wearing and using warm clothing and high-tech equipment. Try to eat foods with simple sugars and drink plenty of fluids.Taken from: Narges Najafi You can share the above article with your friends via social networks. If you also have experience with hypothermia, tell usOverview Knowledge base Technical terms for canyoning and caving: Go back

FAQ

Frequently Asked Questions and Specific questions regarding CanyonZone's services to individuals and companies. CanyonZone offers via this page answers to the questions that have been put together in recent years together with you, our experience and knowledge. Where applicable, each article contains links to relevant pages/articles on the CanyonZone website. If desired, also see the CanyonZone knowledge base or let us know what information you are missing whether an answer is insufficient. We are open to feedback. The FAQs are listed as "Items", see the descriptions below.For customer service see: CanyonZone Customer Service. The services that CanyonZone provides can be found under Services

What does CanyonZone stand for?

CanyonZone has been the specialist since the beginning of 2013 for anyone who wants to actively enjoy the outdoors in the canyons, caves and Via Ferrata. With knowledge and passion, our people always offer you the right equipment for your canyoning and/or caving and other outdoor adventure. Get inspired! ∙ CanyonZone is the expert in the materials and techniques for canyoning and caving ∙ has a wide and deep range where conscious choices are made whether or not to include products in the range. ∙ choice is based on knowledge and own experience to offer only the best equipment for these sports. ∙ gives tailor-made advice and thinks along with you as a customer. ∙ offers equipment rental, inspection and repair of equipment, training / courses and experience tours. FAQ overview: Go back.

Therefore order at Canyonzone!!

ADVICE Expert advice from professionals to beginners to professionals regarding materials and technique required for canyoning, caving and Via Ferrata.ACCESSIBILITY Available 24/7 and quick response to your questions.WIDE RANGE OF PRODUCTS By following the developments at the suppliers, the latest products in the range.GOOD QUALITY PRICE / RATIO The choice of quality products at the best price. Where possible also 2nd hand items availableKNOWLEDGE BASE Maintain a knowledge base related to Canyoning, Caving, Via Ferrata and for outdoor sports companies.EXCHANGE POSSIBILITY If the ordered item does not fit, it can be exchanged / returned. You can also try on and pick up in the shop.PAY We accept various payment options.DELIVERY We deliver worldwide through fast and reliable delivery partners.FAQ overview: Go back.

Is CanyonZone the same as Canyonstore.nl?

No, Canyonzone is the new name of CanyonStore.nl since 2018 and located in Zutphen, the Netherlands. For more information see About CanyonZone. FAQ overview: Go back.

What is the QR code for the Canyonzone website?

The QR codes for the CanyonZone website are shown below. The codes are also included in the footer on the English and Dutch language versions. FAQ overview: Go back.

Which countries can you deliver to?

CanyonZone delivers worldwide unless restrictions apply. Restrictions apply to: Russia (See: Ordering and delivery). Outside the EU (European Union), deliveries are without VAT. Any VAT must be paid by the addressee in the recipient country. Is the country for your order not yet in the shipping list? Then contact us immediately and we will see what is possible. FAQ overview: Go back.

VAT and import duties

Canyonzone ships under the Incoterm DAP (Delivered at Place). This means that all applicable customs duties or fees are the responsibility of the recipient. Customs and Import Duties: Customers may be subject to import duties and taxes, which are levied once the package reaches the destination country. These additional customs clearance costs are the responsibility of the customer. No VAT (0% rate) is charged: ∙ For deliveries to all customers outside the EU ∙ For companies within the EU, CanyonZone requires that its VAT number and Chamber of Commerce number are known to it. Customers must enter/provide these themselves. Please note: If you, as the recipient, refuse to pay for or accept the shipment, it will be returned to CanyonZone, who will then be liable for both the shipping costs and the customs fees. These costs are the responsibility of the customer. For more information, see: CanyonZone Customer Service / Ordering and Delivery / VAT and Import Duties FAQ overview: Go back.

New Import Duties and Rules for Packages to the USA

The US government has changed the import duties and rules (Goods and Services Tax (GST)) for packages to the US. These rules take effect on August 29, 2025, and affect all shipments to the US. Below you can read exactly what the changes are and what they mean. We ship to the US with UPS UPS will apply the new rules starting on August 29, 2025. For shipments via UPS, the import duties are paid by the recipient: - The recipient will receive a payment link from UPS when the package arrives in the US. - If the recipient does not pay online, the import duties must be paid upon receipt. A $12 surcharge will be charged to the recipient for this. - Important: In some situations, UPS will deliver the package without the import duties being paid. In that case, the import duties will be charged to Canyonzone.com afterward. A supplementary invoice will be sent to the recipient for this.New surcharge: Starting September 8th, UPS will implement a surcharge for shipments to the US. The surcharge is $2.50 USD per shipment and covers the additional costs incurred during US customs processing at busy sorting locations. How do import duties work if a package is returned? UPS usually credits these duties. However, import duties may be due in the Netherlands. These are the shipper's responsibility and will be deducted from the value of the initial order.This is a (temporary) supplement to the terms and conditions. FAQ overview: Go back.

Filter 'availability'

With the filter 'availability' it is possible to filter the sold out products from the results by default. If you do want to see the sold-out products (products where the main stock, or the stock of all variants is at 0), the checkbox must be checked. This filter has several advantages. - You will only see those products that are all in stock. - You can also choose to show the sold out products. see also: What does "This item is sold out. The delivery time is X days" mean on the order card?"How does it work for you? In the store you will see a button with 'Filter' above and below the article overviews. You can set the filters via this button. Then you will only see those products that meet the filter. This makes it easier to find the right products.FAQ overview: Go back.

What does "This item is sold out. Delivery time is X days" on the shopping card?

If an item is sold out, the shopping card can indicate a delivery time of the supplier. That delivery time is the number of days, if there is stock at that supplier, to CanyonZone. So in the attached image 14 days. So the 14 days must be added to the standard delivery time to your address. This means that normally when I order, there will be stock again after that time. You can still order and you will be informed when the item is available again. This is to be able to order additional items if you wish. FAQ overview: Go back.

What sizes do you usually have in stock?

If an item is listed as "Available upon request," this means we don't keep standard stock. When you request the item, we order it from the supplier to ensure you receive the item you ordered. NB: Exchanges or returns are not possible in this case.FAQ overview: Go back.

What does "available on request" mean?

If an item is stated "Available on request" it means that we do not maintain standard stock. When you request an item, we order it from the supplier so we can supply you with the item you ordered. NB: Exchange or return is not possible.The items state: "Price and Delivery Time." Send an email to info@canyonzone.com. FAQ overview: Go back.

I cannot enter my address correctly.

If the (delivery) address cannot be displayed correctly, please indicate the correct address in your country in Notes. Note 1: If your address is not accepted and you used commas in the address: remove the commas from your address and the program may then accept your address. Note 2: It is known that the address is displayed differently in the United States than in the Netherlands. This is because the Dutch postal company always changes the "foreign" address to European format. In the Netherlands, the house number is displayed after the street and the postal code before the place name. The information is therefore (sometimes) noted in a different way than you are used to with the confirmation of receipt of the order. Don't worry, your package will be delivered to your home. Note 3: If you cannot enter your address correctly please mention it in COMMENTS. Note 4: If the address details turn out to be incorrect and the order is returned, the (new) shipping costs are for the buyer. For a description of the entire ordering process, see Customer service / Ordering and delivery.FAQ overview: Go back.

Can I transfer the VAT directly with my VAT number?

Yes, that's possible VAT: when delivering to companies within the EU and to all customers outside the EU, no VAT is charged You can transfer your VAT directly with the online order by entering your order as a business buyer and entering your VAT number. In the overview screen for choosing payment method and entering your shipping address you can choose whether you pay as a private or as a business customer. For settlement as a business customer you must enter a valid VAT number (VAT). Different rules apply to the United Kingdom (UK). See Canyonzone / FAQ / Can I order from CanyonZone as a recipient in the United Kingdom (UK).See: CanyonZone customer service / Ordering and delivery / VAT and import duties. FAQ overview: Go back.

How does the payment procedure work with "pre transfer"?

The procedure with "pre transfer" payment is that you place an order online in the CanyonZone webshop. After you have placed the order, you will receive an order confirmation by e-mail in your mailbox containing the pro-forma invoice to make the payment. The invoice contains all necessary information such as bank account number, etc. You can then transfer the requested amount to CanyonZone's bank account. So you can complete the transaction in any way you want. Payment can be made by telephone, by post or via your internet banking package. Note: For other currencies other than the Euro we recommend using Wise.com for fast cheap and easy money transfers. See also FAQ: With which currency can I pay cheaply?After payment it is always best to give us a sign that payment has been made to ensure that your order is shipped as soon as possible. Let me know if you have any other questions. FAQ overview: Go back.

Payment failed!!

Possible reasons why your payment was declined: ∙ your card type is not accepted by this website ∙ your bank card is not suitable (no Bancontact function or is a credit card) ∙ your card has expired ∙ there is no more credit available on the card. If it does not work, request a payment link / QR code as a reply to the order conformation. FAQ overview: Go back.

With which currency can I pay cheaply?

At CanyonZone you pay with Euros using the payment methods included in Customer service / payment methods. If you live in a country outside the European Union and you pay with a different currency, you can easily pay via the option in advance and then pay for the order with your currency in Euros via Wise.com. To avoid high payment costs, we recommend canyoneers outside of Europe to use www.wise.com to make the payment by bank transfer. Wise is a company that charges low fees for transactions from one currency to another, so pay in e.g. $ for you and our bank account in €. If that's an option for you, I can send you an invite to use Wise and pay even less by using the invite. See via this link to Wise.FAQ overview: Go back.

What is the best way to pay?

Choose product(s) by placing it in the basket, go to the shopping cart, choose Country of shipping destination and checkout for the payment. When you start in the check out menu is it important to first choose the way you wanna pay (pre transfer, credit card, PayPal) and then fill in the rest. FAQ overview: Go back.

Can I place an order by email?

Most orders can be entered online at www.canyonzone.com. Not every process is efficiently supported by the web store. We have used the available functionality where possible to be able to order online as much as possible. What also needs to be done via an adapted procedure are "quotes (for business orders)" and "Reserve for renting equipment". If you prefer to make your needs known by e-mail, that is of course possible. Orders via whatsapp, telephone, messenger, text message or other channels can be followed less well and is therefore not recommended. For an explanation of how to carry out the ordering process, see: CanyonZone Customer Service / Ordering and deliveryFAQ overview: Go back.

Can I change something in my order?

You can change or cancel your order free of charge up to the moment of collection or shipment. Exceptions to this are products specially ordered or assembled for you. If you want to cancel or change, please contact our sales department as soon as possible on 0031 (0)6-2023 7357 or send this e-mail. For a description of the entire ordering process, see Customer service / Ordering and delivery.FAQ overview: Go back.

Shipping costs: all costs together to make a shipment.

Postage costs Actually, it should not be called shipping costs, but delivery costs or handling costs. The costs for shipping, costs that we in turn pay to the carrier, are only part of the "shipping costs". Goods must be put in, unloaded and stored, packed in a box(es). This takes time and may involve the use of filler material. This entails labor and material costs. Costs that are actually higher than the rates charged by us. We are regularly asked why the same shipping costs are charged for a single low-priced item as for several higher-priced items. The answer is simple: because the total costs are also almost the same for us. Efficient and environmentally conscious We try to ship all orders as efficiently and environmentally conscious as possible. If possible, we do not use a box that is too large and as little filling material as possible. Is shipping as letterbox package possible? Then we opt for this, with the added advantage for you that you do not have to be at home when the delivery person comes. For the shipping rates see: shipping-and-pickup

Shipping costs during peak season

Peak season refers to the busiest time of year for shipping, driven by events like Black Friday, Cyber Monday, and the holidays. It typically begins in early October and runs into January. Carriers charge peak surcharges to ensure service and delivery experience remain high despite the significant increase in shipments. What are the consequences? Canyonzone will temporarily adjust the "shipping costs" and "Free shipping on orders over xxxx" during peak season if necessary. As a customer, you can decide when to place an order to minimize the risk of higher shipping costs and the increased risk of delivery delays during peak season. For a more detailed explanation, see: Canyonzone Customer Service / Shipping and Pickup / Shipping Costs during Peak Season.FAQ overview: Go back.

Can I track my order?

If you have an account with CanyonZone, you can track the status of your order. As soon as the order has been sent, you can usually follow the shipment by means of 'track and trace' from the carrier. For a description of the entire ordering process, see Customer service / Ordering and delivery. FAQ overview: Go back.

I have Track & Trace but have not yet received the package.

Track & Trace carrier PostNL. We use different carriers. This information only relates to the carrier PostNL from the Netherlands.Dear ..............................., Your order has been passed on to our distributor and will be delivered to you as soon as possible. You may track the shipment via this track&trace link: ???...................... Information may not be available yet. The information is usually not visible until the evening. If you have any questions regarding the delivery of your order, please contact us.If you receive this e-mail from CanyonZone informing you that your package has been presented to the carrier, you will find a track & trace link. This is the carrier PostNL. You click on the link and you get the following page (partially shown here) The language can be changed at the top right. At the bottom left are 2 or 3 texts. When clicking on the text "View at shipping partner", here the bottom left bottom text, this gives the information of the local carrier. If you have any questions regarding the delivery of your order (delay / missing), please contact us via e-mail or telephone contact. N.B. not via notifications such as Messenger, Instagram, Facebook or Whatsapp.. See also FAQ: I placed an order a few weeks ago and it still hasn't arrived. FAQ overview: Go back.

I placed an order a few weeks ago and it still hasn't arrived.

CanyonZone does its best to keep the customer informed of the progress of their order. As soon as the package has been presented to the transporter, we will inform you as follows. We hereby confirm that your order with reference number .......... has been shipped by us to the transporter today to ship to: Your name and address You will receive a separate email with a trace link. See also FAQ: I have Track & Trace but have not yet received the package.Note: If a package has arrived in the addressed country, the time required for customs clearance must be taken into consideration. If problems occur or it takes a long(er) time for the package to be delivered after clearance by customs, please inform the sender. If that does not yield any results, "directly" contact should be made with Canyonzone.In the unlikely event that something is wrong with the order, please email us directly at info@canyonzone.com, we will ensure that the problem is solved as soon as possible. NOTE: If an international shipment has not been delivered within 31 days, you must contact us to make a claim / complaint, stating the order number. National shipments require a response within 20 days. If this is not reported in time, no reimbursement may be made.If a package is not delivered (on time), an investigation is often initiated no earlier than after 20 / 35 days, at my request, and not earlier, for packages sent outside Europe. If the investigation by the courier service(s) shows that the package has been lost, the total purchase price of the order will be refunded or reshipped. FAQ overview: Go back.

Damage, loss or missing content, what to do?

Signing for a shipment is signing for proper receipt. If you, as the recipient, notice damage, you must sign for receipt with reservation. It must be clearly stated why the reservation is made. When submitting a claim for a damaged package, I need the following documentation: If your shipment is on the road longer than planned, your package may be missing. However, it does not always have to be wrong. The carrier itself must first declare a shipment as officially missing. 10 waiting days are often used for this. If items are missing from undamaged shipping packaging, this must be reported immediately, see Contact and address details Which documents are required to submit a claim? To make a claim in case of damage or loss, the following documents are required: ∙ Delivery note / proof of delivery with description of the damage, in case of damage and / or missing content. Obtain a signature of delivery subject to damage on the delivery note or PDA (Personal Digital Assistant or handheld computer) of the delivery person. ∙ Submit photos in case of damage ∙ It is imperative that the claim for damage or loss is made within 24 hours of receipt of the shipment. Otherwise it cannot be processed. In case of damage, please attach photos If the goods are damaged, photos of 3 aspects, with date and time, are required to show this damage: 1. Photo of damaged goods in its entirety: a photo must show the damage in its entirety and not just a detail of it. If the damage is not visible on a total photo, it is necessary to add another image of the item where the damage is visible. If more than one damaged item is found, take a photo of all items together. 2. Photograph of the outer packaging, including the carrier's label: The photograph must show that the shipment was made by the carrier and that the associated claim is for the contracted shipment. We request that you take the photo at a distance where the shipping label is visible. 3. Photo of the goods with packaging inside: The photo must show that the packaging used has protected the contents during transport. We ask for an image of the damaged goods while they are still in the packaging, exactly as the recipient received them. Do not tear the used packaging: Keep the damaged goods and their packaging, the goods should not be repaired or treated until the expert's report is made. All information should be related to the Order number and the date the package was received. Submit claim to info@canyonzone.com FAQ overview: Go back.

How long does a delivery to a country other than the Netherlands take?

CanyonZone checks per country / region which carrier is reliable and delivers at a reasonable cost. In principle, shipments are made using Track & Trace. Delivery times within Europe are between 2 and 6 days. Outside Europe delivery times between 6 and 21 days. This can possibly be accelerated at an additional cost. An indication of the transit time: easy (transit time 16-21 days) - classic (transit time 8-15 days) or with express (7 days) Sea transport can be a cheaper option for bulky orders from approximately 1m3 and sufficient delivery time. FAQ overview: Go back.

What are the consequences of the change in VAT rules (july 2021) in the EU?

The EU has standardized VAT rules, which will change from 1 July 2021. The VAT is charged and must be paid in the EU country where the goods are bought/delivered by the consumer. This means that the VAT rate per EU country of delivery is applied to the articles on the website. I assume the normal rate per country. There are also articles for which a reduced rate applies. If I haven't classified them all correctly yet, I ask you to message me about this. Please with the regulations that show the correct rate.For VAT, Customs and import duties see: Customer service / Ordering and delivery / VAT and import duties. FAQ overview: Go back.

Can I order from CanyonZone as a recipient in the United Kingdom (UK)?

Do you have an offline store?

Canyonzone has a shop in Zutphen. You can come there after making an appointment to make a choice from the canyoning and caving range to fit and purchase if desired. FAQ overview: Go back.

Can I get personal assistance with my purchase?

One of the distinctive aspects of CanyonZone is tailor-made advice. That can be done in different ways. Advice and direct fitting / viewing of the desired material in our shop, by appointment. Another option is via a phone call or video connection if the travel distance is too great or time is scarce The personal assistance can be requested by sending an email with your questions. FAQ overview: Go back.

You can easily track your purchase history when you create an account?

You can create a customer account on the CanyonZone website. With your own account you do not have to re-enter all the information for future orders. All address details are stored in the account so that an invoice or delivery address can easily be selected. You can also view the order history and the status of an order. Very handy!FAQ overview: Go back

Save for later

Or: Your favorites list - wish list As a customer, with a customer account, it is possible to use this option to save your favorite products in a list. This list can be used to order products at a later time or to place repeat orders more easily. - add a product to your favorites list / wish list with one click. - this way you always have an overview of your favorite products. - this way you have a list of products that you like, but do not want to buy yet. - you do not have to leave the items in your shopping cartThis list remains visible in the customer account and is retained when closing the page. FAQ overview: Go back.

Can I create a customer account at CanyonZone?

You can create a customer account on the CanyonZone website. With your own account you do not have to re-enter all information for future orders. All address data is stored in the account so that an invoice or delivery address can be easily selected. The order history and the status of an order can also be viewed. Very handy! You also have the option to "Save for later".FAQ overview: Go back.

How do you create a business account at Canyonzone?

You can create a company / customer account on the CanyonZone website. In order to turn a customer account into a company account, you must fill in the company details, in addition to all other information, namely: your Chamber of Commerce number and VAT number. With your own account you do not have to re-enter all the information for future orders. All address details are stored in the account so that an invoice or delivery address can easily be selected. You can also view the order history and the status of an order. Very handy!FAQ overview: Go back

My e-mail address changes, can I change it in my customer account?

Yes, you can change your email address yourself within your customer account. CanyonZone can also change your email address in the customer account upon request. If Canyonzone does, an email with a confirmation link will be sent to you (we would like to know if you also have access to this email address). The e-mail address will only be changed if you confirm this (this complies with the security conditions).

How do I delete my personal account?

If you want your personal account to be deleted, you can send an e-mail with a request for deletion to our customer service. Our customer service will ensure that your account is deleted. FAQ overview: Go back.

I am a member of an outdoor sports association, can I buy from CanyonZone on more favorable terms?

CanyonZone has made agreements with a number of associations about the purchase of canyoning and caving equipment. Ask your association whether these also apply to you and how they can be used. Members of scouting clubs, professional work-at-height teams, SAR/search and rescue teams may also be eligible for a discount.Canyonzone does not give a discount on all items we sell. Not on products such as books, gift cards and imported items from outside the European Union (EU). The discount code that we normally give only works on the normal prices and does not calculate discount over discount. The easiest thing for such orders is for us to quote you with your discount.FAQ overview: Go back.

Are you training in canyoning or caving?

Are you going to take a canyoning course or caving course or are you already doing one? Or are you a member of a Canyoning or Speleology Association, please contact us, because you may be eligible for a discount. To be eligible, you must send/email us proof of membership / proof of registration for a course you are taking. If you meet the right requirements and/or we have made agreements with your association, you will receive a code that gives a discount with an order.FAQ overview: Go back.

Does CanyonZone have gift cards?

In the webshop you can find gift vouchers via this link. You can buy a gift voucher (voucher / gift card) of different values or enter an amount yourself. We can send you a printed copy or email you a digital gift card. When choosing to send by email (the electronic version of the gift voucher): choose the option "pick up in store" so that no shipping costs are charged.FAQ overview: Go back.

Can I rent outdoor equipment at CanyonZone?

Canyoning equipment, Caving equipment and Via Ferrata equipment can be rented on profitable terms, see what we currently rent out at Equipment rental. If you need items that are not included in the rental range, please contact us to see what is possible or send an email with your wish. FAQ overview: Go back.

Where can I find background information about the CanyonZone range?

In the Canyonzone Knowledge Base we have included (background) information about materials, equipment and technical terms in relation to canyoning and caving for both individual practitioners and companies. The items that we include in our range, after we have often tested ourselves, have the specific characteristics and properties included. If you are looking for items that are not included in the CanyonZone range, please contact us. See Contact about Assortment. FAQ overview: Go back.

Which outdoor brands / manufacturers do you have in the assortment?

For canyoning, speleology and via ferrata enthusiasts, we offer a diverse range of specialized outdoor brands and manufacturers to ensure safety, durability, and performance during your adventures. Our selection includes top-tier brands known for their expertise in producing high-quality and mostly durable equipment for these unique activities. For canyoning, we carry equipment from Petzl, a leading brand in harnesses, helmets, and technical gear, designed for both beginner and expert-level canyoneers. Their products are renowned for their reliability in challenging environments. We also stock CE4Y, Guara and Seland wetsuits, specially designed for canyoning, providing maximum flexibility and insulation in cold water conditions. For speleology, or caving, we offer gear from Beal, a trusted name in ropes and safety equipment. Their ropes are essential for navigating complex cave systems safely. Additionally, we stock Edelrid for specialized helmets, lighting systems, and carabiners, ensuring you’re equipped for the underground. La Sportiva provides durable footwear designed for both canyoning and caving, offering excellent grip and stability in wet, slippery, and uneven terrain. With our range of canyoning and speleology gear, you'll be ready to explore nature’s most challenging and rewarding landscapes with confidence and safety. The brands / manufacturers below with a link to the items that we have included in our range. ACME Adidas Adola Alp Design AustriAlpin Aventure Verticale (AV) Axe Aventure Bach Baladeo BasicNature Bestard BG Gear Black Diamond Blue Ice BlueWater Camp CanyonZone (CZ) Caverland CE4Y Climbing Technology (CT) is a brand name of Aludesign S.p.a. CRKT CTW (Climbing Taiwan) Curver DMM Edelweiss Edelrid Etché Exotac Exped Fenix Fitwell Fitlock Gear Aid Gear Perspective Glacier Black Guara Imlay Jaws Jetboil Kask Key-Bak Kong Kop de Gas Korda LACD Landjoff Leatherman Mammut MSR MTDE NEWEX Noaks NRS Olight Ortlieb Ortovox Petzl Professione Canyon Raumer Restube Rock Empire Rock Exotica Rodcle Rubytec Salewa Sam Splint Scurion Seland Singing Rock Sierra Verde Sterling Supai Swaygo Tear-Aid Tebylon Typhoon Vade Retro Vertical Evolution Warmbac Wild Country Wondergrip WRSIFAQ overview: Go back.

Are there options if I am looking for a different size?

We know that not everyone can use the standard sizes of all (certain) brands. In many cases we can advise what possible alternatives are. If that does not yield the desired result, it may be possible to meet the requirements by modifying / adjusting or through customization. See: Services / Repair, adjustment and tailoring of material.FAQ overview: Go back.

Can I order items that are not included in the assortment?

If you are looking for an article that is not included in our canyoning- or caving range, please contact us and indicate your wishes. We will see if we can serve you and will consider including the article in the range or ordering it as a special order for you. FAQ overview: Go back.

Can I exchange or return a product?

If a product is not good, provided incorrectly or you are not satisfied with the product and/or delivery, you can return or exchange it. You will receive a new product, your money back or a voucher with the same value as the purchase you made. The way in which this is possible at CanyonZone is described under Customer Service Exchanges and Returns. FAQ overview: Go back.

How does Canyonzone deal with Sustainability?

CanyonZone likes to be careful with the environment and nature. That is why we reuse a lot of packaging material. As a result, it is possible that the image/product name on the packaging does not correspond to the order and the content. When putting together a package to be sent, we try to reduce or remove the packaging of the articles to be sent (eg from shoes). In this way, the volume to be shipped decreases, which also contributes to more efficient transport. Sustainability is also taken into account when choosing the items in our range. Articles from companies, such as Petzl and NEWEX, that explicitly implement sustainability in their policy are preferred to be tested and included in our range.FAQ overview: Go back.

Simple and fast data conversion!

The website Omrekenen.nl offers you the possibility to quickly and quickly convert Currency, Weight, Distance, Temperature, Speed, Area, Power, Energy, Pressure, Clothing sizes and Time. Conversion has never been easier! Especially clothing sizes, weights, contents, temperatures and strength can be converted into different quantities. In this way Canyonzone offers you a good opportunity to calculate / find the correct data quickly and easily. FAQ overview: Go back.

How can I order the length of rope?

Ropes do not always have a fixed length. Rope can often also be requested by the meter as we sell rope from the reel. At CanyonZone this is stated with the article whether it is sold by the meter or in fixed length. For example: enter 22 if you want to order 22 meters, enter 55 if you want to order 55 meters, etc. FAQ overview: Go back.

As a (outdoor) company / organization, where can I find information on how to order?

CanyonZone certainly offers companies and organizations the opportunity to order business. See the page: Business ordering at CanyonZone.FAQ overview: Go back.

How does CanyonZone handle reviews and ratings?

We appreciate a review. ∙ All positive and negative reviews of products are mentioned ∙ Products in the CanyonZone range are often first tested by ourselves. ∙ Reviews of articles / equipment are often also shared via Google. ∙ I am not paid or sponsored for reviews. ∙ Fake reviews: If there is any doubt about a review, IP addresses are checked to ensure that the reviewer has actually purchased the product or used the service. ∙ I do not post reviews about my own products or services. ∙ I do not pay or give benefits to a reviewer to write a review without indicating this in the review. If applicable, it will be listed with a “Sponsored” label. - where my reviews are displayed handles reviews as follows: ∙ On Trustpilot, reviews are published directly without any form of censorship. ∙ If desired, see: Trustpilot's transparency report Google review: If you would like to give one on Google review, click here. FAQ overview: Go back.

Why are reviews important?

CanyonZone can use the reviews to improve processes or products. New potential customers can also get an impression of our services in this way.∙ Write a review in just 30 seconds. ∙ Realize that your opinion will be posted on the website. ∙ Don't use swear words ∙ Do not write down any personal information. ∙ If you do not follow the rules, the review will be deleted. ∙ If you want to delete your review yourself, please send an email to CanyonZone. We appreciate a review. If you would like to give one on Google review, click here.FAQ overview: Go back.

What are CanyonZone's web addresses?

CanyonZone.com, CanyonZone.eu, CanyonZone.nl, CanyonZone.be are the internet pages / internet addresses of CanyonZone. With the first two URLs you can log in to the English web version, the other two give you the Dutch version of the website of the (web) shop of CanyonZone located in Zutphen in the Netherlands. More info about Canyonzone see: About CanyonZone.FAQ overview: Go back.